Ad-hoc and Sensor Network-SYLLABUS

 Introduction Mobile Communications and computing : Mobile Computing (MC)- Introduction to MC, novel applications, limitations, and architecture GSM – Mobile services , System Architecture , Radio interface, Protocols , Localization and calling , Handover, Security, and new data services.

 Wireless Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA , CDMA. Mobile Network layer – Mobile IP (Goals , assumptions, entities and terminology, IP packet delivery, agent advertisement and discovery , registration, tunneling and encapsulation, optimizations), Dynamic Host configuration Protocol (DHCP) . Mobile transport layer – traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Fast retransmit/ fast recovery, Transmission / timeout freezing , Selective retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP.

 Mobile Ad Hoc Networks(MANET) : Overview, Properties of a MANET, spectrum of MANET applications, routing and various routing algorithms, Security in MANET protocols, and Tools: Wireless Application Protocol – WAP. (Introduction, protocol architecture, and treatment of protocols of all layers), Bluetooth (User scenarios, physical layer, MAC layer, networking, security, link management) and J2ME.

 Introduction: Wireless Sensor Network Applications, Collaborative processing , Key Definitions of sensor networks. Canonical problem- localization and Tracking , Bayesian state estimation , Distributed representation and interface of states , impact of choice of representation, design consideration in distributed tracking , tracking multiple objects , state space decomposition, data association, sensor models, performance comparison and metrics.

 Protocols: IIIE 802.15.4 standard and zigbee, general issues, geographic , energy –aware routing , unicast geographic routing , routing on a curve, energy – minimizing broadcast,

1 | P a g e

attribute- based routing , directed diffusion , rumor routing , geographic hash tables ; infrastructure establishment , topology control , clustering , time synchronization , clocks and communication delays, interval methods, broadcasts , localization and localization services , ranging techniques, range based localization algorithms, information- based sensor tasking . IDSQ: information driven sensor querying , cluster leader based protocol , sensor tasking in tracking relations , joint routing and information aggregation , multi step information – directed routing , sensor group management.

References Jochen Schiller,Mobile Communications,Addison-Wesley,Second edition. Feng Zhao,Leonidus Guibas,Wireless Sensor Networks-An information Processing approach, Elsevier publication. ______

Advance Fluid Mechanics- SYLLABUS

Basic Concepts and Fundamentals: Definition and properties of Fluids, Fluid as continuum, Langragian and Eulerian description, Velocity and stress field, Fluid statics, Fluid Kinematics.

Governing Equations of Fluid Motion: Reynolds transport theorem, Integral and differential forms of governing equations: mass, momentum and energy conservation equations, Navier-Stokes equations, Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s Equation.

Exact solutions of Navier-Stokes Equations: Couette flows, Poiseuille flows, Fully developed flows in non-circular cross-sections, Unsteady flows, Creeping flows

Potential Flows: Revisit of fluid kinematics, Stream and Velocity potential function, Circulation, Irrotational vortex, Basic plane potential flows: Uniform stream; Source and Sink; Vortex flow, Doublet, Superposition of basic plane potential flows, Flow past a circular cylinder, Magnus effect; Kutta-Joukowski lift theorem; Concept of lift and drag.

Laminar Boundary Layers: Boundary layer equations, Boundary layer thickness, Boundary layer on a flat plate, similarity solutions, Integral form of boundary layer equations, Approximate Methods, Flow separation, Entry flow into a duct.

Elements of Stability Theory: Concept of small-disturbance stability, Orr-Sommerfeld equation, Inviscid stability theory, Boundary layer stability, Thermal instability, Transition to turbulence.

2 | P a g e

Turbulent Flow: Introduction, Fluctuations and time-averaging, General equations of turbulent flow, Turbulent boundary layer equation, Flat plate turbulent boundary layer, Turbulent pipe flow, Prandtl mixing hypothesis, Turbulence modeling, Free turbulent flows.

Compressible Flows: Speed of sound and Mach number, Basic equations for one dimensional flows, Isentropic relations, Normal-shock wave, Rankine-Hugoniot relations, Fanno and Rayleigh curve, Mach waves, Oblique shock wave, Prandtl-Meyer expansion waves, Quasi-one dimensional flows, Compressible viscous flows, Compressible boundary layers.

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD): Boundary conditions, Basic discretization – Finite difference method, Finite volume method and Finite element method.

References:

 Batchelor G.K, An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 1983.  Fox W. Robert, McDonald T. Alan, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1995.

______

Advanced Concrete Technology-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to concrete – Mineral and chemical admixtures – Structure of hydrated cement paste – Calcium Aluminate Cement – Cement Production quality control - Transition zone in concrete – measurement of workability by quantitative empirical methods – concrete properties: setting and hardening.

 Concrete Design mix for higher grades.

 Strength-Porosity relationship – Failure modes in concrete – plastic and thermal cracking – maturity concept to estimate curing duration - Elastic behavior in concrete- Creep, shrinkage and thermal properties of concrete.

 Classification of causes of concrete deterioration – Permeability of concrete – durability concept: pore structure and transport process - Alkali-aggregate reactivity.

3 | P a g e

 Non-Destructive testing methods - Semi-destructive testing methods. Concreting under special circumstances – Special materials in construction – Concreting machinery and equipment – Sustainability in concrete - Future trends in concrete technology.

References: 1. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology, Theory & Practice, S.Chand and Co, 2004. 2. Gambhir, M.L., Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004. 3. Nevile, Properties of Concrete, Longman Publishers, 2004. 4. Santakumar A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2007.

______

Advanced Heat Transfer-SYLLABUS

 Conduction Derivation of energy equation for conduction in three dimensions – Initial and boundary conditions. Transient conduction- Concept of Biot number – Lumped capacitance formulation unsteady conduction from a semi-infinite solid-solution by similarity transformation method. Solution of the general 1D unsteady problem by separation of variables, Laplace equation – solution by variable separable method – concept of superposition and homogeneous boundary conditions. Numerical solution of conduction problems-Basic ideas of finite difference method –forward, backward and central differences – Discretization for the unsteady heat equation.

 Convection Derivation of governing equation for convection. 2D laminar coquette flow and nondimensional numbers. Concept of Adiabatic wall temperature. Integral methods for momentum and thermal boundary layers. Pipe flow – concept of developed temperature profile and solutions for constant wall flux and constant wall temperature boundary conditions. Solution of entry length problem for constant wall and constant wall flux

4 | P a g e

boundary conditions. Natural convection – governing equation, integral solution for flat surface.

 Radiation Introduction. Concept of black body, derivation of black body radiation laws from first principles Need for view factors,concept of view factors, mathematical definition. Shape factor calculations. Radiosity, Irradiation method for gray diffuse enclosures. Gas Radiation.

REFERENCES :

1. Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer by Thirumaleshwar, Pearson 2. Poulikakos, Conduction Heat transfer, Prentice Hall, 1994. 3. G.E. Mayers, Analytical methods in Conduction Heat Transfer, McGraw Hill, 1971. 4. Kays W M and Crawford M E, Convective Heat and Mass Transfer, McGraw Hill Int Edition, 3rd edition, 1993. 5. Spalding D B, Introduction to Convective Mass Transfer, McGraw Hill, 1963. 6. R. Siegel and J.R. Howell, Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer, Taylor and Francis, 2002. ______Advanced Highway Engineering-SYLLABUS

 Embankment Construction: Formation cutting in Soil and hard rock, Preparation of Subgrade, Ground improvement, Retaining and Breast walls on hill roads, Granular and Stabilized, Sub – bases / bases, Water Bound Macadam (WBM), Wet Mix Macadam (WMM), Cement treated bases, Dry Lean Concrete (DLC).

 Bituminous Constructions: Types of Bituminous Constructions, Interface Treatments, Bituminous Surfacing and wearing Courses for roads and bridge deck slabs, Selection of wearing Course under different Climatic and Traffic conditions, IRC specifications, Construction techniques and Quality Control.Concrete road construction: Test on Concrete mixes, Construction equipments,

5 | P a g e

 Method of construction of joints in concrete pavements, Quality Control in Construction of Concrete pavements, Construction of Continuously reinforced, Prestressed, Steel Fibre Reinforced (SFRC) Pavements, IRC, MORT&H, ACI Specifications, AASHTO Specifications, Recycled pavements, Non – Conventional Pavements, Overlay Construction.

 Hill Roads Construction: Stability of Slopes, Landslides – Causes and Control measures, Construction of Bituminous and Cement Concrete roads at high altitudes, Hill road drainage, ______

Advanced IC Engines-SYLLABUS

 ENGINE TESTING & PERFORMANCE Engine Performance; Testing & Numerical: methods and Performance Characteristics; Testing and measurement equipment- dynamometers, Air & Fuel consumption, temperature, etc. Variables Affecting Engine Performance, Performance Maps; Physico & Chemical Properties of fuels; Stoichiometric Air fuel calculations based on oxidation as well as Hydro carbon contents.

 SI ENGINE FUELING & COMBUSTION SI engine fueling system design towards air fuel mixture calculation and their Numerical.; Flame structure and Speed: Cyclic variations in combustion: Abnormal combustion SI Engine Combustion Conceptual models, Thermodynamic Analysis of Combustion.

 CI ENGINE FUELING & COMBUSTION Fuel Injection and Spray Structure: Fuel Atomization and Droplet size distribution, Spray Penetration. CI Engine Combustion Conceptual Models: Conventional and Dec’s Combustion Models. Diesel Combustion Process Characterization: Ignition Delay, Effect of

6 | P a g e

Engine and Operational Parameters on Delay, Pre-mixed Combustion, Mixing Controlled Combustion. Thermodynamic Analysis.

 ENGINE COOLING & LUBRICATION Need for Cooling System, Types of Cooling System: Air Cooling System, Liquid Cooling Systems, Forced Circulation System, Pressure Cooling System. Lubrication System; Mist, Wet Sump Lubrication System

 FORMATION OF ENGINE EMISSIONS & CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES (SI & CI) Emission Effects on Health & Environment: Sources of Engine emissions: Formation of CO, NO, UBHC, Soot and Particulate Matter. Diesel NOx-Particulate Trade off: Effect of SI Design and operating variables: Effect of Diesel Engine Design and operating Variables. SI Engine Emission Control Technology: Add-on systems for treatment of Emissions with in Engine, Exhaust After treatment. CI Engine Emission Control Technology: Application of EGR, Exhaust after treatment and new engine technologies for emission control ______

Advanced Machine Design-SYLLABUS

 Gear Design: - Involute gears, tooth thickness, interference, undercutting, rack shift etc. Profile modification, spur, helical gears etc. bevel and worm gears - tooth loads - gear materials - design stress - basic tooth stresses - stress concentration - service factor - velocity factor - bending strength of gear teeth - Buckingham's equation for dynamic load - surface strength and durability - heat dissipation - design for strength and wear.

 Lubrication and Journal Bearing Design - types of lubrication and lubricants - viscosity - journal bearing with perfect lubrication - hydrodynamic theory - design considerations - heat balance - journal bearing design - rolling contact bearings - bearing types - bearing life - static and dynamic capacity - selection of bearings with axial and radial loads - selection of tapered roller bearings - lubrication, seals, shafts, housing and mounting details

7 | P a g e

 The Coupling Function- Couplings: Design of sunk keys under crushing and shearing, design of splines, design of sleeve and solid muff coupling, clamp or compression coupling, rigid and flexible flange coupling, design of universal joint.

 Types of Coupling - Design of different types of keys, design of a muff and clamp coupling,Rigid coupling, Flange Coupling, Flexible coupling- Oldham, universal coupling. Couplings with and without transformation of energy. Types of couplings with an emphasis on flexible couplings Rubber as a flexible material.

 Flexible couplings calculation Torque on the coupling. Tuning of flexible couplings loaded with periodically variable torque. Dynamic model of flexible couplings The damping ratio and its importance.

References : 1. Elements of Advanced Machine Design by V.R. Hamilton and R.V. Setterfield 2. A Textbook of Machine Design by R.S. Khurmi 3. Handbook of gear design, Gitim M.Maitra, TMH 1994 4. Fundamental of gear design, Remond J drago, Butterworths, 1988 5. Bearing design in machinery- engineering tribology, Avraham Harnoy, CRC press 2002 6. Applied Tribology: Bearing Design and Lubrication By Michael M. Khonsari, E. Richard Booser, john wiley and sons 7. Couplings and Joints: Design, Selection & Application, Jon R. Mancuso CRC PressA Text Book of Machine Design Firewall Media By Rajendra Karwa 8. Design of machine elements V.B.Bhandari 9. Shaft Alignment Handbook, Third Edition, John Piotrowski - 2006

______

Advanced Microcontrollers-SYLLABUS

8 | P a g e

 AVR MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE Architecture of AVR microcontroller, ATMEGA 8, 16, memory organization, addressing modes, instruction set, programming techniques, Assembly language & C programming- Development, Tools, Cross Compilers, Hardware Design Issues.  PERIPHERAL OF AVR MICROCONTROLLER LEDs, LCD, Memory, EEPROM, I/O Ports, Timers, Keyboard, DC Motor, Stepper, motor, Servo motor, BLDC motor, UART, Interrupt Structure, Serial Communication with PC, ADC/DAC Interfacing.  ARM ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANISATION Arcon RISC Machine, Architectural Inheritance, Core & Architectures - Registers, ARM Design Philosophy, Registers, Program Status Register, Instruction Pipeline, Interrupts and Vector Table, Architecture Revision, ARM Processor Families, ARM organization.  ARM PROGRAMMING Instruction Set: Data Processing Instructions, Addressing Modes, Branch, Load, Store Instructions, PSR Instructions, Conditional Instructions., Thumb instruction set, The ARM Programmer’s mode, ARM Development tools, Instruction cycle timings, ARM Assembly Language Programming and ‘C Compiler programming.  ARM APPLICATIONS MMU, Page Tables, Translation, Access Permissions, Context Switch, IDE Development, Applications of ARM in Wireless sensor networks, Robotics.

Text Books 1. ARM Systems Developer’s Guides- Designing & Optimizing System Software – Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, 2008, Elsevier. 2. Steve Furber, ‘ARM system on chip architecture’, Addision Wesley. 3. Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, John Rayfield ‘ARM System Developer’s Guide Designing and Optimizing System Software’, Elsevier 2007.

Reference Books 1. Trevor Martin, ‘The Insider's Guide To The Philips ARM7-Based Microcontrollers, An Engineer's Introduction To The LPC2100 Series’ Hitex (UK) Ltd. 2. Dananjay V. Gadre ‘Programming and Customizing the AVR microcontroller’, McGraw Hill 2001. 3. ARM Architecture Reference Manual.

______

9 | P a g e

Advanced Microwave Engineering-SYLLABUS

Transmission Lines and Waveguides: Review of TEM, TE, and TM mode solutions of Maxwell’s equations; TEM mode transmission lines: lossless line, line with small losses, power flow in a terminated line; Quasi- TEM mode lines: Fields in microstrip lines and strip lines, losses in microstrip, microstrip discontinuities, coupled lines, slot lines and coplanar waveguides; Surface waveguides: Surface waves along an impedance plane, dielectric-coated conducting plane, slab waveguide, corrugated plane; Wave velocities.

Microwave Circuit Theory Principles: Equivalent voltages and currents; Z, Y, S, and ABCD parameters; Equivalent circuit representation of microwave junctions; Scattering parameter analysis of microwave junctions; Coupling of waveguides through probes, loops, and apertures.

Impedance Transformers: Review of single-, double- and triple-stub tuners, waveguide reactive elements, quarter-wave transformers, design of maximally flat and Chebyshev transformers; Introduction to tapered transmission lines.

Power Dividers and Couplers: Scattering matrix of 3- and 4-port junctions; Design of T-junction and Wilkinson power dividers; Design of 90° and 180° hybrids.

Microwave Filters: Analysis of periodic structures, Floquet’s theorem, filter design by insertion loss method, maximally flat and Chebyshev designs.

Microwave Resonators: Principles of microwave resonators, loaded, unloaded and external Q, open and shorted TEM lines as resonators, microstrip resonators, dielectric resonators.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Collin, R.E., “Foundations for Microwave Engineering”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2000. 2. Pozar, D.M., “Microwave Engineering”, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons. 2004 3. Edwards, T.C. and Steer M.B., “Foundations for Interconnects and Microstrip Design”, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons. 2001 4. Ludwig, R. and Bretchko, P., “RF Circuit Design”, Pearson Education. 2000 5. Hunter, I., “Theory and Design of Microwave Filters”, IEE Press. 2001 6. Misra, D.K., “Radio-frequency and Microwave Communication Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons.2001 7. Electronic and Radio Engineering – F.E. Terman, McGraw-Hill, 4th ed., 1955. 8. Elements of Microwave Engineering – R. Chatterjee, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988. 9. Micro Wave and Radar Engineering – M. Kulkarni, Umesh Publications, 1998.

______

Advanced Process Control-SYLLABUS

10 | P a g e

 BASICS OF INSTRUMENTATION, PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL Basic Concepts and Definitions, Process Characteristics and Dynamics, The Feedback Control Loop–The Five Elements, Closed Loop Dynamics, Terminologies and Symbols

 CONVENTIONAL CONTROL DESIGN Degrees of Freedom and Control, Single Loop Control, PID Control Algorithms, Tuning of PID Controllers

 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN CONTROL ALGORITHMS Multi-variable Control and Controller Design, Model Predictive Control (IMC Control and DMC Control), Control Design for Non-Linear Systems, Concepts of Robust Control, Plant-wide Control

 CONTROL HARDWARE Measurement of Process Parameters: Level, Temperature, Pressure, Composition, Measuring Instruments and Their Selection, Data Sheets–Performance Related Parameters for Instrumentation, Control Loop Hardware–Transmitters, Transducers, Pneumatic System, Hydraulic System, Electronic System, Final Control Elements: Control Valve–Types, Selection and Sizing, Inherent and Installed Characteristics, Dynamic Behavior, Actuators

 CONTROL PRACTICE–GENERIC CASE STUDIES Centrifugal Compressor/Steam Turbine Control, Fired Heaters/Boiler Control, Distillation Column Control (CDU also), Process Shutdown and Emergency Shutdown Systems, Reactor Control: Catalytic Packed Bed Reactors, Solution Polymerization, FCCU Control

 OVERVIEW OF DCS AND SCADA Definition, Application and Architecture, Performance Specification

11 | P a g e

 P&IDs AND CONTROL Read a Simple P&ID, Identify Control Loop Details, Read and Interpret a Detailed P&ID, Case Studies Specific to Hydrocarbon Industry

References: B. W. Bequette, Process Dynamics--Modeling, Analysis and Simulation, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1998. W. L. Luyben, Process Modeling, Simulation and Control for Chemical Engineers, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, 1990. B. A. Ogunnaike and W. H. Ray, Process Dynamics, Modeling and Control, Oxford University Press, UK, 1994. ______Applied Micro Paleontology-SYLLABUS

 Calcareous, Agglutinated, Siliceous, Phosphatic and Organic- Walled Microfossils. Staratigraphic-Geographic Distribution of Microfossils, Chronostratigraphic Time Scale with some important Fossils Group (or index fossils). Microfossils and their role in Petroleum Exploration. Micropaleontology in Petroleum Exploration (Structural Problems, Stratigraphic , Problems, Biochronology, Well Correlation, Source Rock Evaluation etc.)

 Foraminifera, Ostracoda, Diatoms, Radiolarian, Condonts, Acritarchs, Chitinozoa, Dinoflagellates, Spores and Pollen, Palynofacies and Kerogen Analysis, Thermal Maturation,Biostartigraphy, Paleoenvironmental (paleobathymetry) and Paleogeographic Interpretation, Quantitative Biostratigraphy, Stable Isotope Stratigraphy, Molecular Fossils, Morphometric and Particle Analysis.

References:

12 | P a g e

1. Armstrong, H.A. and Brasier, M.D. Microfossils, 2nd Edn., Blackwell Publishing, 2005. 2. BouDagher-Fadel, M.K. Evolution and Geological Significance of Larger Benthic Foraminifera. Elsevier, The Netherlands, 2008. 3. Jansonius, J. and McGregor, D.C. (Eds.) Palynology: Principles and Applications. AASP foundation, 1996. 4. Travers, A. Paleopalynology, 2nd Edn., Springer, 2007. ______

Advanced Soil Mechanics-SYLLABUS

 One and three dimensional consolidation theories and applications, Immediate settlement, Methods of determination, Estimation of Pre-consolidation pressure, Secondary consolidation.

 Shear strength parameters of cohesion less and saturated cohesive soils, Principles of Effective stress condition, Effect of rate of stress on shear parameters, Stress- Strain relationship, Skempton's Pore pressure coefficients, Hvorslev's true shear parameters, Effect of over consolidation on shear parameters.

 Stability analysis of slope -effective vs. total stress analysis, Stability Analysis of Slope: Effective and total stress approach, shape of slip surface, methods of slices, graphic methods, location of critical slip circle, wedge analysis method, stability during critical conditions.

 Earth pressure – Rankine, Columb and Graphical Methods, Retaining walls structures, Gravity cantilever and counter fort retaining walls: Stability checks and design:

 Sheet Pile Structures: Cantilever sheet piling, Anchored sheet piling: Free and fixed earth support methods of Analysis, Braced excavations.

13 | P a g e

 Soil Anchors: Inclusions and Installation Techniques, Design of Soil Anchors, Application Criteria: Advantages and Limitations: References: 1. B M Das, Advanced Soil Mechanics, Taylor and Francis 2. R F Scott, Principles of Soil Mechanics, Addison & Wesley. 3. R.O. Davis and A.P.S. Selvadurai, Elasticity and Geomechanics, Cambridge University Press, New York. ______

Advanced Strength of Materials-SYLLABUS

Introduction, Stress and Strains in 3-D – Cauchy formula, Principal Stress, hydrostatic stress, deviatoric stress, stress transformations, Mohr circle, octahedral shear stress, strain energy densities, etc. Theories of failure. Beam on elastic foundations. Bending of curved beams – Crane Hooks & Chains. Torsion of Non-circular members, hollow members, thin walled sections; Membrane Analogy. Columns -- Straight & initially curved columns, Rankine formula. Energy Methods – Energy Theorems, Use of energy theories for calculating deflections, twists, solution to torsion (non-circular) problems. Unsymmetrical bending, shear centre. Introduction to Photoelasticity.

______

Advanced Thermodynamics-SYLLABUS

 REVIEW OF BASIC CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS First and Second Law and Related Concepts, PVT behavior: Virial and Generic Cubic Equations of State, Concept of Corresponding States (Two and Three Parameters), Generalized Correlations for Compressibility Factor and the Second Virial Coefficient

 THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES RELATIONS Maxwell Relations, Reduced Thermodynamic Properties, Single and Multi-component Systems

14 | P a g e

 SOLUTION THERMODYNAMICS Chemical Potential, Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium, Fugacity and Fugacity Coefficients, Generalized Correlations for Fugacity Coefficients, Excess Properties, Models of Solutions

 HYDROCARBON THERMODYNAMICS Pseudo-Components of Petroleum Fractions, Graphical Phase Equilibrium, Three-Way Correlations among EFV-TBP-ASTM, Vacuum Phase Equilibrium Diagrams, High Pressure Phase Equilibrium

 CHEMICAL REACTION EQUILIBRIUM Review of Equilibrium Constant and Effect of Temperature, Pressure and Composition on the Equilibrium Constant, Evaluation of the Equilibrium Constant, Phase Rule and Duhem’s Theorems for Reacting Systems, Multi-Reaction Equilibria

References: J. M. Smith, H. C. van Ness and M. A. Abbott, Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, 7th Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 2005 (Indian Edn.).

Y. V. C. Rao, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, Universities Press, Hyderabad, India, 1997.

Y. V. C. Rao, Postulational and Statistical Thermodynamics, Allied, New Delhi, 1994.

W. C. Edmister, Applied Hydrocarbon Thermodynamics, Vol. 1, Gulf, Houston, 1988.

W. C. Edmister and J. J. McKetta, Applied Hydrocarbon Thermodynamics, Vol. 2, Gulf, Houston, 1988.

S. Glasstone, Thermodynamics for Chemists, Paperback Ed., Narahari Press (Tower Books), 2007. ______

15 | P a g e

Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer-SYLLABUS

 THERMODYNAMICS: Introduction, thermodynamic systems, properties, work, heat, Zeroth law of thermodynamics, First law of thermodynamics for closed system and open system, Second law of thermodynamics: heat engines, refrigerator and heat pump, Entropy: increase of entropy principle, entropy change of solids, liquids and gases, isentropic efficiencies of steady flow devices, entropy balance, entropy generation, Energy: reversible work and irreversibility, second-law efficiency, energy change of a system, energy transfer by heat, work, and mass, the decrease of energy principle and energy destruction, energy balance of closed systems and control volumes.

 CONDUCTION: Introduction, General 3-D heat diffusion equation in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, Fourier’s law and thermal conductivity, boundary conditions and initial conditions, One dimensional steady state conduction– plane wall, cylinder, sphere, overall heat transfer coefficient, critical thickness of insulation, Fins of uniform cross sectional area, fin performance, overall surface efficiency, Two dimensional steady state conduction: flux plot, finite difference method, Transient conduction- Lumped capacitance method, semi-infinite solids, finite difference method for 1-D transient problems.

 CONVECTION: Forced convection: Boundary layer – hydrodynamic, thermal B.L., continuity equation, momentum equation and energy equation, heat transfer in laminar flow and turbulent flow over a flat plate, Reynolds analogy, Laminar flow heat transfer in circular pipe – constant heat flux and constant wall temperature, thermal entrance region, turbulent flow heat transfer in circular pipe, flow across a cylinder and sphere, Natural convection: Introduction, governing equations, vertical plate, horizontal cylinder, horizontal plate, enclosed spaces.

 RADIATION: Radiation intensity, Solid angle, Irradiation, Radiosity, Plank distribution, Wien’s displacement law, Stefan Boltzmann law, Kirchhoff’s law, Gray surface, View factor,

16 | P a g e

View factor relations, Radiation exchange at a surface, Radiation exchange between surfaces, blackbody radiation exchange, Two surface enclosure, Radiation shields, Reradiating surface, Gas radiation.

References : 1. Engineering Thermodynamics by P.K. Nag, McGraw-Hill ,New Delhi 2. Heat Transfer by J P Holman, McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi

3. Cengel A. Yunus and Boles A. Michael. “ Thermodynamics An Engineering Approach, 5th edition, Mc Graw Hill 4. Bejan Adrian. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics. 3rd edition, Wiley and Sons. 5. Holman, J. P. "Heat Transfer", 7th edition, Mc Graw Hill, 1992. 6. Incropera, F.P. and Dewitt, D.P. "Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer", John Wiley Publishing Company ______

Advances in Remote sensing and GIS-SYLLABUS

 REMOTE SENSING & AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH METHODS Structural Mapping, Geomorphological Mapping, Lithological Mapping, Seepage Analysis in Onshore and Offshore Areas, Remote Sensing and Geomatics, Remote Sensing Inventory of Active Oil Seeps & Chemosynthetic Community. Semi-Detailed (Traverse and Contact Mapping) and detailed Geological Mapping (Fold, Fault and Associated structures) and Fundamentals of Subsurface Mapping, Preparation of Outcrop Maps & Geological Sections, Field Sedimentological & Stratigraphical Studies, Micropaleotology, Biostratigraphy and Palynology in Petroleum Exploration.  PRINCIPLE OF SPATIAL DATABASES Definition, Features of Spatial Databases, Concepts and Models of Spatial Databases. Overview of Process of File Organization and Structure,Data Access and Indexing, Concept of Relational Databases and SQL. Raster and Vector Data Structures, Database Design and Security.

 HYPERSPECTRAL IMAGE ANALYSIS  FIELD AND IMAGE SPECTROMETRY

17 | P a g e

Spectral radiometry, History of spectrometry - Diffraction principles- imaging spectrometry : considerations – experimental design and instrumentation – factors affecting the field spectrum – hyperspectral sensor systems imaging, spectrometry – scattering principles - BDRF and hemispherical reflectance – models; Atmospheric correction of hyperspectral RS data (e,g FLASH,MODTRAN) - Sensors and platforms – data characteristics HYPERSPECTRAL IMAGE APPLICATIONS Application to lithology, mineral exploration, planetary geology – agricultural crop systems – stress detection, plant production, vegetation bio physics and bio chemistry, soil moisture, soil characteristics, degradation status - forestry canopy characters, ecosystem, forest health, biodiversity, water quality, urban studies, environmental and resource management

REFERENCES

1. Spatial Database System, Design, Implementation and Project Management, Yeung Albert K W, Brent Hall G, The Netherland: Springer, 2007, 553pp 2. Hyperspectral Remote Sensing: Principles and Applications by Marcus Borengasser, William S. Hungate, Russell Watkins (2007), CRC Press 3. Hyperspectral Remote Sensing by M. T. Eismann (2012), Bellingham, Washington, USA 4. Imaging Spectrometry Basic Principles and Prospective Applications by van der Meer, Freek D., de Jong, S.M. (Eds.) (2001), Springer 5. Fundamentals of remote sensing, George Joseph, Universities press 6. Erdas Imagine Manual

______

Air & Space Law-SYLLABUS

 Definition of Air Law Nature, Scope and Source, Development of Air Law (Paris Convention, 1910; Paris Convention, 1919; Madrid Convention, 1926; Havana Convention, 1928; Warsaw Convention and Chicago Convention, 1944) Regulation, Freedom of the Air and Sovereignty in the Air, Membership and Organs of ICAO Legislative, Administrative and Judicial function, Economic and Technical regulations  Bilateralism and Multi-literalism Concept of bilateralism, Views on multi-literalism, Merits and demerits, Regionalism in civil aviation, India and bilateral agreement

18 | P a g e

 Safety and security in civil aviation The Concept, Aviation terrorism, International Norms-conventions, protocols and regulations, Regulation in India : Air safety provisions , Air Traffic management, Legal regime of Air Space and Outer Space, Problem of application of Air, Space and telecommunication laws, State obligation to provide Air Navigation services, Sovereign rights of States  New Development in India Technology development and problem in civil aviation, Airports-leasing and privatization-legal issues ,Liability in International civil aviation, Manufacturers, operators, operators agents and maintenance contractors, Third party liability for surface damage

REFERENCES : 1. Azbeyratne, RIR, Legal and Regulatory Issues in International Aviation (1996) 2. S. Bhatt, The New Aviation Policy in India (1977) 3. Carole Blackshow, Aviation Law and Regulation 4. V.S.Mani, Recent Trends in International Space and Policy (1966) 5. Emerging Trends in air Law by Balakista Reddy.- Serial publication 6. Space Law by Sandeepa Bhat B.-easterjn Book Company

______

Aircraft Design-SYLLABUS

Introduction to the design process , Requirements capture , Design optimization , Aircraft Design: Design considerations for civilian and military aircraft , Weight estimation , Airfoil and geometry selection , Thrust to weight ratio and wing loading , Initial sizing , Propulsion , Landing gear and subsystems , Aerodynamics , Stability, control, and handling qualities , Flight mechanics and performance issues , Aircraft layout and configuration , Structural aspects , Constraint analysis.

References 1. Raymer, D. P., Aircraft Design: A Conceptual Approach, 4th ed., AIAA (2006). 2. Anderson, J. D., Aircraft Performance and Design, McGraw-Hill (1999). 3. Corke, T. C., Design of Aircraft, Prentice Hall (2002). 4. Fielding, J. P., Introduction to Aircraft Design, Cambridge Univ. Press (1999). 5. Bruhn, E. F., Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures, Jacobs Publishing (1973).

19 | P a g e

______

Aircraft Propulsion- SYLLABUS

 Propellers Ideal Momentum Theory and Blade Element Theory and their relative Merits, Numerical Problems on the Performance of Propellers using Propeller Charts, Selection of Propellers, Fixed, Variable and Constant Speed Propellers, Prop-Fan, Material for Propellers, Shrouded Propellers Helicopter rotor in Hovering Performance.

 Aircraft Piston Engines The Internal Combustion Engine Process, Brief Historical Sketch S.I and C.I. Engines, 4-Stroke and 2-Stroke Engines, Thermodynamics of Engine Analysis, Combustion Process, Air Standard Cycles, Various Type of Arrangements or Multi-Cylinder Aircraft Engines, their Merits and Operational Efficiencies, Intake and Exhaust Manifolds, Cooling and Lubrication Systems, Valve Timing and Arrangements, I.H.P., B.H.P and F.H.P, Engine Performance, Effect of Altitude, Power required and Power available, supercharging, Preliminary Design of Aircraft Piston Engine.

 Fuels, Combustion and Flame Stability Liquid Fuels, Hydrocarbons, Gasoline, Starting Mixtures and Temperatures, Vapor Lock, other Liquid Fuels and Blends, Combustion Knock and Knock Rating, Carburetion and Fuel Injection, Ignition of the Charge, Ignition System, Gas Turbine Fuels, Solid and Liquid Propellants.

 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engines Air-Standard Brayton Cycle, Actual Gas Turbine Engine Cycle, Compressor and Turbine Efficiencies, Compressor Work and Turbine Work, Centrifugal and Axial type of Compressor, their Comparative Action, Relative Merits in Operations, Combustion Chambers: Various Arrangements, Simplex and Duplex Burners.

20 | P a g e

 Steady 1D Gas Dynamics Basics, Simple Flows: Nozzle Flow, Nozzle Design, Nozzle Operating characteristics for Isentropic Flow, Nozzle Flow and Shock Waves. Nozzle characteristics for some Operational Engines. Rayleigh Flow and Fanno Flow. Effect of Frictional Duct Length in Subsonic Flow and Supersonic Flow, Numerical Problems in 1D Flow.

 Inflets, Nozzles and Combustion Chambers Subsonic Inlets: Pressure Recovery, Inlet Sizing Drag Flow Distortion. Supersonic Inlets: Total and Sonic State Points, A/A* Normal Shock based Internal Compression Inlets, Design Sizing and Performance. Exhaust Nozzle, C-D Nozzle, Engine Back Pressure Control, Exit Area Ratio, Exhaust Nozzle System Performance in details. Combustion Systems, Burners, Ignition, Flame Stability. After Burners: System Design, Flame Stability, Pressure Losses etc.

 Parametric Cycle Analysis of Ideal Engines Steps of Engine Parametric Cycle Analysis, Basic Assumptions. Applications to  Ideal Ramjet  Ideal Turbojet with and without afterburner  Ideal Turbofan engine, optimum BPR and afterburning  Ideal Turnoprop engine, and  Ideal Turboshaft engine.

 Parametric Cycle Analysis of Real Engines Cycle Analysis of Turbojet, Turbojet with after Burner, Turbofan and Turboprop.

 Axial Flow Compressor Euler’s Turbo Machinery Equations. Axial Flow Compressor Analysis, Cascade Action, Flow Field. Euler’s Equation, Velocity Diagrams, Flow Annulus Area Stage Parameters. Degree of Reaction, Cascade Airfoil Nomenclature and Loss Coefficient, Diffusion Factor, Stage Loading and Flow Coefficient, Stage Pressure Ratio, Blade Mach No., Repeating Stage, Repeating Row,

21 | P a g e

Mean Line Design. Flow Path Dimensions, No. of Blades Per Stage. Radial Variation, Design Process, Performance.

 Axial Flow Turbine Introduction to Turbine Analysis, Mean Radius Stage Calculations, Stage Parameters, Stage Loading and Flow Coefficients Degree of Reaction, Stage Temperature Ratio and Pressure Ratio, Blade Spacing, Radial Variation, Velocity Ratio. Axial Flow Turbine, Stage Flow Path, Dimensional Stage Analysis. Multistage Design; Steps of Design: Single Stage and two Stages. Turbine Performance. Blade Cooling.

REFERENCES : 1. Sutton, G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 5 th Edn., 1993. 2. Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R. “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion” Addison – Wesley Longman INC, 1999. 3. Cohen, H., Rogers, G.F.C. and Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H., “Gas Turbine Theory”, Longman Co., ELBS Ed., 1989. 4. Gorden, C.V., “Aero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion”, AIAA

______Airport Planning & Management-SYLLABUS  Airports and airport systems Introduction, Airport management on an international level, The National Plan of Integrated Airport Systems—The Nation’s Airport System Plan , The rules that govern airport management, Organizations that influence airport regulatory policies Organization and administration Introduction, Airport ownership and operation, The airport organization chart, Airport management as a career, The airport manager and public relations Airports and airport systems :A historical and legislative perspective

22 | P a g e

Introduction, The formative period of aviation and airports: 1903–1938 55, Airport growth: World War II and the postwar period, Airport modernization: The early jet age , Airport legislation after airline deregulation, Airports in the twenty-first century: From peacetime prosperity, to terror insecurity

 The components of the airport The airfield The components of an airport, The airfield, Navigational aids (NAVAIDS) located on airfields, Air traffic control and surveillance facilities located on the airfield, Weather reporting facilities located on airfields, Security infrastructure on airfields Airspace and air traffic control Introduction, Brief history of air traffic control, The present-day air traffic control management and operating infrastructure, The basics of air traffic control, Current and future enhancements to air traffic control Airport terminals and ground access Introduction, The historical development of airport terminals, Components of the airport terminal, Airport ground access  Airport operations and financial management Airport operations management under FAR Part 139 Introduction, Pavement management, Aircraft rescue and fire fighting (ARFF), Snow and ice control, Safety inspection programs, Bird and wildlife hazard management, Airport security Introduction, History of airport security, The Transportation Security Administration, Security at commercial service airports, Security at general aviation airports, The future of airport security Airport financial management Introduction, Airport financial accounting, Revenue strategies at commercial airports, Pricing of airport facilities and services, Variation in the sources of operating revenues, Rise in airport financial burdens, Airport funding, Grant programs, Airport financing, Private investment, Sale of the airport  Airport public administration and planning

23 | P a g e

The economic, political, and social role of airports Introduction, The economic role of airports, Political roles, Environmental impacts of airports Airport planning Introduction, Airport system planning, The airport master plan, The airport layout plan, Forecasting, Facilities requirements, Design alternatives, Financial plans, Land use planning, Environmental planning Airport capacity and delay Introduction, Defining capacity, Factors affecting capacity and delay, Estimating capacity, Illustrating capacity with a time-space diagram, FAA approximation charts, Simulation models, Defining delay, Estimating delay, Analytical estimates of delay: The queuing diagram, Other measures of delay, Approaches to reducing delay, Administrative and demand management The future of airport management Introduction, Restructuring of commercial air carriers, New large aircraft, Small aircraft transportation systems  Code of Federal Regulations: 14 CFR—Aeronautics  Code of Federal Regulations , 49 CFR—Transportation, 1500 Series: Transportation Security Regulations

REFERENCES : 1. Airport Planning & Management by ‘Seth Young, Alexander Wells’, Mc Graw Hills, ISBN 0071750231-BEEPB 2. Airport Planning & Management by ‘Ed D Alexander T’, Mc Graw Hills, ISBN: 0071386556- BEPDF 3.Airport Planning & Management by ‘Donald I Smith, John D Odegard, William Shea’, Wadsworth Pub Co. , ISBN: 0534028772 ______

24 | P a g e

Alternate Energy Sources for Transportation- SYLLABUS

 Introduction Need for alternate fuel, availability and properties of alternate fuels, general use of alcohols, LPG, hydrogen, ammonia, CNG and LNG, vegetable oils and biogas, merits and demerits of various alternate fuels, introduction to alternate energy sources. Like EV, hybrid, fuel cell and solar cars.  Alcohols Properties as engine fuel, alcohols and gasoline blends, performance in SI engine, methanol and gasoline blends, combustion characteristics in CI engines, emission characteristics, DME, DEE properties performance analysis, performance in SI & CI Engines.  Natural Gas, LPG, Hydrogen and Biogas Availability of CNG, properties, modification required to use in engines, performance and emission characteristics of CNG using LPG in SI & CI engines, performance and emission of LPG. Hydrogen; storage and handling, performance and safety aspects.  Vegetable Oils Various vegetable oils for engines, esterification, performance in engines, performance and emission characteristics, bio diesel and its characteristics  Electric, Hybrid, Fuel Cell and Solar Cars Layout of an electric vehicle, advantage and limitations, specifications, system components, electronic control system, high energy and power density batteries, hybrid vehicle, fuel cell vehicles, solar powered vehicles.

REFERENCES :

1. Non conventional energy sources by BH Khan, TATA Mc Graw, EAN 9780071335430- BEPDF 2. Richard.L.Bechfold – Alternative Fuels Guide Book - SAE International Warrendale - 1997. 3. Maheswar Dayal - “Energy today & tomorrow“ - I & B Horishr India - 1982. 4. Nagpal - “Power Plant Engineering” - Khanna Publishers - 1991.

25 | P a g e

5. “Alcohols as motor fuels progress in technology” - Series No.19 - SAE Publication USE - 1980. 6. SAE paper nos. 840367, 841333, 841334, 841156, Transactions, SAE, USA 7. Non Conventional Energy Resources by GD Rai, Khanna Publishers

______

Analytical Techniques in Geosciences-SYLLABUS

 CHROMATOGRAPHY Classical and Rapid Methods of Analysis. Paper chromatography, Thin later chromatography, gas chromatography, ion-exchange chromatpgraphy.  SPECTROSCOPY UV & IR Spectophotometry, Atomic Absorption Spectrometry, Plasma-Atomic Absorption Spectrometry, Mass-Spectrometry  X-Ray Methods X-Ray Fluorescence Analysis, Dispersive X-Ray Spectrometry, X-Ray Diffraction Analysis.  Advance Instrumentation in Geosciences SEM – scanning Electron Microscope, Micro Beam and Surface Analysis, Neutron Activation Analysis.

Books 1. Elementary Organic Spectroscopy-Y. R. Sharma S. Chand 2. Instrumental Approach to Chemical Analysis-A. K.Srivastava & P.C.Jain, S. Chand 3. Quantitative Chemical Analysis-Vogel Pearson.

Antenna Theory & Design-SYLLABUS

Fundamental Concepts: Radiation pattern, near- and far-field regions, reciprocity, directivity and gain, effective aperture, polarization, input impedance, efficiency, Friis transmission equation, radiation integrals and auxiliary potential functions

Radiation from Wires and Loops: Infinitesimal dipole, finite-length dipole, linear elements near conductors, dipoles for mobile communication, small circular loop.

26 | P a g e

Aperture Antennas: Huygens’ principle, radiation from rectangular and circular apertures, design considerations, Babinet’s principle, Fourier transform method in aperture antenna theory.

Microstrip Antennas: Basic characteristics, feeding methods, methods of analysis, design of rectangular and circular patch antennas, Quality Factor, Bandwidth, and Efficiency, Input Impedance and Coupling.

Horn and Reflector Antennas: Radiation from sectoral and pyramidal horns, design concepts, prime-focus parabolic reflector and cassegrain antennas.

Text Books:

1. Balanis, C.A., “Antenna Theory and Design”, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons. 2005

2. Jordan, E.C. and Balmain, K.G., “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”, 2nd Ed., Prentice-Hall of India. 1993

3. Stutzman, W.L. and Thiele, H.A., “Antenna Theory and Design”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons. 1998

4. Elliot, R.S., “Antenna Theory and Design”, Revised edition, WileyIEEE Press. 2003

5. Garg, R., Bhartia, P., Bahl, I. and Ittipiboon, A., “Microstrip Antenna Design Handbook”, Artech House

______

Applied Micro Palaeontology-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Micropaleontology Calcareous, Agglutinated, Siliceous, Phosphatic and Organic- Walled Microfossils. Staratigraphic-Geographic Distribution of Microfossils

 Application of Micropalaeontology Chronostratigraphic Time Scale with some important Fossils Group (or index fossils). Microfossils and their role in Petroleum Exploration.Micropaleontology in Petroleum Exploration (Structural Problems, Stratigraphic , Problems, Biochronology, Well Correlation, Source Rock Evaluation etc.)

 Ecology, Paleoecology and Stratigraphic Application

27 | P a g e

Foraminifera, Conodonts, Radiolarian, Spores and Pollens

 Palynology in Hydrocarbon exploration Palynofacies and Kerogen Analysis, Thermal Maturation.

 Biostratigraphy and Paleo-enviromental Interpretation Biostartigraphy, Paleoenvironmental (paleobathymetry) and Paleogeographic Interpretation

 Latest developments in applied micropaleontology Quantitative Biostratigraphy, Stable Isotope Stratigraphy, Molecular Fossils, Morphometric and Particle Analysis

Reference book: 1. Haq, B.U. and Boersma, A. Introduction to Marine Micropaleontology, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1998 2. Armstrong, H.A. and Brasier, M.D. Microfossils, II Edition, Blackwell Publishing, 2005. 3. Foote, M. and Miller, A.I. Principles of Paleontology, III Edition. W.H. Freeman and Company, 2007. 4. Prothero, D.R Bringing Fossils to Life–An Introduction to Paleobiology. Mc Graw Hill, 1998.

Applied Numerical and Statistical Techniques-SYLLABUS

 LINEAR ALGEBRA Introduction to Vector spaces, basic vector analysis methods, Matrix norms – Jordan canonical form – Generalized eigenvectors – Singular value decomposition – Pseudo inverse – Least square approximations – QR algorithm.

 GRAPH THEORY

28 | P a g e

Introduction to Paths, Trees, Vector spaces, Matrix Coloring and directed graphs; Some basic algorithms – Shortest path algorithms – Depth-First search on a graph – Isomorphism – Other Graph - Theoretic algorithms – performance of graph theoretic algorithms – Graph-theoretic Computer languages

 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES Linear programming - Basic concepts – Graphical and Simplex methods –Transportation problem – Assignment problem; Dynamic programming - Elements of the dynamic programming model – optimality principle – Examples of dynamic programming models and their solutions.

 PROBABILITY AND RANDOM VARIABLES Probability – 1D Random variables – Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Normal, Exponential distributions – Moment generating functions and their properties – Functions Transformation of Random variables, Finite probability - Probability distributions – Conditional Probability – Independence – Baye’s theorem; Expectations. Reliability and Markov chain transition probability matrix.

 QUEUEING THEORY Single and Multiple servers Markovian Queuing models, finite and Infinite capacity Queues – Finite source model – Queuing applications.

References: Taha H .A., Operations Research: An Introduction, Pearson Education Edition, Asia, New Delhi, Seventh Edition 2002. Walpole R.E., Myer R.H., Myer S.L., and Ye, K., Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, Delhi, 2002. Lewis.D.W. “Matrix Theory” , Allied Publishers, Chennai 1995 Kishor S.Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with reliability, queuing and Computer Science Applications, Prentice Hall India, 2001

29 | P a g e

Narasingh Deo,Graph Theory with applications to Engineering and Computer Science, Prentice Hall India,1997

______

Applied Sedimentology-SYLLABUS

 BASIC CONCEPT OF PETROLEUM GEOLOGY

Sedimentary rocks, types and processes of formation; depositional environment; Sedimentary basins; Biostratigraphy; Micropaleotology; Geological Mapping. Petroleum origin, elements of petroleum system; reservoir traps, migration, petroliferous basins of India.

 STRATIGRAPHIC-SEDIMENTOLOGICAL DATA BASE Vertical- Lateral Profile, Subdivision of Section into Descriptive Units, Lithology, Grain Size, Sedimentary Structure, Palaeocurrent Analysis, Petrographic Samples, Biostratigraphic Sample & Analysis. Megascopic Studies of Cores & Cutting: Subdivision of Section into Descriptive Unit, Lithology, Grain Size and Integration with Well Logs.

 STRATIGRAPHIC COORELATION Strartigraphic Units, lithostratigraphy, Mapping and Correlation, Chronostratigraphy, Radiometric Dating, Magnetostratigraphy, Chemostratigraphy.

 MICROFACIES ANALYSIS Rock Petrography, and Heavy Mineral Analysis. SEM Petrography for Reservoir Characterization, Cathod Luminiscence Microscopy for Cement Matrix Characterization, XRD Technique for Clay Mineral Analysis.

Suggested books 1. Sand and sandstone, FJ Pettijohn, PE Potter, R Siever - 2012 2. Introduction to sedimentology; S Sengupta – 1994 3. Applied Sedimentology 2nd Edition Richard Selley 4. Levorsen AI. Geology of petroleum. Berry FA, editor. San Francisco: WH Freeman; 1967. 5. Hunt, M.J., 1979. Petroleum geochemistry and geology. WH Freeman and company 6. Principles of Geomorphology Second Edition Paperback – 1 Dec 2004 by W.D.Thornburry.

30 | P a g e

7. Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy BOGGS JR, SAM, Merrill Publishing Company 1987

Applied Statistical Methods-SYLLABUS  Statistical methods, scope and limitations, population and sample, frequency distribution and curves dispersion, standard deviation, co-efficient of variation, skewness.

 Probability, Distributions properties and applications. Sampling distributions, methods, accuracy and applications in highway engineering problems.

 Statistical decisions, hypothesis testing errors, tests significance, variance Chi -square, test, confidence Interval.

 Queuing theory. Time series analysis.

 Variables scatter diagram Curve fitting methods, correlation linear regression multiple linear regression.  Multivariate data analysis. Optimization technique and applications” in - Highway and traffic engineering problems.  Use of mathematical and statistical software packages.

REFERENCES: 1. Snedecor G. W. and W.G. Cochran (1994). Statistical methods. East west press, India, 8th edition. 2. Medhi J (1982) Introduction to statistics. New age publications, New Delhi 3. Hannagth T. G. (1986): Mastering Statistics, 2nd edition, McMillan 4. Agarwal B. L. (1988), Basic Statistics, 3rd Edition, New Age Pub. ND.

31 | P a g e

______

Artificial Neural Network-SYLLABUS  Introduction to artificial neural networks Biological neural networks, Pattern analysis tasks: Classification, Regression, Clustering, Computational models of neurons, Structures of neural networks, Learning principles  Data Processing Scaling, Normalization, Transformation (FT/FFT), Principal Component Analysis, Regression, Co- Variance Matrix, Eigen Values & Eigen Vectors. Basic Models of Artificial Neurons, Activation Functions, Aggregation Function, Single Neuron Computation, Multilayer Perceptron, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Gradient Descent Rule, Nonlinearly Separable Problems and Bench Mark Problems in NN.

 Multilayered Network Architecture, Back Propagation Algorithm, Heuristics for making BP- Algorithm performs better. Accelerated Learning BP (like Recursive Least Square, Quick Prop, Rprop Algorithm), Approximation Properties of RBF Networks and comparison with Multilayer Perceptron

 Recurrent Network and Temporal Feed-Forward Network, implementation with BP, Self Organizing Map and SOM Algorithm, Properties of Feature Map and Computer Simulation.

 Complex Valued NN and Complex Valued BP, Analyticity of Activation Function, Application in 2D Information Processing. Complexity Analysis of Network Models. Soft Computing

 Feedforward neural networks Pattern classification using perceptron, Multilayer feedforward neural networks (MLFFNNs), Pattern classification and regression using MLFFNNs, Error backpropagation

32 | P a g e

learning, Fast learning methods: Conjugate gradient method Autoassociative neural networks, Bayesian neural networks  Radial basis function networks Regularization theory, RBF networks for function approximation, RBF networks for pattern classification  Kernel methods for pattern analysis Statistical learning theory, Support vector machines for pattern classification, Support vector regression for function approximation, Relevance vector machines for classification and regression  Self-organizing maps Pattern clustering, Topological mapping, Kohonen’s self-organizing map  Feedback neural networks Pattern storage and retrieval, Hopfield model, Boltzmann machine, Recurrent neural networks REFERENCES: 1. B.Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall of India, 1999 2. Neural Network by ‘Freeman S Kapur’ Pearson publication 3. Satish Kumar, Neural Networks – A Classroom Approach, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003 4. S.Haykin, Neural Networks – A Comprehensive Foundation, Prentice Hall, 1998 5. C.M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006

______

Atmospheric Flight Mechanics-SYLLABUS

Overview of aerodynamics , propulsion , atmosphere and aircraft instrumentation , Aircraft Performance: range, endurance, gliding, climbing flight, pull-up, pulldown, take-off, landing, accelerating climb, turning flight, V-n diagrams , optimal cruise trajectories , Static Stability & Control: frames of reference (body axis, wind axis) static longitudinal, directional, lateral stability and control, stick fixed and stick free stability, hinge moments, trim-tabs, aerodynamic balancing

References 1. Anderson, J. D., Aircraft Performance and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill (1998).

33 | P a g e

2. Nelson, R. C., Flight Stability and Automatic Control, 2nd ed., Tata McGraw-Hill (1997). 3. Phillips, W. F., Mechanics of Flight, 2nd ed., John Wiley (2010). 4. Hull, D. G., Fundamentals of Airplane Flight Mechanics, Springer (2010). 5. Perkins, C. D. and Hage, R. E., Airplane Performance Stability and Control, John Wiley (1949). 6. Etkin, B. and Reid, L. D., Dynamics of Flight: Stability and Control, 3rd ed., Wiley (1996) ______Automatic Flight Control-SYLLABUS Flight Dynamics: Linearized equations of aircraft motion for small perturbations in stability axes. Stability analysis of linearized equations of motion. Derivation of Airplane longitudinal motion. Airplane lateral motion. Airplane handling qualities. Second order differential equations, pure pitching motion, stick fixed longitudinal motion, longitudinal approximation, the influence of stability derivatives on the longitudinal modes of motion, flying qualities, flight simulation. Pure rolling motion, Pure yawing motion, lateral directional equations of motion, lateral flying qualities inertial coupling. System Stability: Control system stability, Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Root Locus Method, Frequency domain techniques, Time domain and Frequency domain specifications, steady state error. Control system design, PID controller. Aircraft transfer function, Control surface actuator, displacement autopilot, stability augmentation, Instrument Landing System. State-space modelling, Canonical Transformation, Controllability and Observability, State Feedback Design, State Variable reconstruction, Optimal State Space Control System Design.

References 1. R. C. Nelson, “Flight Stability and Automatic Control” (Second Ed.), McGraw Hill Book Company. 2. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering” Prentice Hall, 2010. 3. Bernard Etkins, “Dynamics of Flight: Stability and Control”, Wiley. 4. Anderson, John D. “Introduction to Flight” McGraw Hill(1999). 5. Bandu N. Pamadi, Performance, Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes, AIAA Education Series.

______Aviation Economics – SYLLABUS  Airline System-Wide Measures Traffic / Revenue Passenger Miles (RPM), 4 types of traffic, Yield, Capacity/ Available Seat Miles (ASM), Unit Cost, Load Factor = Passengers/ Capacity, Average Leg Load Factor, Average Network Load Factor, Rejected Demand/Spill  Basic Airline Profit Equation = Revenue - Cost Airline Profit Maximizing Strategies  Air Transportation Markets

34 | P a g e

Typical Air Passenger Trip, Markets, Opposite, Parallel, City-pair, Region-pair, Direct/ Connecting Flights, Dichotomy of Demand and Supply  Origin-Destination (O-D) Demand Factors affecting Volume of O-D Demand, Quality of Service Factors, Total Trip Time Model, O-D Demand Models, Linear/ Additive D = a – bP, Multiplicative D = aPbwhere b<0, EP = Price Elasticity = Δ% Demand/ Δ% Price, Business Passengers - “inelastic”, Leisure Passengers - “elastic”, ET = Time Elasticity = Δ% Demand/ Δ% Time, Business Passengers - “elastic”, Leisure Passengers - “inelastic”, Saturation Frequency, 4 Types/ Segments of Air Travel Demand, O-D Market Demand Function - D = M x Pa x Tb  Airline Competition Market Share, Frequency Share, Market Share / Frequency Share Model “S-curve”  PROBLEMS What do airlines do to maximize revenues, Elastic vs. inelastic airfares, Calculate Market Share, Calculate Frequency Share, O-D Traffic, O-D Supply, Price Elasticity, Time Elasticity, Average Leg Load Factor, Average Network Load Factor, Basic Airline Profit, o% Connecting Passengers, o% Non-Stop Passengers, Identify from Diagram-Point-to-Point vsHubbing Network, Different Markets, Calculate frequency of service impacts to Total Trip Time Model

REFERENCES:

1. The Global Airline Industry (Belobaba, Odoni, and Barnhart; 2009) AIAA

2. Terminal Chaos (Donohue, Shaver; 2008) AIAA

______

Aviation Law & Insurance-SYLLABUS  Federal and State Regulatory Functions  Warsaw Convention, 1929  The Aircraft Act, 1934  Rights and Liabilities of Pilots & Operators as per Aircraft Rules - 1937

35 | P a g e

 Chicago Convention on Civil Aviation, 1944  The Air Corporations (Transfer of Undertakings and Repeal ) Act, 1994  The Bermuda Agreement. 1977 (Between U.S.A. & U.K.)  The Suppression of Unlawful Acts Against Safety of Aviation Act, 1982  New Civil Aviation Policy (2003) – India  Bilateral & Plurilateral Agreements  GATS in International Air Transport Trade  Open Sky Policies - U.S.A., U.K. & India  Liberalization , Privatization & Globalization in Civil Aviation Industry  General Insurance Principles  Aviation Insurance  Supreme Court of India/Delhi High Court Judgements on Aviation Law .

REFERENCES : 1. Aviation Insurance by ‘Peter J C Viccars’, Bertrams, ISBN: 1856095495 2. Aviation and the Law by ‘Gesell’, Coast, ISBN: 1890938130 3. Margo: Aviation Insurance by ‘ Rod D Margo’, , Buttersworth Law, EAN 9780406891013 ______

Aviation Marketing Management-SYLLABUS

 Marketing Scope and Concepts  Strategic Marketing Planning  Marketing Strategy: Segmentation and Targeting  Consumer Buying Behaviour  Product Life Cycle Strategies  Branding and Packaging  Positioning and Differentiation Strategies  Pricing Strategies  Managing Marketing Channels

36 | P a g e

 Management of Logistics and Physical Distribution  Integrated Marketing Communications  Advertising and Sales Promotion  Sales Management  Market Information Systems and Market Research  Service Marketing  Future of Marketing and its Dimensions

REFERENCES : 1. General Aviation Marketing & Management by ‘Alexander T Wells , Bruce D Chadbourne, Kreiger Publishing Co., ISBN: 1575241927 2. General Aviation Marketing and Management: Operating, Marketing, and Managing an FBO By C Daniel Prather, Kreiger Publsihing Co.

______

Basin Analysis and Reservoir Characterization-Syllabus

 Concept of Subsurface Mapping , Single and Multicomponent Map, Geophysical Map, Geochemical Map, Structural Map, Cross Section: Structural Map, Palaeogeological Map, Environmental and Palaeoslope Model. Measurement and Significance, Wettability, Capillary Pressure Characteristics, Determination, Interpretation.

 Phase Behavior of Multi Component Hydro Carbon Systems, PVT Behavior of Gases and Mixtures, Equilibrium Ratios, Reservoir Fluid Sampling.Classification, Volumetric, Material Balance Equation and Decline Curve Methods, Limitations.

 Component of Basin Model, Basin and Crustal Geometry, Porosity- Depth Relation, Palaeobathymetry and Sea Level Variation, Evolution of Basic Models, Backstripping Techniques, Supracrustal Loading and Extensional Basin Models, Dynamic Topography,

37 | P a g e

Intraplate Stresses and Basin Inversion: Tectonic Basin Modeling, Stratigraphic Basin Modeling, Forward and Reverse Modeling, Facies and Reservoir Modeling, Integrated Basin Analysis.

References: 1. Sedimentology & Stratigraphy. By Gary Nicholes. Blackwell Publishing Company. 2. ISBN 0-632-03578-1. 3. Principles of Sedimentary Basin Analysis, Miall, A.D., Springer Edition 4. Formation Evaluation by Edward J. Lynch. Harper&Row Publication,N.York 5. Encyclopedia of well logging by R.Desbrandes,Institute Francais Du Petrole. 6. Well Logging by David E. Jhonson & Kathryne E. Pile,Penn Well Publishing Company.

______Big Data Analytics-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA Introduction to BigData Platform – Challenges of Conventional Systems - Intelligent data analysis – Nature of Data - Analytic Processes and Tools - Analysis vs Reporting - Modern Data Analytic Tools - Statistical Concepts: Sampling Distributions - Re-Sampling - Statistical Inference - Prediction Error.  MINING DATA STREAMS Introduction To Streams Concepts – Stream Data Model and Architecture - Stream Computing - Sampling Data in a Stream – Filtering Streams – Counting Distinct Elements in a Stream – Estimating Moments – Counting Oneness in a Window – Decaying Window - Real time Analytics Platform(RTAP) Applications - Case Studies - Real Time Sentiment Analysis, Stock Market Predictions.  HADOOP History of Hadoop- The Hadoop Distributed File System – Components of Hadoop Analyzing the Data with Hadoop- Scaling Out- Hadoop Streaming- Design of HDFS-Java interfaces to HDFS Basics- Developing a Map Reduce Application-How Map Reduce Works-Anatomy of a Map Reduce Job

38 | P a g e run-Failures-Job Scheduling-Shuffle and Sort – Task execution - Map Reduce Types and Formats- Map Reduce Features  HADOOP ENVIRONMENT Setting up a Hadoop Cluster - Cluster specification - Cluster Setup and Installation – Hadoop Configuration-Security in Hadoop - Administering Hadoop – HDFS – Monitoring Maintenance- Hadoop benchmarks- Hadoop in the cloud  FRAMEWORKS Applications on Big Data Using Pig and Hive – Data processing operators in Pig – Hive services – HiveQL – Querying Data in Hive - fundamentals of HBase and ZooKeeper - IBM InfoSphere BigInsights and Streams. Visualizations - Visual data analysis techniques, interaction techniques; Systems and applications

References : 1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, “Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2007. 2. Tom White “ Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” Third Edition, O’reilly Media, 2012. 3. Chris Eaton, Dirk DeRoos, Tom Deutsch, George Lapis, Paul Zikopoulos, “Understanding Big Data: Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data”, McGrawHill Publishing, 2012 4. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”, Cambridge University Press, 2012. 5. Bill Franks, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data Streams with Advanced Analytics”, JohnWiley & sons, 2012. ______

Behaviour Based Safety-SYLLABUS

 BEHAVIOUR BASED SAFETY Behavioural based safety – overview – psychology of behavior management – focus on behavior to manage the risk – leadership- behavior safety programme for employees- measure safety programme – ABC model – BBS - case studies  INTRODUCTION TO SHE

39 | P a g e

Hazards in Petroleum Industry, Direct & Indirect costs of accidents, HSE Model & Integration with Business, Safety officer role & responsibility  REGULATORY REGIMES AND REGULATORY AGENCIES. Regulatory Laws / Acts, Petroleum Act 1934, Indian Explosives Act,1884, The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels, SMPV (UNFIRED) Rules, 1981, The Gas CylinderRules,1981, The Indian Boilers Act,1923, Factories Act 1948, Indian Electricity Act, 1910, The Mines Regulations,1984, The Indian Aircraft Rules,1937, International Maritime Organization(IMO), Dock WorkersAct,1986, Atomic Energy Act,1962, Motor Vehicles Act,1988, Tariff Advisory Committee, Responsibilities of an Occupier as per Factories Act 1948. Oil Industries Safety Directorate(OISD), Limitations of Indian Regulatory Bodies  ACCIDENTS- Types and Severity of Accidents, Accident Classification, Accident – Entitlement under Workmen’s Compensation Act , Objectives & Methodology of conducting accident investigation.  SAFETY POLICY -Organization, Monitoring and Reporting  PROCESS SAFETY MANAGEMENT PSM and Safety Culture-an overview, Main Pillars of Process Safety Management, Safety Related Procedures, Environment Related Procedures, Occupational Health Related Procedures, Fire Protection Related Procedures, Basic Safety Rules, Basic Rules for Visitors, Access/Entry to the premises, Short Notes:- Permit to Work System, Management of Plant Change , Accident Reporting and Investigation , Management of plant changes, Mechanical Integrity of plants, Contractors Safety, Training and its Validation, HSE System Audits – Objectives, Methodology of conducting Safety Audits.  EMERGENCY / DISASTER PLAN  PERSONNEL RISK IN INDUSTRIAL OPERATIONS Mineral Exploitation, Material Handling Processes, Manufacturing Plant , Industry ______

Biochemical Engineering-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION

40 | P a g e

Definition and Scope of Biochemical Engineering, Commercial Aspects of Biochemical Processes, Different Biochemical Unit Operations and Processes, introduction to microbiology.

 STERILIZATION AND PASTEURIZATION Principles, Methods of Air Sterilization, Design of Air Filters, Design of Batch and Continuous Sterilization Processes

 AERATION AND AGITATION Oxygen Transfer in Microbial Systems, Oxygen Demands, Mass Transfer Theories, Measurement of Volumetric Mass Transfer Coefficients, Power Requirements in Gassed and Un-gassed Bioreactors, Rheology of Fermentation Fluids

 ENZYMES KINETICS Kinetics of Microbial Growth, Substrate Utilization and Product Formation in Batch Reactors, Introduction and Scope, Mechanism of Enzymatic Catalysis, Allosteric Enzymes, Enzyme Kinetics, Production of Industrial Enzymes

 IMMOBILIZATION OF ENZYMES AND CELLS Methods of Immobilization, Kinetics of Immobilized Enzyme Systems, External and Internal Diffusional Characteristics of Immobilized Systems

 ENZYME-REACTORS Performance, Operational Strategies, Carrier Life and Cycle Time, Industrial Applications

 FERMENTATION REACTORS Scale-Up: Basic Concepts and Related Problems, Fed-Batch Fermentation, Principles and Applications, Aerobic and Anaerobic Fermentation: Kinetic Analysis, Comparison with Batch Fermentation, Applications and its Limitations

41 | P a g e

 BIOREACTOR OPERATION, MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL Aseptic Operations, Measurement and Control of Process Variables (pH, Dissolved Oxygen, Viscosity, Temperature, NADH), Agitative Power, Foam Control, On-Line Analysis and Computer Control of Fermentation Processes

References: J. Bailey, J. E. Bailey and D. F. Ollis, Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1986. P. F. Stanbury and A. Whitaker, Principles of Fermentation Technology, 2nd Ed., Butterworth Heinemann, New York, 1999. M. L. Shuler and F. Kargi, Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts, 2nd Ed., Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 2001. ______Boundary Layer Theory -SYLLABUS

Navier-Stokes equation and its exact solutions, boundary layer approximations, two-dimensional boundary layer equations, asymptotic theory, Blasius and Falkner Skan solutions, momentum integral methods, introduction to axisymmetric and three-dimensional boundary layers, compressible boundary layer equations, recovery factor, Reynolds analogy factor, heat transfer, stability of boundary layer flows, turbulent flows-phenomenological theories, Reynolds stress, turbulent boundary layer on flat plate, pipe flows, flows in pressure gradient.

References 1. Schlichting H., Boundary Layer Theory, McGraw-Hill, 1968. 2. Rosenhead(ed), Laminar Boundary, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1962. 3. White, F. M., Viscous Fluid Flow, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill (2006).

______

Business Policy & Strategy : SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Strategic Management  Understanding External Environment  Understanding Internal Environment

42 | P a g e

 Establishing Strategic Focus  Corporate Strategy  Business-Level Strategy  Competitive Strategies  Implementing Strategies I: Management  Implementing Strategies II: Organizational Issues  Strategic Evaluation and Control

REFERENCES : 1. Business Policy & Strategic Management by ‘Ravikant Mukherjee’, Neha Publishers & Distributors, ISBN No. 818435181X 2. Business Policy by ‘Luffman’, Blackwell Publishing, ISBN No. 0631181954 3. Business Policy & Strategic Management by ‘Dr Pradip K Sinha’, Nirali Publishers, ISBN No 9380064039 4. Business Policy by ‘Azhar Kazmi’, TATA Mc Graw Hills, ISBN No. 0074602063

______

Catalyst Design & Application –SYLLABUS

 Basics of Catalysis  Types of Catalysis  Role of Catalysis in Petroleum Refining and Petrochemical Industry  Zeolites as Wonderful Catalytic Material and Chronology of their Development  Modifications of Zeolites for Various Applications  Preparations of Catalysts  Designing Specific Catalysts for Refining Processes (General Assembly of Solid Catalysts)  Determination of Physico-chemical Properties of catalysts  General Aspects of Catalyst Testing and Commercialization

43 | P a g e

 Global Refining Catalysts and Catalysis Research in India

References :

1. Catalyst Design : Optimal Distribution of Catalyst in Pellets, Reactors, and Membranes by ‘Massimo Morbidelli , Asterios Gavriilidis , Arvind Varma’ , Cambridge Univer Press, ISBN No 0521019850 2. Catalyst Design : Progress & Perspectives by ‘ Rutherford Aris’, ______

Cellular and Wireless Communication-SYLLABUS

INTRODUCTION TO CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Evolution of mobile radio communications, examples of wireless comm. systems, paging systems, Cordless telephone systems, comparison of various wireless systems.

FUNDAMENTAL OF CELLULAR MOBILE SYSTEMS: Spectrum Allocation, basic Cellular Systems, performance Criteria, Operation of cellular systems, analog cellular systems, digital Cellular Systems.

DESIGN OF CELLULAR SYSTEM MOBILE SYSTEMS: Frequency Reuse, channel assignment strategies, handoff Strategies, Interference and system capacity, tracking and grade off service, improving coverage and capacity.

MODERN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Second generation cellular networks, third generation wireless networks, wireless in local loop, wireless local area networks, Blue tooth and Personal Area networks.

MODULATION & MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION: Introduction to Digital Modulation and Multiple Access, Phase Shift Keying and Minimum Shift Keying Modulation techniques, FDMA, TDMA, Spread Spectrum multiple Access, space division multiple access, packet ratio, capacity of a cellular systems.

WIRELESS NETWORKS: Basic of Wireless Networking, Types of Wireless Networks; WLANS: Wireless Local Area Networks; WPANS: Wireless Personal Area Networks; WMANS: Wireless Metropolitan Area Networks; Comparison; Wireless LAN-IEEE 802.11 Standard-Architecture- Services-AdHoc Network-HiperLan-Blue Tooth.

44 | P a g e

BOOKS:

1. Mobile Cellular Telecommunication: W.C.Y.Lee; 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2007. 2. Wireless Communication Principles and Practice, Theodore S. Rappaport, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.

3. Wireless Communications: Theodore S. Rappaport; Pearsons. 4. Mobile Communications: Jochen Schiller; Pearson

______

Chemical and Biological Hazards and their control in Industrial Operations-SYLLABUS

 Industrial processes and hazards potential, mechanical electrical, thermal and process hazards. Safety and hazards regulations, Industrial hygiene.  Factories Act, 1948 and Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and rules thereof.  Preventive and protective management from fires and explosions.  Hazards identification-toxicity, fire, static electricity, noise and dust concentration; Material safety data sheet, hazards indices- Dow and Mond indices, hazard operability (HAZOP) and hazard analysis (HAZAN).  Spill and leakage of liquids, vapors, gases and their mixture from storage tanks and equipment; Estimation of leakage/spill rate through hole, pipes and vessel burst; Isothermal and adiabatic flows of gases, spillage and leakage of flashing liquids, pool evaporation and boiling; Release of toxics and dispersion.  Naturally buoyant and dense gas dispersion models; Effects of momentum and buoyancy; Mitigation measures for leaks and releases.  Oil, natural gas, chlorine and ammonia storage and transportation hazards.

References :

45 | P a g e

1. Hazardous Chemicals in the Polymer Industry by ‘Nicholas P Cheremisinoff , Cheremisinof , Cheremisinoff P Cheremisinoff’ 2. Hazardous Chemical Safety Guide for the Machining & Metalworking Industries by ‘H Richard P Pohanish’ 3. Major Hazards and their Management I Chem by ‘ GL Wells’ 4. Crowl D.A. and Louvar J.F., “Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications”, 2nd Ed., Prentice Hall.2001. 5. Mannan S., “Lee’s Loss Prevention in the Process Industries”, Vol.I, 3rdEd., ButterworthHeinemann.2004. 6. Mannan S., “Lee’s Loss Prevention in the Process Industries”,Vol.II,3rd Ed., ButterworthHeinemann.2005. 4. Mannan S., “Lee’s Loss Prevention in the Process Industries”,Vol.III,3rdEd., ButterworthHeinemann.2005. ______

Chemical Reactor Engineering and Design-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION

 IDEAL REACTORS Analysis and Design of Homogeneous Ideal Reactors, Non-isothermal Ideal Reactors

 NON-IDEAL REACTORS Non-idealities in Reactors, e.g., RTD, etc.

 HETEROGENEOUS PROCESSES AND CATALYSTS Global Rates of Reaction, Types of Heterogeneous Reactions, Mechanism of Catalytic Reactions, Internal Transport Processes, Reaction and Diffusion in Porous Catalysts, Intra-pellet Mass Transfer, Intra-pellet Heat Transfer, Mass Transfer with Reaction, Mass and Heat Transfer with Reaction, Effect of Internal Transport on Selectivity and Poisoning

46 | P a g e

 FIXED BED REACTORS External Transport Processes in Heterogeneous Reactions in Fixed Bed Reactors, Effect of Physical Processes on Observed Rates of Reaction, Mass and Heat Transfer Coefficients in Packed Beds, Quantitative Treatment of External Transport Effects, Stable Operating Conditions, Effect of External Transport Processes on Selectivity, Particle-Fluid Mass and Heat Transfer, Design of Heterogeneous Catalytic Reactors, Slurry Reactor

 FLUIDIZED BED REACTORS Some Elementary Models

 CASE STUDIES Fixed Bed Reactors: Case Studies, Fluidized Bed Reactors: Two-Phase Fluidized-Bed Model, Operating Characteristics, Slurry Reactor Models

References: J. M. Smith, Chemical Engineering Kinetics, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1981.

O. Levenspeil, Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd Ed., Wiley, New York, 1998.

L. D. Schmidt, The Engineering of Chemical Reactions, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1998.

H. Scott Fogler, Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 2005. ______

Combinatorial Chemistry-SYLLABUS  Introduction

47 | P a g e

 Solid Phase Synthesis, Liquid Phase Synthesis, Methods of Parallel and Mixed Combinatorial Synthesis, Deconvolution and High Throughput 0creening  Organic reactions popular in combinatorial chemistry.  Solution-phase parallel synthesis.  Mixture-based compound libraries. Techniques for extracting information from highly pooled samples, including iterative deconvolution, positional scanning and bead-based screening. Methods for bead encoding.  Principles of compound library design. Lipinski’s rules and other guidelines for drug like properties. The concept of privileged scaffolds, illustrated by benzodiazepines and arylindoles.  Natural product and natural product-like libraries. The differences between synthetic compounds and natural products, and methods for exploiting the latter as a source of molecular diversity.  Case studies of combinatorial chemistry in drug discovery. Examples utilising both solid- phase and solution-phase synthesis, and involving both pooled and discrete compound libraries.

REFERENCES : 1. Combinatorial Chemistry by Frederic P Miller, Agnes F Vandome , John Mc Brewster 2. Combinatorial Chemistry by W Bannwarth & B Hinzen 3. Exploiting Chemical Diversity for Drug by P A Bartlett & R M Entzeroth ______

Combustion Modeling-SYLLABUS

Introduction: Introduction to combustion, Applications of combustion, Types of fuel and oxidizers, Characterization of fuel, various combustion mode, Scope of combustion. Thermodynamics of Combustion: Thermodynamics properties, Laws of thermodynamics, Stoichiometry, Thermo- chemistry, adiabatic temperature, chemical equilibrium. Basic Reaction Kinetics, Elementary reactions, Chain reactions. Physics of Combustion: Fundamental laws of transport phenomena, Conservations Equations, Transport in Turbulent Flow Atmosphere, Chemical Emission from combustion, Quantification of emission, Emission control method. Premixed Flame: One

48 | P a g e dimensional combustion wave, Laminar premixed flame, Burnings velocity measurement methods, Effects of chemical and physical variables on Burning velocity, Flame extinction, Ignition, Flame stabilizations, Turbulent Premixed flame. Diffusion Flame: Gaseous Jet diffusion flame, Liquid fuel combustion, Atomization, Spray Combustion, Solid fuel combustion. Atmosphere, Chemical Emission from combustion, Quantification of emission, Emission control methods.

References 1. Damkohler, G. The Effect of Turbulence on the Flame Velocity in Gas Mixtures, NACA TM 1112, 1947 2. Kuo, K.K., Principles of Combustion, John Wily & Sons, Singapore, 1986. 3. William, F.A., Combustion Theory, 2nd ed., Addision-Wesley Publishing Co., Redwood City, CA, 1985. 4. Strehlow, R. A., Combustion Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1985 5. Lewis, B and Von Elebe, G, Combustion Flames and Explosions of Gases 3rd ed., Academic Press, Orlando, 1987 6. Glassman, I, Combustion, 3rd ed., Academic Press, New York, 1996

______

Competitive Intelligence-SYLLABUS  Introduction to Competitive Intelligence The Secret of Competitive Intelligence, How do Companies Compete?, Key Intelligence Topics  Sources of Competitive Intelligence Overview of Sources of Intelligence, Secondary Sources of Intelligence, Intelligence on the Internet, Primary Sources of Intelligences,  Practice of Competitive Intelligence and Issues Competitive Intelligence Resources, Verifying Intelligence, Ethical and Legal Aspects of Competitive Intelligence, Art of Analysis: Turning Information into Intelligence, Dissemination, Counter-Intelligence, Deception and Misinformation, Competitive Intelligence Practices Around the World  Case Studies in Competitive Intelligence REFERENCES :

49 | P a g e

1. Competitive Intelligence by ‘Frederic P Miller, Agnes F Vandome, John Mc Brewster, Alphascript Publishishing, Publish Date: 2009-12-31 2. Competitive Intelligence by Chris West, Palgrave Macmillan, ISBN No 0333786696 ______

Compressible Flows-SYLLABUS

1-D Gas Dynamics: governing equations, isentropic flow with area change, area-Mach number relations, R-H equations, normal shocks. 1-D Wave Motion: wave propagation , simple and finite waves , Riemann shock tube problem , 2-D waves, governing equations , oblique shocks, charts, shock polar and pressure deflection diagrams , Prandtl-Meyer expansion waves , reflection and interaction of waves , supersonic free jets. Linearized Flow: subsonic flow , Goethert’s and Prandtl- Glauert rules , hodograph methods , supersonic flow , supersonic thin airfoils , 2-D airfoils, method of characteristics, the compatibility equation, applications, supersonic nozzle design, combined friction and heat transfer, combined friction and area change, conditions at sonic point, transonic flow, measurements in compressible flows.

References 1. Shapiro, A. H., Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow, Vol. 1 & 2, Wiley & Sons (1953). 2. Liepmann, H. W. and Roshko, A., Elements of Gas Dynamics, Dover Publications (2001). 3. Thompson, P. A., Compressible Fluid Dynamics, McGraw-Hill (1972). 4. Saad, M. A., Compressible Fluid Flow, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall (1993). 5. John, J. E. A. and Keith, T., Gas Dynamics, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall (2006). 6. Rathakrishnan, E., Gas Dynamics, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall (2009).

______

Computational Fluid Dynamics-SYLLABUS  Fundamental Concepts Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows: Source, Vortex and Doublet Panel, Methods - Lifting Flows over Arbitrary Bodies. Mathematical Properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic Equations - Well

50 | P a g e

Posed Problems - Discretization of Partial Differential Equations -Transformations and Grids - Explicit Finite difference methods of Subsonic, Supersonic and Viscous Flows.  Panel Methods Introduction – Source Panel Method – Vortex Panel Method – Applications.  Discretization Boundary Layer Equations and Methods of Solution -Implicit Time Dependent Methods for Inviscid and Viscous Compressible Flows - Concept of Numerical Dissipation --Stability Properties of Explicit and Implicit Methods - Conservative Upwind Discretization for Hyperbolic Systems - Further advantages of Upwind Differencing.  Finite Element Techniques Finite Element Techniques in Computational Fluid Dynamics; Introduction - Strong and Weak Formulations of a Boundary Value Problem - Strong Formulation - Weighted Residual Formulation - Galerkin Formulation - Weak Formulation - Variational Formulation - Piecewise Defined Shape functions - Implementation of the FEM - The Solution Procedure.  Finite Volume Techniques Finite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - ~ Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping - Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy -. Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques - Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives.

REFERENCES : 1. Computational fluid Dynamic: the basic with application .-Tata MCgraw Hill 2. A Introduction to computational fluid dynamic by Versteeg, W Malasekra.- Pearson 3. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamic by Niyogi. serial publisher 4. Essential computational Fluid Dynamics by Oleg Zikanov.- Wiley 5. J.C. Tannehil, D.A. Anderson, and R.H. Pletcher, Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer , 2nd Edition, 6. Taylor & Francis, 1997, ISBN 1-56032-046-X. 7. J.H. Fereziger and M. Peric Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, 2001.

51 | P a g e

8. J.D. Anderson, Jr., Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basic with Applications, McGraw Hill, Inc., 1995. ______

Computational Gas Dynamics –SYLLABUS

Governing equations of compressible fluid flows, classification of partial differential equations, analysis of hyperbolic conservation laws, basics of discretization, finite difference and finite volume methods, numerical diffusion, numerical methods for scalar and vector conservation laws, central and upwind discretization methods, flux splitting methods, Riemann solvers, Kinetic (Boltzmann) schemes, relaxation schemes.

References 1. Laney B., Computational Gas Dynamics. 2. Toro E.F., Riemann Solvers and Numerical Methods for Fluid Dynamics. 3. Godlewski E. and Raviart P., Numerical Approximation of Hyperbolic System of Conservation Laws.

______

Control System Engineering-SYLLABUS

 CONTROL SYSTEM MODELLING System concept, differential equations and transfer functions. Modelling of electric systems, translational and rotational mechanical systems, Simple electromechanical systems. Block diagram representation of systems – Block diagram reduction methods – Closed loop transfer function, determination of signal flow graph. Mason’s gain formula – Examples. Mathematical modeling of: Stepper motors – AC servo motor – DC servo motor – Synchros – sensors and encoders – DC tacho generator – AC tacho generator – Hydraulic controller – Pneumatic controller – Typical application of control system in industry.  TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS Test signals – time response of first order and second order systems – time domain specifications – types and order of systems – generalised error co-efficients – steady state errors – concepts of stability –

52 | P a g e

 FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS Introduction – correlation between time and frequency response – stability analysis using Routh- Hurwitz criteria – Root locus. Bode plots, Polar plots, Nichols chart and Nyquist stability criterion – Gain margin – phase margin.  Controller modes ON/OFF controller, Multiposition controllers, P, PI and PID controllers, Realization of controller modes  COMPENSATORS Realization of basic compensators – cascade compensation in time domain and frequency domain and feedback compensation – design of lag, lead, lag-lead compensator using Bode plot and Root locus. State Space Analysis of Continuous System: Review of state variable representation of continuous system, conversion of state variable models to transfer function and vice-versa, solution of state equations and state transition matrix, controllability and observability, design of state observer and controller

References: 1. M. Gopal, Control systems, fourth Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education 2. I.J. Nagrath, Control systems engineering, New Age International. 3. William L. Brogan. Modern Control Theory, 3rd Edition 4. Norman S nise, Control systems engineering, sixth edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc ______

Corporate Governance-SYLLABUS

Corporate Governance Meaning and Objectives of corporate governance, Theories of corporate governance, Agency theory- separation of ownership and control, Corporate governance models, Stakeholders in corporate governance, Established principles of corporate governance- OECD, ICGN, APEC, CALPERS

53 | P a g e

Corporate Governance Systems and Codes Corporate Governance Systems – British, American, German, French, Japanese Need of corporate governance code, Social Responsibility of Corporates, Corporate Social Reporting, Values and Ethics Impact in Business Indian Value System and business, Teaching from scriptures, cultures and traditions, Ethical Issues in Capitalism and other market systems, Ethics and social responsibility Role of Board of Directors in Corporate Governance Kinds of board structures, Board composition, Effective board & its role, Functions of the board under Companies Act, Moving towards a balanced board, Independent directors, Women directors, Corporate Governance in India History of corporate governance in India, Companies Act and Corporate Governance, SEBI and Corporate Governance, Corporate Disclosure and Investor Protection, Committees on Corporate Governance in India Contemporary and Emerging Dimensions of Corporate Governance Governance problems for global companies, Insider trading, Risk management, Corporate Strategy, Transparency & disclosure, Role of auditors, Role of institutional investors, Whistle blower protection, Corporate social responsibility, Corporate environmental responsibility, Corporate governance ratings.

REFERENCES: Corporate Governance, 1st edn., 2015, Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs, Taxmann Publications (P.) Ltd., New Delhi. Adrian Cadbury, Corporate Governance and Chairmanship, 1st Indian Edition 2003, Oxford university Press. Corporate Governance – Modules on Best Practice, 8th revised edition, 2009. Institute of Company Secretaries of India, ICSI, New Delhi S Singh, Corporate Governance Global Concepts and Practices, 1st edn. 2005, Excel Books, New Delhi.

54 | P a g e

Scott C. Newquist with Max B. Russell, Corporate Governance, Putting Investors first, 2nd Impression 2006, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai. A.C. Fernando, Corporate Governance, 2nd edn., 2013, Dorling Kindersley(India) Pvt. Ltd. Andrew Crane and Dirk Matten, Business Ethics, 2007, Oxford University Press. K.R. Chandratre, Bharat’s Manual of Corporate Law Compliance & Corporate Governance, 1st edn. 2006, Bharat Law House, New Delhi. V. Sithapathy and Ramadevi R. Iyer, Corporate Governance Practices & procedures, Taxmann Publications (P.) Ltd., New Delhi. S.S. Iyer - Managing for Value (New Age International Publishers, 2002) Laura P Hartman Abha Chatterjee - Business Ethics (Tata McGraw Hill, 2007) S.K. Bhatia - Business Ethics and Managerial Values (Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.Ltd, 2000) Velasquez – Business Ethics – Concepts and Cases (Prentice Hall, 6th Ed.) Reed Darryl – Corporate Governance, Economic Reforms & Development (Oxford). Mathur UC – Corporate Governance & Business Ethics (Mc Millan). ______

Cryptography & Network Security-SYLLABUS  Introduction: Security trends, OSI security architecture, security attacks, security services and mechanisms.

 Symmetric key cryptography: Classical encryption techniques, Block ciphers and DES, finite fields. AES, Multiple encryption, Triple DES, Block ciphers modes, Stream ciphers, RC4, Traffic confidentiality, Key distribution, Random Number generation.

 Primer for public key cryptography: Prime numbers, Fermat and Euler’s theorem, testing primality, Chinese remainder theorem, discrete logarithms.

 Public key cryptography: Principles, RSA, Key management, Diffie-Helman key exchange, Elliptical curve cryptography.

55 | P a g e

 Message Authentication and Hash functions: MAC, Hash functions, security of hasc functions and MAC, HMAC, Whirlpool, CMAC, Digital signatures, authentication protocols, digital signature standard.

 Network Security Applications: Authentication: Kerberos, X.509, PKI. Email Security: PGP, S/MIME. IP security: overview, Architecture. Web Security: SSL, TLS, SET.

 System Security: Students seminars in class on Intruders, Malicious Software, Firewalls.

References : 1. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, TMH 11 2. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security (4th Edition)”, PEARSON Education 3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Cryptography and Network Security”, McGraw-Hill Education ______

Data Mining-SYLLABUS  Introduction: What is Data Mining? Motivating Challenges; The origins of data mining; Data Mining Tasks. Types of Data; Data Quality.  Data: Data Preprocessing; Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity  Classification: Preliminaries; General approach to solving a classification problem; Decision tree induction; Rule- based classifier; Nearest-neighbor classifier.  Association Analysis : Problem Definition; Frequent Itemset generation; Rule Generation; Compact representation of frequent itemsets; Alternative methods for generating frequent itemsets.  Association Analysis FP-Growth algorithm, Evaluation of association patterns; Effect of skewed support distribution; Sequential patterns.

56 | P a g e

 Cluster Analysis Overview, K-means, Agglomerative hierarchical clustering, DBSCAN, Overview of Cluster Evaluation.  Further Topics in Data Mining Multidimensional analysis and descriptive mining of complex data objects; Spatial data mining; Multimedia data mining; Text mining; Mining the WWW. Outlier analysis.  Applications Data mining applications; Data mining system products and research prototypes; Additional themes on Data mining; Social impact of Data mining; Trends in Data mining.

References: Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar: Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education, 2007. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber: Data Mining – Concepts and Techniques, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2006. K.P.Soman, Shyam Diwakar, V.Ajay: Insight into Data Mining – Theory and Practice, PHI, 2006. ______

Data Mining & Archiving-SYLLABUS

 Introduction Basic Data Mining Tasks, Data Mining Issues, Data Mining Metrics, Data Mining from a Database Perspective.  Data Mining Techniques A Statistical Perspective on Data Mining, Similarity Measures, Decision Trees, Networks, Genetic Algorithms.  Classification Statistical-Based Algorithms, Distance-Based Algorithms, Decision Tree-Based Algorithms, Neural Network-Based Algorithms, Rule-Based Algorithms, Combining Techniques.

57 | P a g e

 Clustering Similarity and Distance Measures, Hierarchical Algorithms, Partitional Algorithms, Clustering Large Databases, Clustering with Categorical Attributes.  Association Rules Basic Algorithms, Parallel and Distributed Algorithms, Incremental Rules, Advanced Association Rule Techniques, Measuring the Quality of Rules.  Advanced Techniques Web Mining, Spatial Mining, Temporal Mining.

References:

1. M. H. Dunham. Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics. Pearson Education. 2001. 2. J. Han and M. Kamber. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques. Morgan Kaufman. 2001. 3. H. Witten and E. Frank. Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques. Morgan Kaufmann. 2000. 4. D. Hand, H. Mannila and P. Smyth. Principles of Data Mining.Prentice-Hall. 2001.

______

Database Warehousing & Data Mining-SYLLABUS  Introduction and Data Warehousing Introduction, Data Warehouse, Multidimensional Data Model, Data Warehouse Architecture, Implementation, Further Development, Data Warehousing to Data Mining  Data Preprocessing, Language, Architectures, Concept Description Why Preprocessing, Cleaning, Integration, Transformation, Reduction, Discretization, Concept Hierarchy Generation, Data Mining Primitives, Query Language, Graphical User Interfaces, Architectures, Concept Description, Data Generalization, Characterizations, Class Comparisons, Descriptive Statistical Measures.  Association Rules

58 | P a g e

Association Rule Mining, Single-Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases, Multi-Level Association Rules from Transaction Databases  Classification and Clustering Classification and Prediction, Issues, Decision Tree Induction, Bayesian Classification, Association Rule Based, Other Classification Methods, Prediction, Classifier Accuracy, Cluster Analysis, Types of data, Categorisation of methods, Partitioning methods, Outlier Analysis.  Data Design and Data Representation  Information Access and Delivery  Data Mining Algorithms  Data Mining Primitives  Advanced Topics Spatial Mining, Temporal Mining, Visualization : Data Generalization and Summarization- Based Characterization, Analytical Characterization: Analysis of Attribute Relevance, Mining Class Comparisons: Discriminating between different Classes, Mining Descriptive Statistical Measures in Large Databases  RECENT TRENDS Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of Complex Data Objects, Spatial Databases, Multimedia Databases, Time Series and Sequence Data, Text Databases, World Wide Web, Applications and Trends in Data Mining

References :

1. J. Han, M. Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, Harcourt India / Morgan Kauffman, 2001. 2. Margaret H.Dunham, “Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”, Pearson Education 2004. 3. Sam Anahory, Dennis Murry, “Data Warehousing in the real world”, Pearson Education 2003.

59 | P a g e

4. David Hand, Heikki Manila, Padhraic Symth, “Principles of Data Mining”, PHI 2004. 5. W.H.Inmon, “Building the Data Warehouse”, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2003. 6. Alex Bezon, Stephen J.Smith, “Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, MeGraw-Hill Edition, 2001. 7. Paulraj Ponniah, “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”, Wiley-Interscience Publication, 2003. ______

Database Management System & Data Modelling-SYLLABUS  Introduction and Conceptual Modeling Introduction to File and Database systems- Database system structure – Data Models – Introduction to Network and Hierarchical Models – ER model – Relational Model – Relational Algebra and Calculus.  Relational Model SQL – Data definition- Queries in SQL- Updates- Views – Integrity and Security – Relational Database design – Functional dependences and Normalization for Relational Databases (up to BCNF). Conceptual Foundation of the DBMS, Conceptual Foundation of the Relational Model, Data Modeling Technique, Relational Mapping and Normalization, Relational Algebra review and SQL, DB-2 Architecture  Data Storage and Query Processing Record storage and Primary file organization- Secondary storage Devices- Operations on Files- Heap File- Sorted Files- Hashing Technique.  Query Processing and Optimization

 Transaction Management Transaction Processing – Introduction- Need for Concurrency control- Desirable properties of Transaction- Schedule and Recoverability- Serializability and Schedules – Concurrency Control – Types of Locks- Two Phases locking- Deadlock- Time stamp based concurrency control – Recovery Techniques – Concepts- Immediate Update- Deferred Update - Shadow Paging.

60 | P a g e

 DATA MODELING USING THE ENTITY-RELATIONSHIP APPROACH Top Down Approach: ERD Diagrams,Concept of Data Association, Entities, Attributes, Relationship Types, relationship sets,Roles and Structural constraint, and working with SQL, Designing ER Diagrams, naming convention and Design issue

 Current Trends Object Oriented Databases – Need for Complex Data types- OO data Model- Nested relations- Complex Types- Inheritance Reference Types - Distributed databases- Homogenous and Heterogenous- Distributed data Storage – XML – Structure of XML- Data- XML Document- Schema- Querying and Transformation. – Data Mining and Data Warehousing.

References : 1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudarshan- “Database System Concepts”, Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management System ”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 2003. 3. Hector Garcia–Molina, Jeffrey D.Ullman and Jennifer Widom- “Database System Implementation”- Pearson Education- 2000. 4. Peter Rob and Corlos Coronel- “Database System, Design, Implementation and Management”, Thompson Learning Course Technology- Fifth edition, 2003.

______

Database Management Systems-SYLLABUS  Introduction Data, Information and Information Processing, Secondary (Auxiliary) Storage Devices, Files, File Organization and File Structures, Indexing and Hashing, Introduction to Database Management

61 | P a g e

Systems (DBMS), Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) and Database Development Life Cycle (DDLC), Introduction to Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMS)  Database Architecture, Design and Data Modelling Database Architecture and Data Modeling, Entity-Relationship (E-R) Modeling, Enhanced Entity- Relationship (EER) Model, Data Normalization, Function Dependencies & Normalization for relational Databases: Functional Dependencies, Normal Forms based on Primary Keys, (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF), Lossless Join and Dependency Preserving Decomposition (4NF, 5NF), Domain Key Normal Form.  Query Languages Relational Algebra and Relational Calculus, (Tables), Introduction to Structured Query Language (SQL), Tables, Views and Indexes, Nulls, Queries and Subqueries, Aggregate Functions, Insert, Update and Delete Operations, Cursors, Joins and Unions, Programming with SQL, Query-by- Example (QBE), QUEL, Triggers, Query Processing and Optimization  Database Implementation Issues Database Security, Data Integrity, Transaction Management and Concurrency Control, Backup and Recovery  Database Technologies Evolution of Computing Models, Client/Server Technology and Client/Server Databases, Distributed Databases, Multidimensional Data and Databases, Parallel Processing and Parallel Databases, Spatial and Multimedia Databases, Mobile Computing and Mobile Databases, Web Databases  Database Applications Knowledge Discovery in Databases (KDD), Data Warehouses and Data Marts,Data Mining, On-Line Transaction Processing (OLTP), On-Line Analytical Processing (OLAP), Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Supply Chain Management (SCM), Geographic Information System (GIS)

References : 1. Database Management Systems by ‘Alex leon’ and ‘Mathews Leon’ 2. Database Management Systems by Gupta, TATA Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 007107273X

62 | P a g e

______

Design & Analysis of Advanced Algorithms-SYLLABUS

 Notion of an Algorithm – Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving – Important Problem Types – Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency – Analysis Framework – Asymptotic Notations and its properties – Mathematical analysis for Recursive and Non-recursive algorithms.

 Brute Force – Closest-Pair and Convex-Hull Problems-Exhaustive Search – Traveling Salesman Problem – Knapsack Problem – Assignment problem. Divide and conquer methodology – Merge sort – Quick sort – Binary search – Multiplication of Large Integers – Strassen’s Matrix Multiplication-Closest-Pair and Convex-Hull Problems.

 Computing a Binomial Coefficient – Warshall’s and Floyd’ algorithm – Optimal Binary Search Trees –Knapsack Problem and Memory functions. Greedy Technique– Prim’s algorithm- Kruskal’s Algorithm-Dijkstra’s Algorithm-Huffman Trees.

 The Simplex Method-The Maximum-Flow Problem – Maximum Matching in Bipartite Graphs- The Stable marriage Problem. Limitations of Algorithm Power-Lower-Bound Arguments-Decision Trees-P, NP and NP-Complete Problems–Coping with the Limitations – Backtracking – n-Queens problem – Hamiltonian Circuit Problem – Subset Sum Problem- Branch and Bound – Assignment problem – Knapsack Problem –Traveling Salesman Problem- Approximation Algorithms for NP – Hard Problems – Traveling Salesman problem – Knapsack problem.

References:

63 | P a g e

1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012. Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education, Reprint 2006. Donald E. Knuth, “The Art of Computer Programming”, Volumes 1& 3 Pearson Education, 2009. Steven S. Skiena, “The Algorithm Design Manual”, Second Edition, Springer, 2008. http://nptel.ac.in/ ______

Design of Concrete Structures-SYLLABUS

 Introduction (A) Introduction to various design philosophies of R.C. structures: working stress method, ultimate load method, limit state method , limit state of collapse, limit state of serviceability, limit state of durability, characteristic strength, characteristic load, partial safety factors for material strengths and loads. Study of structural properties of concrete. (B) Limit state method for flexure: (Singly Reinforced Rectangular Section) assumptions, stress & strain diagram, MR of Balanced, under reinforced & over reinforced RC sections. (C) Moment of resistance of doubly reinforced & flanged section

 Design of Beam (A) Design of beams for flexure, shear and bond (B) For simply supported & cantilever beams. (C) For continuous beams using IS code coefficient method.

64 | P a g e

 Design of Slab (A) Design of one way simply supported, cantilever & continuous slabs (B) Design of Two way simply supported & continuous slabs (C) Design of dog legged stair case.

 Design of Column & Footing (A) Column: Introduction, strain and stress variation diagrams, axially loaded column (B) Design of column for axial load, uniaxial & biaxial bending. (C) Design of isolated pad footing for axial load & uniaxial bending.

 Design of Retaining Wall (A) Design of retaining

References 1. Reinforced Concrete-Limit State Design, A.K.Jain, Nem Chand & Bros.,Roorkee. 2. Reinforced Concrete, I.C.Syal & A,K,Goel, A.H,Wheeler & Co.Delhi. 3. SP-16(S&T)-1980, 'Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS:456, BIS, N.Delhi. 4. SP-34(S&T)-1987 'Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing', BIS, N.Delhi. 5. Reinforced Concrete Design – Pillai and Menon, TMH, New Delhi. 6. Vazirani, V.N., and Ratwani, Concrete Structures, Vol. IV, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1995. 7. Dayaratnam, P., Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Oxford & IBH Publishers & Co., New Delhi, 2005. ______

Digital Image Processing-SYLLABUS

 DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

65 | P a g e

Elements of digital image processing systems, Vidicon and Digital Camera working principles, Elem ents ofvisual perception, brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, mach band effect, Color image fun damentals RGB,HSI models, Image sampling, Quantization, dither, Two- dimensional mathematical preliminaries, 2Dtransforms - DFT, DCT, KLT, SVD.

 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT Histogram equalization and specification techniques, Noise distributions, Spatial averaging, Directi onalSmoothing, Median, Geometric mean, Harmonic mean, Contraharmonic mean filters, Homom orphic filtering,Color image enhancement.

 IMAGE RESTORATION Image Restoration-degradation model, Unconstrained restoration, Lagrange multiplier and Constrained restoration, Inverse filtering, removal of blur caused by uniform linear motion, Wiener filtering, Geometric transformations spatial transformations.

 IMAGE SEGMENTATION Edge detection, Edge linking via Hough transform – Thresholding – Region based segmentation – Regiongrowing–Region splitting and Merging – Segmentation by morphological watersheds – basic concepts–Dam construction–Watershed, segmentation algorithm.

 IMAGE COMPRESSION Need for data compression, Huffman, Run Length Encoding, Shift codes, Arithmetic coding, Vector Quantization , Transform coding , JPEG standard, MPEG.

TEXTBOOK Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, , Digital Image Processing', Pearson, Second Edition,2004. 2. Anil K. Jain, , Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing', Pearson 2002.

REFERENCES Kenneth R. Castleman, Digital Image Processing, Pearson, 2006.

66 | P a g e

Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven Eddins,' Digital Image Processing using MATLAB',Pear son Education, Inc., 2004. D,E. Dudgeon and RM. Mersereau, , Multidimensional Digital Signal Processing', Prentice HallProfe ssional Technical Reference, 1990. William K. Pratt, , Digital Image Processing' , John Wiley, New York, 2002 Milan Sonka et aI, 'IMAGE PROCESSING, ANALYSIS AND MACHINE VISION', Brookes/Cole, VikasPubl ishing House, 2nd edition, 1999, ______

Drilling Engineering-SYLLABUS

• Practical Aspect of Well Planning & Costing, Preparation of GTO and Drilling Plan • Introduction to Rotary Drilling Equipment and Operation • Types of Rigs (Onshore & Offshore)- Description of Systems, Hydraulics, Hoisting, Power Transmission etc. • Drilling Fluid Design, Bits and Maintenance • Drilling Mechanics, Hazards and Complications in Drilling – Blow Out, Stuck Up, Fishing etc. • Formation Evaluation, Coring, Sampling, WLL Tools & DST/RFT • Casing String: Selection and Design • Oil Well Cementing Practices • Perforation and Well Activation • HSE related to Drilling Operations References: 1. Drilling Engineering, Heriot Watt University 2. Applied Drilling Engineering, Bourgoyne, A.T.,Milthem,K.K., Chenevert,M.E .and Young,F.S, SPE, Richardson, 1986 3. Advanced Oil Well Drilling Engineering, Mitchell, B. SPE, Richardson, 1974 ______

67 | P a g e

Drilling Technology-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Power Plants  Rotary System  Hoisting Equipment  Drilling Fluid Circulating System  Drilling Fluids  Well Control System  Casings  Oil well Cements & Cementing Operations  Hydraulics in Drilling Operations  Drilling Practices  Fishing Tools and Practices  Safety and Environmental Issues

References :

1. Drilling Technology in Non Technical Language by Deverox & Steve, Pennwell, ISBN 1593702647 2. High Technology in Drilling and Exploration by Chugh, Oxford IBH, ISBN 8120407121 ______

Economics and Management Decisions- SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Managerial Economics: Definition, Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics, Application of Economics to Business Decision, Relationship of Economics with various areas of Management and OR; role of managerial economist.

68 | P a g e

 Demand and Supply Functions –Theory of Demand: Demand Analysis, Elasticity of demand, types and significance of Elasticity of Demand. Demand estimation – Marketing research approaches to demand estimation. Need for forecasting, forecasting techniques. Supply Analysis – Supply function, the Law of Supply, Elasticity of Supply. Practical Problems on Demand curve and Demand Function  Production & Cost Analysis - Production & Production Function: Concept, Forms of production function, Law of variable Proportions, Returns to scale. Cost concept, Short term and long term cost. Average cost curves, cost output relationship, Cost curves, Economies & Diseconomies of scale. Practical Problems on estimation of production function – Cobb-Douglas production function.  Market Structure and Pricing practices: Features and Types of different competitive situations - Price-Output determination in Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly both the long run and short run. Pricing philosophy – Pricing methods in practice: Price discrimination, Practical Problems on pricing.  National Income: basic concept-measurement of national income concept of GDP & GNP – Methods of measuring national income-net output method, income determination theorem, concept of equilibrium income, factors determining level of income factor income method, expenditure method; Practical Problems on computation of national income. Concept of multiplier accelerator.  Business cycles & Stabilization - Concept, Causes & Impact of business cycle , Policy; Inflation & deflation- types, causes, effects remedial measures; Monetary and Fiscal policy- meaning, scope and instruments; Factors determining economic environment of business.

References: 1. Managerial Economics, P. L. Mehta, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi 2. Managerial Economics, D.N.Dwidevi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 3. Managerial economics in a Global economy, Dominick Salvatore, Thomson learning Press ______

E-Enterprise Management-SYLLABUS

69 | P a g e

 Knowledge Management  Enterprise Resource Planning  Data Mining and Warehousing  CRM  Supply Chain Management  E-Business  Intranet Portals

References : 1. E-Enterprise Business Models, Architecture and Components by Faisal Hoque, Tom Trainer, Dale Kutnik, Cambridge Univ Press, ISBN 052177487X 2. E-Enterprise perspectives in contemporary web –speed economy by Jaya Krishna S, ICFAI, ISBN 8131403343

______

Electrical Machines and Drives - Syllabus Basic Concept of Rotating Electric Machines & Electrical Drives Basic structure of rotating electric machines, MMF space wave of a concentrated coil, MMF of distributed single phase winding, Rotating magnetic field, Machine torques, torque in machine with cylindrical air gaps. Components of electrical Drives - electric machines, power converter, controllers. Motor-Load Dynamics, Speed Torque conventions and multi quadrant operation, Equivalent values of drive parameters. Load Torque Components, Nature and classification of Load Torques, Constant Torque and Constant Power operation of a Drive.

DC motor drives DC motors & their performance (shunt, series, compound, permanent magnet motor, universal motor, dc servomotor), Braking, converter control of dc motors - analysis of separately excited &

70 | P a g e series motor with single phase and three phase converters dual converter, analysis of chopper controlled dc drives - Single quadrant, two quadrant and four quadrant chopper controlled drives. Induction Motor Drives Induction machines, 3 phase induction machine generalized model, voltage equation, equivalent circuit, Torque slip characteristics. Stator voltage control of 3 phase induction motors, effect of voltage variation on motor performance by ac voltage controllers -Variable frequency square wave VSI drives - Twelve step inverters for induction motors - PWM drives - CSI drives. Rotor control: Static rotor resistance control, Torque equation, slip power recovery- static Kramer system, Scherbius system.

Synchronous Motor Drives speed control of synchronous motors, adjustable frequency operation of synchronous motors, principles of synchronous motor control voltage source inverter drive with open loop control, self- controlled synchronous motor with electronic commutation, self-controlled synchronous motor drive using load commutated..

______

Electronics System Design-SYLLABUS

 DESIGN OF POWER SUPPLIES DC power supply design using transistors and SCRs, Design of crowbar and fold back protection circuits, Switched mode power supplies, Forward, fly back, buck and boost converters, Design of transformers and control circuits for SMPS.  INTRODUCTION TO RF DESIGN RF behavior of passive components, Chip components and circuit board considerations, Review of transmission lines, Impedance and admittance transformation, Parallel and series connection of networks, ABCD and scattering parameters, Analysis of amplifier using scattering parameter. RF filter – Basic resonator and filter configurations – Butterworth and Chebyshev filters. Implementation of micro strip filters design. Band pass filter and cascading of band pass filter elements.  RF TRANSISTOR AMPLIFIER DESIGN

71 | P a g e

Impedance matching using discrete components. Micro strip line matching networks. Amplifier classes of operation and biasing networks – Amplifier power gain, Unilateral design(S12 =0) – Simple input and output matching networks – Bilateral design - Stability circle and conditional stability, Simultaneous conjugate matching for unconditionally stable transistors. Broadband amplifiers, High power amplifiers and multistage amplifiers.  DESIGN OF DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS Amplification of Low level signals, Grounding, Shielding and Guarding techniques, Dual slope, quad slope and high speed A/D converters, Microprocessors Compatible A/D converters, Multiplying A/D converters and Logarithmic A/D converters, Sample and Hold, Design of two and four wire transmitters.  DESIGN OF PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS Introduction to technology of printed circuit boards (PCB), General lay out and rules and parameters, PCB design rules for Digital, High Frequency, Analog, Power Electronics and Microwave circuits, Computer Aided design of PCBs.

Text Books 1. Reinhold Luduig and Pavel Bretchko, RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications, Pearson Education, 2000. 2. Sydney Soclof, “Applications of Analog Integrated Circuits”, Prentice Hall of India, 1990. 3. Walter C.Bosshart, “Printed circuit Boards – Design and Technology”, TATA McGraw-Hill, 1983. References 1. Keith H.Billings, “Handbook of Switched Mode Supplies” McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., 1989. 2. 2. Michael Jaacob, “Applications and Design with Analog Integrated Circuits” Prentice Hall of India, 1991. Otmar Kigenstein, “Switched Mode Power supplies in Practice”, John Wiley and Sons, 1989______

______

Embedded Systems (Aerospace)-SYLLABUS

Introduction to embedded system, embedded system architecture, classifications of embedded systems, challenges and design issues in embedded systems, fundamentals of embedded processor and microcontrollers, CISC vs. RISC, fundamentals of Vonneuman/Harvard architectures, types of microcontrollers. C concepts and programming- data types, advanced data types- register,

72 | P a g e constants, IO operations, operators, operator precedence and associatively, Conditional statements & loops, arrays, single and double dimensional arrays, strings and string operations. Functions: Parameter passing-Pass by Value, Pass by Reference; creating modular programs using functions, Recursive functions. Structures & Unions: declaration, accessing members of structure, difference between structure and union, User Defined Data Types, Enumerated data type. Pointers: pointer basics and concepts, arrays and pointer relation, passing pointers to functions, dynamic memory allocation. Files and file operations. Linked lists, stacks and queues. Pre- processor directives, command line arguments. Differences between C and C++, Fundamentals of object oriented programming; OOP vs.Procedure oriented programming, OOP concepts: classes, objects, abstraction, polymorphism, inheritance, data binding and encapsulation. Basics of C++: features of C++, data types, standard I/O, arrays and strings in C++. Classes in C++, instantiation, creating objects and object scope, data abstraction, data encapsulation, constructors and destructors, methods and access modifiers, function and operator overloading Inheritance-Base and Derived classes, Inheritance types, Scope Resolution operator; polymorphism and virtual functions, exception handling. Overview of AVR, GPRS, Data Memory, Status Registers, Data Format and Directives, Assembling in AVR, Viewing registers and Memory with AVR Studio, Branching Instructions and Looping, Call Instructions, Time Delay Instructions, I/O Port Programming, Bit Manipulation, Embedded C: Data Types and time delay in ATmega 16, IO Programming, Logic Operations, Data Conversions, Data Serializations, Memory Allocation, Data types and Time delays, I/O Programming, Logic Operations, Data Conversions in C, Data Serialization, Memory Allocation in C. LCD interface: LCD programming, I/O Synchronization, Fixed-point numbers, Number conversions Interrupts: Interrupts and interrupt processing, Timer and periodic (Output Compare), C Primer C/assembly interface, Digital-to-Analog Conversion (DAC): Analog-to-Digital Conversion (ADC), Numerical calculations: Multiply/divide Table Lookup, Interpolation, Serial I/O: Serial Communications Interface (SCI), Serial interrupts, USART, I2C, Thread communication: Producer-consumer problems, FIFO queues, Stepper Motors: Motor control, Controller state machines, Advanced Embedded Systems Design, Systems Engineering.

References 1. The AVR Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Using Assembly and C, Muhammad Ali Mazidi 2. AVR Microcontroller-Internals, Instructions, Programming & Interfacing by Subrata Ghoshal. 3. The AVR Microcontroller by Kenneth Ayala.

______

Embedded Systems-OLD SYLLABUS

 HARDWARE FUNDAMENTALS

73 | P a g e

Gates, timing diagram, memory, microprocessor, buses, DMA. Interrupts: Microprocessor architecture, interrupts basics, Interrupt latency, shared data problem. System partitioning, building the architectural model, Input and output processing, Hardware and software portioning, timing requirement. Microprocessor selection, Microprocessor versus micro-control analysis CISC versus RISC study of major embedded Microprocessor architecture memory system design. system optimization architecture for embedded software:- round robin, found robin with interrupts. Function queue scheduling and real time operating system.  REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM Tasks and task states, Task and data, Semaphores and shared data operating system service: Inter task communication, timer service,memory management, events and interaction between interrupt routines and real time operating system, software selection issues, selection an RTOS, RTOS performance metrice, RTOS scalability and tool support compiler selection.  EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN USING REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM Encapsulating semaphores and queues, hard real time scheduling consideration saving memory space.  DEVELOPMENT TOOLS AND DEBUGGING Hosh and target machines. Linker/location. Target system tasting. Instruction set. Asset macro. Establishing a software development environment C runtime environment embedded debuggers Cross- development methods embedded file formats . readers creating object files- the build process loading software on to remote targets.

References :

1. Specification & Design of Embedded Systems by Daniel D Gajski, Jie Gong, Frank Vahid 1. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer System Design”, Elsevier, 2006. 2. Michael J. Pont, “Embedded C”, Pearson Education , 2007. 3. Steve Heath, “Embedded System Design”, Elsevier, 2005.

74 | P a g e

4. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi and Rolin D. McKinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems”, Pearson Education, Second edition, 2007. ______

Embedded Systems (ECE)-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION & AVR MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE Embedded systems overview, Design challenge - optimizing design metrics, Common design metrics, The time-to-market design metric, The NRE and unit cost design metric, The performance design metric, Processor technology, General-purpose processors – software, Single-purpose processors hardware, Architecture of AVR microcontroller, ATMEGA 8, 16, memory organization , addressing modes, instruction set, programming techniques , Assembly language & C programming- Development, Tools , Cross Compilers, Hardware Design Issues, selection of components  AVR MICROCONTROLLER PERIPHERALS LEDs, LCD, Memory, EEPROM, I/O Ports, Timers, Keyboard, DC Motor, Stepper, motor, Servo motor, BLDC motor, UART, Interrupt Structure, Serial Communication with PC, ADC/DAC Interfacing.  ARM ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION Arcon RISC Machine, Architectural Inheritance, Core & Architectures -Registers, ARM Design Philosophy, Registers, Program Status Register, Instruction Pipeline, Interrupts and Vector Table, Architecture Revision, ARM Processor Families, ARM organization  ARM PROGRAMMING Instruction Set: Data Processing Instructions, Addressing Modes, Branch, Load, Store Instructions, PSR Instructions, Conditional Instructions., Thumb instruction set , The ARM Programmer’s mode , ARM Development tools , Instruction cycle timings, ARM Assembly Language Programming and ‘C Compiler programming, Applications of ARM in Wireless sensor networks, Robotics  RTOS Introduction to RTOS, Structure of OS, System calls, Tasks and Task states, foreground and background systems, Conext switches, inter task communication, task assignment and task scheduling, Preemptive and Non preemptive scheduling, Task assignment, task priorities, priority inversion, interrupts, Semaphore, types, Event, Messages, mail boxes and pipes, Usage of different models Text Books:-

75 | P a g e

1. ARM Systems Developer’s Guides- Designing & Optimizing System Software – Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, 2008, Elsevier. 2. Steve Furber, ‘ARM system on chip architecture’, Addision Wesley 3. Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, John Rayfield ‘ARM System Developer’s Guide Designing and Optimizing System Software’, Elsevier 2007. Reference Books 1. Trevor Martin, ‘The Insider's Guide To The Philips ARM7-Based Microcontrollers, An Engineer's Introduction To The LPC2100 Series’ Hitex (UK) Ltd., 2. Dananjay V. Gadre ‘Programming and Customizing the AVR microcontroller’, McGraw Hill 2001

______

Embedded Systems and Real Time Operating System-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Embedded Systems: an embedded System, processor in the system, other hardware units, software embedded into a system, exemplary embedded systems, embedded system on chip(CoC) and in VLSI circuit.  Hardware Architectures for Embedded Systems: introduction micro controller, architecture, instruction sets, assembly language programming, port programming , timer/ controller programming , serial communications, interrupts programmings, real world interfacing. Device drivers and interrupts servicing mechanisms – device drivers, parallel port device drivers in a system, serial port device drivers in a system , device drivers for internal programmable timing devices . Interrupt servicing mechanism , context and the periods for context switching , deadline and interrupt letancy.  Program Modeling and Software Development Process: modeling process for software analysis , before software implementation. Programming models for event controlled or response time constrained real time programs , modeling of multiprocessor systems .IPC and synchronization – multiple process in an application, problem of sharing data by multiple tasks and routines.

76 | P a g e

 Introduction to RTOS: Introduction to real time , Examples, applications, Hard. Vs Soft real time, Reference model, Classic uniprocessor scheduling , Static scheduling , Dynamic scheduling , Static priority scheduling , Dynamic priority scheduling , Dealing with complexities arising in real systems, Practical Considerations. Resource sharing , Priority inheritance and priority ceiling protocols , stack resource protocol . Systems- A quick look at some real systems.  Basic Operating System: Functions needed for real time computing , Overview of Operating Systems, a brief survey of commercial real time and non real time operating systems, Embedded OS , Real Time OS, Hand Held OS Porting RTOS on a microcontroller based development system board, Programming in linux, shell Programming , Programming in RT Linux.

References : Mohammad Ali Mazidi,Janice Gillispie Mazidi,The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded systems,Pearson Education. Jane W.S. Liu,Real Time Systems,Prentice Hall,Inc. ______

Energy Audit-SYLLABUS

 Introduction, need of Energy Audit  Types of Energy Audit & approach  Preliminary, targeted, detailed Energy Audits  Instruments & Metering of Energy Audit  Methodology for Conducting Energy Audit Pre audit phase, detailed energy audit phase, data collection and analysis through available techniques, preparing flow charts, identification of ENCON opportunities, audit report preparation, post audit phase.  Energy Performance

77 | P a g e

Plant Energy Performance, production factor, reference year equivalent use, matching energy uses to requirement.  Energy cost and Benchmarking Energy cost, benchmarking, Industrial benchmarking program.  Energy Monitoring and Targeting Introduction, setting up monitoring & targeting, key elements, data and information analysis.  Demand side management, supply side management, labeling  Energy Conservation measures  Energy performance assessment for electrical equipment , thermal equipment and utility system

References :  Guide books for National Certification Examination, BEE  www.unfccc.com  www.ipcc.com  www.cdmindia.com  www.recregistryindia.nic.in  www.bee.nic.in  NPTEL lectures

______Energy Conservation & Energy Auditing-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Strategic Management  Energy Audit Process  Understanding Energy Bills  Economic Analysis and Life Cycle Costing  Insulation  Process Energy Management

78 | P a g e

 Steam Generation and Distribution

References :

1. Energy Audit by YP Abbi, ISBN 8179933113 2. Renewable Energy and Energy Conservation by V Kirubakaran, APH Publisher, ISBN 8131313107

______

Energy Law & Policy-SYLLABUS

 “Energy Security” for India  Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Extracts from Energy Conservation Act, 2001)  The Energy Conservation Act, 2001  Japan Energy Policy  USA Energy Policy  Europe's Energy Policy  Generation of Electricity (Extracts from Electricity Act 2003, Part-III)  Transmission of Electricity (Extracts from Electricity Act 2003, Part-V)  Distribution of Electricity (Extracts from Electricity Act 2003, Part-VI)  Central Electricity Authority (Extracts from Electricity Act 2003, Part-IX)  Regulatory Commissions (Extracts from Electricity Act 2003, Part-X)  Electricity Act, 2003 (No 36 of 2003) [26th May, 2003]  Overview of Laws – Governing Contracts, Sale of Goods, Environmental Issues and Companies Law  Twenty Judgments of Supreme Court of India and High Courts on Different Aspects of Electricity Act, 2003

References :

79 | P a g e

1. Energy Law and Policy by Dr Parag Diwan, Pentagon Press, ISBN 8182743494 2. Energy Law & Policy for 21st Century by Jr Hicky James, Rocky Mountain Mineral Law Foundation, ISBN 0929047877

______

Energy scenario & Energy forms-SYLLABUS

 Indian & World Energy Scenario World energy use, reserves of energy resources, energy cycle of the earth, environmental aspects of energy utilization, renewable energy resources and their importance  Types of Energy Primary & Secondary energy, commercial & non-commercial energy, non- renewable & renewable energy, primary energy resources, commercial energy production, energy conservation and its importance.  Energy Economy Final energy consumption, Energy needs of growing economy, Long term energy scenario, Energy pricing, energy sector reforms, energy security, energy strategy for future.  Energy Conservation Act, its features and related policies Features of the Energy Conservation Act 2001 & the Energy Conservation (Amendment) act, 2010, schemes under ECT-2001, integrated energy policy, NAPCC.  Energy & Environment Air pollution, climate change and its impacts, Global Environmental issues, Loss of biodiversity, sustainable development.

References:

80 | P a g e

1. http://www.undp.org/content/dam/undp/library/Environment%20and%20Energy/Sust ainable%20Energy/wea%202000/chapter9.pdf 2. https://www.worldenergy.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/World-Energy- Scenarios_Composing-energy-futures-to-2050_Full-report.pdf 3. http://www.powermin.nic.in/whats_new/pdf/ENERGY%20MARKETS%20&%20TECHNO LOGIES-REVISED1.pdf 4. Guide book-1 s for National Certification Examination, BEE ______

Environmental Engineering -SYLLABUS

 Water Supply Engineering Introduction: Water Supply, brief description of different elements of water supply scheme. Water Demand – types, total requirement, per capita demand, factors affecting per capita demand, variations, effect of variation in different component of water supply scheme, design period. Intake structures – purpose, types and hydraulic design, quality of water, general water treatment of Surface Water, different elements of water treatment plant for treatment of normal surface water, Water Treatment Plant design.

 Waste water Engineering Sewerage schemes and their importance, storm water quantity, fluctuation in sewage flow, flow through sewer, design of sewer. construction & maintenance of sewer, Characteristics and analysis of waste water, cycles of decomposition, physical, chemical & biological parameters, natural methods of waste water disposal i.e. by land treatment & by dilution, self-purification capacity of stream, Oxygen sag analysis, treatment processes/ units for waste water treatment and their design. Sludge digestion & Solid Waste Management.

 Modelling Approach

81 | P a g e

Water and air quality management, role of mathematical models, systems approach, systems and models, types of mathematical models, ambient air quality standards

 Surface Water Quality and Air Quality Modelling Introduction: surface water and air quality models, rivers and streams water quality modeling – river hydrology and flow, dispersion and mixing – flow, depth and velocity, transport and dispersion of air pollutants, wind velocity, wind speed and turbulence, atmospheric stability, estimating concentrations from point sources , Gaussian Equation , Air pollution modeling

______

Environmental Engineering and Management-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING Introduction to Environment, its impact, Present scenario, Various Environmental standards and laws for water, air and land quality by Pollution Control boards and their working Modules. Mass and energy transfer within the environmental system: Law of conservation of energy and Law of conservation of mass. Material Balance in an environmental system, Steady state conservative systems-Steady state systems with non conservative pollutants, -Type of reactors, Reaction rate and order of a reaction (Zero order, First order and Second order reactions).  WATER POLLUTION AND WATER QUALITY CONTROL Water Resources- Hydrologic Cycle, Water Quality Parameters: Physical characteristics like Color, Odour, Temperature, Turbidity And Total Solids; Chemical Characteristics like pH, Hardness, Alkalinity, Acidity, Oxygen Demanding (COD, BOD, Nitrates, Sulphates and phosphates; Microbiological characteristics). Effect of Oxygen Demanding Wastes on Rivers, BOD and DO Profile: Deoxygenation and Reaeration of the polluted water, Exertion of BOD with ultimate BOD loading.-Streeter Phelps Model and Oxygen Sag Curve, -Self Purification Phenomenon, Ground Water- Aquifers, Flow Rate and Hydraulic Gradient by Darcy’s Law, Cone of Depression, Treatment of Water, Water Quality: Drinking water quality standards, Treatment Systems:

82 | P a g e

Screening, Coagulation and Flocculation, Sedimentation, Filtration, Disinfection and Softening, Wastewater Treatment, Typical Range of Composition of Domestic Sewage and Regulatory Standards, Primary Treatment: Screening, Grit Chamber, Equalization Basins, Primary Settling, Sedimentation with Coagulation and Flocculation. Secondary Treatment Systems; Activated Sludge Process, Trickling Filter, RBC, Oxidation Ponds. Advanced Treatment- Nitrogen and Phosphorous Removal.  AIR POLLUTION Introduction- Definition, Overview of Emissions, Type of Pollutants, Chemical Composition.• Sources and Effects of Major Air Pollutants- CO, SOx, NOx, Hydrocarbons, Ozone, Photochemical Oxidants, Lead, Particulate Matter. Air Pollution and Metrology- Environmental Lapse Rate and Adiabatic Lapse Rate, Atmospheric Stability, Inversion, Type of Plumes., Gaussian Atmospheric Dispersion Model for Point Sources, Emission Controls., Control Devices for Particulate Pollutants- Gravity Settling Chambers, Centrifugal Separators, Wet Scrubber, Electrostatic precipitator, Control devices for Gaseous Pollutants- Adsorption, Absorption, Condensation and Combustion,  POLLUTION CONTROL IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES POLLUTION CONTROL  METHODOLOGIES Pollution Control in Process Industries like Cement, Paper, Petroleum -Petroleum Products-Textile- Tanneries-ThermalPlants-Eco-Friendly Energy and Environment, Hazardous Waste Treatment Technologies, Physical Treatment- Sedimentation, Adsorption, Aeration. Ion Exchange, Electro Dialysis. Chemical Treatment- Precipitation, Biological Remediation Techniques, Incineration and Land Disposal. Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management.

 INTRODUCTION TO EIA, NEED AND SCOPE OF EIA Objectives and Purpose of EIA Studies, Indian Policies requiring EIA- Enactment of EIA as a Law, EIA Notifications, Siting Criteria. Components and Types of EIA, Roles in the EIA Process, Objectives and purpose of EIA studies., Indian policies requiring EIA- Enactment of EIA as a law, EIA notifications, Siting criteria, EIA cycle and procedure- Initial screening till Environmental Management plan.

83 | P a g e

Components and Types of EIA, Roles in the EIA process, Environmental Audit- Need, Purpose, Criteria., Case studies.  SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Concept of Sustainable Development and its Role in Building of Environment, Background, Life Cycle Assessment, Source Reduction, Collection and Transfer Operations, Recycling and Composting, Discarded Materials, Waste to Energy Combustion, Landfills, Problems, Hazardous Waste Management

______

Environmental Law –SYLLABUS

 Introduction Concept and Dimensions of Environment; Enormity of Environmental degradation and its causes; environmental concern in the Traditional knowledge system of India; Environmental concern in Modern India, post- independence Policy Framework.  Constitution and the Environment Dimensions of the right to pollution free environment under Article 21 of the Constitution of India; Specific Constitutional provisions to ensure Pollution free Environment; Judicial activism and environment protection  The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 Application of the Act, Definitions. Constitution of Central, State and joint boards; power and functions of the board; qualifications and disqualification of the members; prevention and control of water pollution and procedure thereof; powers to give direction; funds, accounts and audit, penalties and procedure and Miscellaneous provisions.  The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

84 | P a g e

Application of the Act, Definitions. Constitution of Central, State and joint boards; power and functions of the board; qualifications and disqualification of the members; prevention and control of water pollution and procedure thereof; powers to give direction; funds, accounts and audit, penalties and procedure and Miscellaneous provisions.  Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Application of the Act, Definitions; General powers of the Central Government including the powers to give directions; prevention and control of Environmental Pollution and procedure thereof; penalties and procedure and Miscellaneous.  Protection of Environment vs. Sustainable development Modern Environmental Justice

Leading Cases : 1. M.C. Mehta v. Union of India, AIR 1987 SC 965. 2. M.C. Mehta v. Union of India, AIR 1988 SC 1115. 3. Municipal Council of Ratlam v. Vardichand AIR 1980 SC 1622. 4. Vallore Citizen Forum v. Union of India. 5. Tarun Bharat Singh v. Union of India, AIR 1992 SC 514. 6. T.N Godavarman Thirumulpad v. Union of India, AIR 2012 SC 362

References : 1. Thorough reading of the following statutes : a. Environmental Protection Act, 1986. b. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)Act, 1981. c. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. d. Rajasthan Noises Control Act, 1963.

85 | P a g e

2. Armin Resencranz, Shyam Devan and Martha L. Noble : Environmental Law and Policy in India. 3. Justice Krishna Aiyer : Environmental Pollution and Law. 4. Dr. SB Verma: Environmental Law, Pollution and Management. 5. Suresh Jain and Vimla Jain : Environmental Law of India. 6. Kailash Thakur ; Environmental Protection, Law and Policy in India (Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi) 7. Citizen Report, Pub. by Centre for Sc & Environment, Delhi. ______

Environmental Management of Hydrocarbon-SYLLABUS

 Environmental Science & Engineering  Current Environmental Standards  Environmental Policy, Monitoring and Reporting  Concept of Sustainable Development  Methods for Pollution Monitoring  Environmental Management Systems  Voc's Organic Gases  Noise Pollution and Control  Water Pollution  Soil Pollution and Remediation  Air Pollution  Hazardous Waste Management  Environmental Impact Assessment and Management Plan  Environmental Measurement and Control  Pollution Control in Process Industries

86 | P a g e

References : 1. Environmental Management Handbook for Hydrocarbon processing Industries by James D Wall, Gulf Publishing Co, ISBN 0872012654 2. Environmental Engineering & management PB, SK Katria & Sons, ISBN 8185749450

______

Experimental Aerodynamics-SYLLABUS

Concept of similarity and design of experiments , Measurement uncertainty , Design of subsonic, transonic, supersonic, hypersonic, and high enthalpy test facilities , Transducers and their response characteristics , Measurement of pressure, temperature, velocity, forces, moments, and dynamic stability derivatives , Flow visualization techniques: Optical measurement techniques, refractive index based measurements, scattering based measurements , Data acquisition and signal conditioning , Signal and image processing.

References 1. Tropea, C., Yarin, A. L., and Foss, J. F. (Eds.), Springer Handbook of Experimental Fluid Mechanics, Springer (2007). 2. Taylor, J. R., Introduction to Error Analysis: The Study of Uncertainties in Physical Measurements, 2nd ed., University Science Books (1997). 3. Barlow, J. B., Rae Jr, W. H., and Pope A., Low-Speed Wind Tunnel Testing, 3rd ed., Wiley (1999). 4. Pope, A. and Goin, K., High-Speed Wind Tunnel Testing, Krieger Pub. Co. (1972). 5. Settles, G., Schlieren and Shadowgraph Techniques, 3rd ed., Springer (2001). 6. Mayinger, F. and Feldmann, O. (Eds.), Optical Measurements: Techniques and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer (2001).

______

Experimental Methods, Measurement and Uncertainty-SYLLABUS

Basic Concept: Introduction, Calibration, Standards, Dimensions and Units, Generalized measurement system, Basic concept in dynamic measurements, System Response, Distortion, Impedance Matching, Fourier Analysis, Experimental Planning

87 | P a g e

Analysis of Experimental Data: Cause and types of experimental error, Uncertainty Analysis and Propagation of Uncertainty, Evaluation of Uncertainties for complicated data reduction, Statistical Analysis of Experimental data, Probability Distribution, The Gaussian or Normal Error Distribution, Comparison of data with normal distribution, The chi square test of goodness of fit, Method of least square, The correlation coefficient, Multivariable regression, Standard deviation of mean, Student’s t Distribution, Graphical Analysis and curve fitting, Data Analysis

Basic Electrical Measurement and Sensing Devices: Forces of Electromagnetic Origin, Waveform Measures, Basic Analog Meters, Basic Digital Meters, Basic Input Circuits, Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers, Operational Amplifiers, Transformers, Power Supplies, Signal Conditioning, The Electronic Voltmeter, Digital Voltmeters, The Oscilloscope, Oscilloscope Selection, Output Recorders, Counters—Time and Frequency Measurements, Transducers, The Variable-Resistance Transducer, the Differential Transformer (LVDT), Capacitive Transducers, Piezoelectric Transducers, Photoelectric Effects, Photoconductive Transducers, Photovoltaic Cells, Ionization Transducers, Magnetometer Search Coil, Hall-Effect Transducers, Digital Displacement Transducers, Comparison of Analog and Digital Instruments

Displacement and Area Measurements: Dimensional Measurements, Gage Blocks Optical Methods, Pneumatic Displacement Gage, Area Measurements, the Planimeter- a Device of Historical Interest, Graphical and Numerical Methods for Area Measurement, Surface Areas.

Pressure Measurement: Dynamic Response Considerations, Mechanical Pressure-Measurement Devices, Dead-Weight Tester, Bourdon-Tube Pressure Gage, Diaphragm and Bellows Gage, The Bridgman Gage, Low-Pressure Measurement, The McLeod Gage, Pirani Thermal-Conductivity Gage, The Knudsen Gage, The Ionization Gage, The Alphatron.

Flow Measurement: Positive-Displacement Methods, Flow-Obstruction Methods, Practical Considerations for Obstruction Meters, The Sonic Nozzle, Flow Measurement by Drag Effects, Hot- Wire and Hot-Film Anemometers, Magnetic Flowmeters, Flow-Visualization Methods, The Shadowgraph, The Schlieren, The Interferometer, The Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA), Smoke Methods, Pressure Probes, Impact Pressure in Supersonic Flow.

The Measurement of Temperature: Temperature Scales, The Ideal-Gas Thermometer, Temperature Measurement by Mechanical Effects, Temperature Measurement by Electrical Effects, Temperature Measurement by Radiation, Effect of Heat Transfer on Temperature Measurement, Transient Response of Thermal Systems, Thermocouple Compensation, Temperature Measurements in High-Speed Flow.

Thermal- and Transport-Property Measurements: Thermal-Conductivity Measurements, Thermal Conductivity of Liquids Gases, Measurement of Viscosity, Gas Diffusion, Calorimetry, Convection Heat-Transfer Measurements, Humidity Measurements, Heat-Flux Meters, pH Measurement

88 | P a g e

Force, Torque, and Strain Measurements: Mass Balance Measurements, Elastic Elements for Force Measurements, Torque Measurements, Stress and Strain, Strain Measurements, Electrical- Resistance Strain Gages, Measurement of Resistance Strain-Gage Outputs, Temperature Compensation, Strain-Gage Rosettes, The Unbonded Resistance Strain Gage

Thermal- and Nuclear-Radiation Measurements: Detection of Thermal Radiation, Measurement of Emissivity, Reflectivity and Transmissivity Measurements, Solar Radiation Measurements, Nuclear Radiation, Detection of Nuclear Radiation, The Geiger-Muller Counter, Ionization Chambers, Photographic Detection Methods, The Scintillation Counter, Neutron Detection, Statistics of Counting, Radiation Effects in Humans

Data Acquisition and Processing: The General Data Acquisition System, Signal Conditioning Revisited, Data Transmission, Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog Conversion, Data Storage and Display, the Program as a Substitute for Wired Logic.

References:

 J.P. Holman, Experimental Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1984, 5th Edition  Figliola, R. S., Beasley, D.E. (2006) “Theory and Design for Mechanical Measurements”4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. ISBN: 0471445932.  Taylor, J. R. (1997), “An Introduction to Error Analysis”, University Science Books, 2nd edition

______

Exploration Geophysics-SYLLABUS

 Gravity Method: Understanding the phenomena of Gravity and acceleration due to Gravity, gravity anomaly and its units, Gravimeter, data acquisition, planning a gravity survey, reduction of gravity data, preparation of gravity maps- Buger anomaly maps, residual anomaly maps and gravity map interpretation.  Magnetic Method: Earth’s magnetic field and magnetic field variations, rock-magnetism and its field, range of acquisition parameters, planning a magnetic survey, magnetometer, magnetic data acquisition, reduction of magnetic data, map preparation and interpretation  Electrical Methods: Principles, lay-outs, instruments, data acquisition Procedures, section preparation and interpretation using Wenner and Schlumberger configuration  Seismic Fundamental Concepts: Properties of Seismic waves, types and their generation, propagation in solid, fluid and porous media, acoustic impedance, reflection, refraction, diffraction of seismic wave. Seismic energy sources, detectors, arrays, recording system, data acquisition techniques, critical field parameter selection, vertical seismic profiling

89 | P a g e

 On-shore and Off-shore Seismic Surveys: On-shore and Off-shore seismic survey planning, 2D and 3D seismic survey design, shooting, data acquisition, selection of seismic data processing parameters, processing, seismic tomography. Seismic Data Interpretation Work-station interpretation, Geologic interpretation- stratigraphic and structural interpretation, resolution, rock physics and effects,amplitude and offset analyses, seismic inversion techniques, seismic processing, work-station issues.

Books W. M. Telford and L. P. Geldart, R. E. Sheriff. Applied Geophysics, Cambridge University Press. ISBN: 052133938. William Lowrie. Fundamentals of Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, ISBN: 978-0-521- 67596-3. Brian J. Evans. A Handbook for Seismic Data Acquisition in Exploration, SEG Books. ISBN: 1560800410, 9781560800415. L. Hatton, MH Worthington and J. Makin. Seismic Data Processing, Wiley. ISBN: 0632013745, 9780632013746.

______

Equipment and Machinery Maintenance-SYLLABUS

 PUMPING UNITS  MAINTENANCE OF PRIMEMOVERS o Maintenance of Engines & Engine Auxiliaries o Maintenance of Motors o MAINTENANCE OF PUMPS o Positive Displacements (Reciprocating) Pump Maintenance o Centrifugal Pump Maintenance

 COMPRESSION UNITS _ Maintenance of Primemovers

90 | P a g e

_ Maintenance of Compressors  MAINTENANCE OF SUCTION - BOOSTER PUMPS  MAINTENANCE OF COMPRESSOR/ PUMPING STN AUXILIARIES _ Air compressors _ Gear Boxes _ Emergency Generators _ Centrifuge _ Storage Tanks (Fuel) _ Sump Tank _ Sump Pump, Oil Recovery Pump, Diesel Loading/ Unloading Pump, Corrosion Inhibitor/ DRA injection Pump

 MAINTENANCE OF STATION VALVES  MAINTENANCE OF STRAINERS, SCRUBBERS, SEPARATOR FILTERS.  MAINTENANCE OF PCC AND MCC.  MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ( LT & HT SWITCHGEARS, LIGHTING SYSTEM, TRANSFORMERS).  MAINTENANCE OF INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM  MAINTENANCE OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.  MAINTENANCE OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM.  MAINTENANCE OF CRUDE/ PRODUCT STORAGE TANK/ TANK FARM. _ Floating Roof Tank _ Fixed or Cone Roof Tank _ Tank Stirrers _ Tank Dykes _ ETP _ Halon Fire Fighting System _ Foam Pourer System _ Thermal Relief valves.

91 | P a g e

 MAINTENANCE OF OFFSHORE TERMINAL AND ALLIED FACILITIES _ Maintenance of SPM Terminal and its Auxiliaries _ Maintenance of Submarine Pipeline

References: Plant Equipment and Maintenance Engineering Handbook by: Duncan C. Richardson, PE Machinery Component Maintenance and Repair, Volume 3 by Heinz P. Bloch Fred K. Geitner ______

Fatigue, Fracture and Stress Analysis of Machine Component-SYLLABUS

 Basic theory of failure Griffith’s theory of brittle failures; Irwin’s stress intensity factors; Linear elastic fracture mechanics: The stress analysis of crack tips, Macroscopic theories in crack extension, Instability and R-curves, Crack tip plasticity, K as a failure criterion, Mixed mode of fracture, Analytical and Experimental methods of determining K.  Elastic plastic fracture mechanics: Crack tip opening displacement, J Integrals, Crack growth resistance curves, Crack tip constraint under large scale yielding, creep crack growth;  Microscopic theories of fracture: Ductile and cleavage fracture, ductile-brittle transition, inter-granular fracture; Fatigue crack propagation: Fatigue crack growth theories, crack closure, Microscopic theories of fatigue crack growth; Application of theories of fracture mechanics in design and materials development.  Fatigue characterization: Total life versus defect tolerant philosophy Cyclic stress fields, notches, and short cracks Experimental methods for determining fatigue resistance Micromechanisms of fatigue fracture.  Damage tolerance, design considerations and failure analysis :Damage tolerance in materials,Design considerations, Methodologies for failure analysis

References :

92 | P a g e

1. Metal Fatigue and Fracture Testing and Analysis by Ziegler Brett 2. Fatigue and Fracture: Understanding the Basics by F. C. Campbell 3. Failure Analysis of Engineering Materials, Charlie R. Brooks, Ashok Choudhury - 2002, McGraw Hill Professional 4. Hypersingular Integral Equations in Fracture Analysis, Whye-Teong Ang - Elsevier 2014 5. T. L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics Fundamentals and Applications, CRC Press, 1995. 6. D. Brock, Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics, Maritinus Nijhoff Publishers, 1986. 7. S. T. Rolfe and J. M. Barson, Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures, PHI, 1977 ______

FDI in Infrastructure-SYLLABUS  Introduction  Foreign Direct Investment-The Engine Behind the Private Infrastructure Revolution  The Complex Nature of Greenfield Investments in Infrastructure : Incentives & Risks The Contractual Web of a BOT-Type Project, Governments: Balancing Domestic Interests and Multiple Objectives, Sponsors: Creating a Viable Project Structure, Commercial Lenders - The Market Test of Bankability  Lots of Things can go Wrong Conflicting Opinions Within Government, Insufficient Coordination, Insufficient Expertise, Direct Negotiations versus Competitive Tenders, Unclear Tendering, Rules, Political Interference, Unclear Market Entry Conditions , Lack of an Adequate Legal Framework, Difficulties During Operation, Social Concerns After the Fact, Political Commitment of Successor Governments  Handling the Risks The Role of Government Support Arrangements , The Importance of Overall Sectoral Liberalization  Designing an Effective Policy Framework The Usefulness of an Institutional Support Structure, Designing an Overarching Legal Framework, Regulating Private Infrastructure: Minimizing Risk and Abuse, The End result: Expensive Potentials or Investment Booms  The Impact of the East Asian Financial Crisis

93 | P a g e

References : 1. Infrastructure: rebuilding, Repairing and Restructure by Jason R. Baren.- Nova Science Publisher 2. Foreign Investment in India by Nitin Basin.- New Century Publication 3. Infrastructure Development and Indian economy by L. N. dash.- Oxford university Press by R. Majumder 4. Reforming Infrastructure : Privatization, Regulation and Competition by Ioannis Kessides.- oxford university 5. Attracting FDI into Infrastructure, Frank Sader

______

Financial Management-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Financial Management  Time Value of Money  Sources of Finance  Concept of Economic Value Added  Risk and Return Analysis  Cost of Capital  Capital Structure and Theories  Concept of Leverages  Fundamentals of Capital Budgeting  Capital Rationing and Risk Factors in Capital Budgeting  Working Capital Management & Financing  Receivable Management  Inventory Management Cash Management

94 | P a g e

 Management of Surplus & Dividend Policy

References : 1. Financial Management by Agarwal NP Mishra, Ramesh Book Depot, EAN 9788181423757 2. Financial Management by Vrinda Publications, EAN 9788182811218 3. Financial Management by C Correia, Juta Academic, ISBN 0702171573

______

Financing Energy Sector Project-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Return Concepts  Introduction to Project Appraisal  Financial Analysis  Concept of Business Entity  Procurement of Funds  Risk Management  Incentive for Non-conventional Projects  Financing Non-conventional Power Projects  IREDA and its Role  Project Economics and Viability  Electricity Sector in India  Case Studies

References :

95 | P a g e

1. Financing of Energy Sector in Developing Countries, Pradeep Chaturvedi, Concept Publisher, ISBN 817022747X 2. Financing Energy Projects in Developing Countries by Hossein Razavi, Pennwell Books, ISBN 1593701241 3. Financing Energy Projects Albert Thumman & Fred Wainwright, Fairmount P, ISBN 0881732729

______

Finite Element Analysis-SYLLABUS

Introduction: Historical background, basic concept of the finite element method, comparison with finite difference method; Variational methods: calculus of variation, the Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin methods; Finite element analysis of 1-D problems: formulation by different approaches (direct, potential energy and Galerkin); Derivation of elemental equations and their assembly, solution and its postprocessing. Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and solid mechanics. Bending of beams, analysis of truss and frame. Finite element analysis of 2-D problems: finite element modelling of single variable problems, triangular and rectangular elements; Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and solid mechanics; Numerical considerations: numerical integration, error analysis, mesh refinement. Plane stress and plane strain problems; Bending of plates; Eigen value and time dependent problems; Discussion about preprocessors, postprocessors and finite element packages.

References: 1. J N Reddy, An introduction to the Finite Element Method, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1993. 2. R D Cook, D S Malkus and M E Plesha, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, 3d ed., John Wiley, New York, 1989. 3. K J Bathe, Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1982. 4. T J T Hughes, The Finite Element Method, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1986.

______Flight Dynamic Principles-SYLLABUS  Systems of axes and notation  Static equilibrium and trim  The equations of motion  The solution of the equations of motion

96 | P a g e

 Longitudinal dynamics  Lateral–directional dynamics  Maneuverability  Stability  Flying and handling qualities  Stability augmentation  Aerodynamic modelling  Aerodynamic stability and control derivatives  Coursework Studies

References :

1.Flight Dynamics Principles by M V Cook, Elsevier Publications, ISBN 8131223353 2. Flight Dynamics by Stengel, Overseas, ISBN 8189938282

______

Flight Dynamics and Control-SYLLABUS

Equations of Motion: rigid body dynamics; coordinate transformation, Euler angle & quaternion formulation; Dynamics of Generic Fixed Wing Aircraft: 6-DoF equations of motion, linearized equations of motion linearized longitudinal & lateral equations, aerodynamic derivatives. Stability of Uncontrolled Motion: linearized longitudinal & lateral dynamics, modes of motion, Response to Control Inputs: transfer function, step response & frequency response characteristics, Feedback Control: stability augmentation, PID control, root-locus technique for controller design, Introduction to modern control theory.

References 1. Etkin, B. and Reid, L. D., Dynamics of Flight: Stability and Control, 3rd ed., Wiley (1996). 2. Phillips, W. F., Mechanics of Flight, 2nd ed., John Wiley (2009). 3. Nelson, R. C., Flight Stability and Automatic Control, 2nd ed., Tata McGraw-Hill (1997). 4. Cook, M., Flight Dynamics Principles: A Linear Systems Approach to Aircraft Stability and Control, 3rd ed., Elsevier (2012).

97 | P a g e

5. Stevens, B. L. and Lewis, F. L., Aircraft Control and Simulation, 2nd ed., Wiley (2003). 6. Stengel, R. F., Flight Dynamics, Princeton Univ. Press (2004).

______

Flight Stability & Control-SYLLABUS

 The Standard Atmosphere and Airflow Standard Atmosphere, relation between Geopotential and Geometric Altitudes, Pressure, Temperature and Density Altitudes. Relation for Stratosphere and Troposphere. Stability of Atmosphere, Aero-Thermodynamics. Measurement of Air-speed: True Airspeed, Indicated Airspeed and Equivalent Airspeed, Airspeed Indicator.

 Aerodynamic Drag Cause of Drag, it's effects, Types of Drag and affecting factors. Drag Polar, Compressibility Drag, Design for Minimum Drag, Estimation of Drag of Complete Airplane, Terminal Velocity.

 Aerodynamic Characteristics Force and Moments Coefficients from Dimensional Analysis. Pressure Distribution over 2D Airfoil, Variation with Angle of Attack, Center of Pressure, Aerodynamic Center, Problems connected with Them. Lift, Drag and Moment Coefficients; Relations between Lift and Drag. Estimation of these characteristics from Measured Pressure Distributions, Variation of Aerodynamic Coefficients with Reynold's Number and Mach number. Effect of Span, Aspect Ratio, Plan Form, Sweep, Taper and Twist on Aerodynamic characteristics of a Lifting Surface. Delta Wing Aerodynamics.

 High Lift Systems Airfoil's Maximum Lift Coefficient, Leading and Trailing Edge Devices, Effect of Sweep Back. The deep stall. Effect of Re, Propulsive lift, V/STOL Configurations.

98 | P a g e

 Airplane Performance in Steady Flight Straight and Level Flight, Stalling Speed; Variation of Drag with Flight. Speed conditions for Minimum Drag, Minimum Power Conditions; Power at other Speeds. Gliding Flight, Shallow and Steep Angles of Glide; Sinking Speed, Minimum Sinking Speed, Time of Descent. Climbing Flight at Shallow Angles, Correction for Steep Angles, Time to Flight, Maximum Rate of Climb.  Airplane Performance in Accelerated Flight Take-off and Landing, Calculations of Take-off Ground Run, Take off Distances. Minimum Ground Run, Assisted Take-off, Calculation of Landing Ground Run. Range and Endurance and Problems connected with them.

 Maneuvers Introductory Comments on Spins and Stalls; Turning Flight, Maneuvers in 3D space

 Stick Fixed Static Longitudinal Stability Introduction to Stability of Airplane, Stick Fixed Longitudinal Stability, Effect of Power, Neutral Point, Centre of Gravity Limits. In Flight Measurement of Stick Fixed Neutral Point.

 Control Surfaces and Aerodynamic Balancing Control Surface Hinge Moments, Floating and Restoring Tendencies, different types of Tabs used on Airplanes. Frise Aileron, Spoler Controls.

 Stick Free Static Longitudinal Stability Effect of Free Elevator on Airplane stability, Elevator Control Force, Stick Force Gradients, Neutral Point, Controls Free Center of Gravity Limit. In Flight Measurement of Stick Free Neutral Point.

 Maneuvering Flight Effect of Acceleration on Airplane Balancing, Elevator Angle per g, and Stick Force per g, Maneuver Margins

99 | P a g e

 Directional Stability and Controls Assymetric Flight, Eather Cock Stability, contribution of different parts of Airplane, Rudder Fixed and Rudder Free Static Directional Stability, Rudder Lock.

 Lateral Stability and Control Dihedral Effect. Contribution of different. Parts of Airplane Controls in Roll, Aileron Control Power, Cross coupling of Lateral and Directional Effects.

 Dynamic Stability Longitudinal Dynamic Stability: Simple Analysis of Short Period and Phugoid Modes, Stick- Fixed and Stick-Free. Lateral and Directional Dynamic Stability: Simple Analysis of Roll Subsdience Spiral Mode and Dutch Roll.

References : 1. Flight Stability and Control, Robert C. Nelson, 1998 2· Performance, Stability, Dynamics and Control of Airplanes, Bandu N. Pamadi, 2004 3· Aircraft Control and Simulation, Brian L.Stevens, Frank L. Lewis, 2003, Second Edition, 4· Automatic Flight Control Systems, Donald McLean, 1990, ISBN : 0-13-054008-0 5· Engineering Analysis of Flight Vehicles, Holt Ashley 6· Dynamics of Flight - Stability and Control, Bernard Etkin, Lloyd Du® Reid 7· Introduction to Avionics, R. P. G. Collinson 8· Automatic Flight Control, E. H. J. Fallett, Shawn Coyle 9· Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, John H. Blakelock 10· Airplane Stability and Control, Malcolm J. Abzug, E. Eugene Larrabee ______

Fluid Mechanics-SYLLABUS

100 | P a g e

 Introduction  Review of Thermodynamics  Review of Mechanics  Fluids Statics  The Control Volume and Mass Conservation  Momentum Conservation for Momentum Conservation  Multi–Phase Flow

References :

1. Fluid Mechanics by Ira M Cohen & Pijush K Kundu, Academic Press, ISBN 0080470238-BEPDF 2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by Som SK, TATA Mc Graw Hills, ISBN 0070667624

______

Fluidization-SYLLABUS  Review of flow around immersed solids - forces on single particles., Review of sedimentation - Richardson-Zaki equation., Review of packed beds and Ergun equation, Classification of solid particles and powders - relevant properties and measurements, Minimum fluidization velocity - measurement, prediction and correlations., Regimes of fluidization - Homogenous fluidized bed models, Stability of homogeneous fluidization - qualitative and quantitative, Kinematic and dynamic wave propagation, Bubbling bed (heterogeneous fluidized bed) models, Davidson model for bubble in a fluidized bed, and its implications, Turbulent and fast fluidization, Entrainment and Elutriation, Slugging, Spouted beds, Dilute and dense phase transport - Circulating Fluidized Beds, Heat and mass transfer in fluidized systems, Modern simulation techniques - CFD models, Modern

101 | P a g e

experimental techniques - flow visualization and quantitative measurements, Three-phase fluidization  Mechanics of Flow Around Single Particles Review of flow around immersed solids – forces on single particles, Review of packed beds and Ergun equation  Mechanics of Homogenous Fluidization Mathematical model of a homogeneous fluidized bed, Minimum fluidization velocity - measurement, prediction and correlations, Stability of homogeneous fluidization - qualitative and quantitative - wave propagation  Heterogenous Fluidization Geldart classification and fluidization regimes, Bubbling bed (heterogeneous fluidized bed) models, Davidson model for bubble in a fluidized bed, and its implications, Turbulent and fast fluidization - mechanics, flow regimes and design equations  Beyond Batch Fluidization Beds Entrainment and Elutriation, Slugging, Spouted Beds, Dilute and dense phase transport - Circulating Fluidized Beds  Transport Effects in Fluidised Systems Heat and mass transfer in fluidized systems, Mixing in fluidized systems - measurements and models, Reactor Models  Fluidization and mapping of Regimes

References : 1. Rhodes, M., Introduction to Particle Technology, 2nd Ed., Wiley (2008) 2. Gibilaro, L. G., Fluidization - Dynamics, Butterworth - Heinemann (2001) 3. Fluidization Engineering by Kunni and Octave Levenspiel, Butterworth-Heinemann, ISBN 0409902330 ______

Formation Evaluation & Well Logging-SYLLABUS

102 | P a g e

• Direct Methods of Formation Evaluation: Drill Cutting, Return Mud Analysis for Oil and Gas. Core Graph, Cutting and Mud Logs. Evaluation Tools. • Indirect Methods: Down Hole Environment, Invasion Profiles. Principles and Application of Logging Tools S.P, Resistivity, Micro Resistivity, Latero Logs, Induction, Sonic, Density, Gamma Ray, Gamma Ray Spectrometry, Neutron, Cement Bond, Variable Density, Caliper, Dip Meter, Formation Micro Scanner and Imager, Log Interpretation Methods: Saturation, Porosity and Permeability Estimation, Quick Look Techniques, Cross Plots. • Interpretation of Logs for petro physical parameters References: 1. Well Logging and Formation Evaluation, Tobby,D.,, Elsevier, 2005 2. Fundamentals of Well Log Interpretation, Serra, O., Elsevier, 1988 ______Fuels & Combustion-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Fuels, Thermal Energy Contents of Fuel

 Coal, Oil And Gas Properties, Production, Handling, Processing, Storage, Transportation, Analysis.

 Stoichometry Stoichiometry relations; Estimation of air required for complete combustion; Estimation of minimum amount of air required for a fuel of known composition; Estimation of dry flue gases for known fuel composition; Calculation of the composition of fuel & excess air

supplied, from exhaust gas analysis; Dew point of products; Flue gas analysis (O2, CO2, CO, NOx, SOx).

 Combustion System Principle of combustion, combustion of coal, oil and gas, optimizing excess air & combustion, combustion devices & Efficiency, combustion control, draft systems.

 Wood Gasifier Construction, Operation & Efficiency.

 LNG Production, Storage & Utilization

103 | P a g e

References : 1. Fuel & Combustion by Samir Sarkar, Universal Press 2. Fuels, its combustion and Economy by Daniel Clark, Nabu Press, ISBN 1144583888

______

Fuels & Lubrication-SYLLABUS

 Fuels and Combustion Characteristics –Classification-Handling and Storage -Flash and Fire Points.-Calorific Value- Determination of CV by Bomb Calorimeter-Proximate and Ultimate Analysis

 Solid Fuels Composition ,Properties and Uses of-Wood-Peat-Lignite-Bituminous-Anthracite Coal

 Liquid Fuels Petroleum Refining-Characteristics-Applications of Petroleum Products-Advantages over Solid Fuels

 Gaseous Preparation, Properties, Composition and Uses of Coal Gas-Producer Gas-Water Gas- Bio Gas-- Natural Gas-Acetylene

 Nuclear Fuels Nuclear Fuels and Applications

 Lubricants Principles of Lubrication-Fluid Film-Boundary-Extreme Pressure-Characteristics- Viscosity- Oiliness- Acid value-Emulsification-Flash Point and Fire Point

 Lubricant Technology Base Oil, Blending,, Types of Lubricants, Additives

References : 1. INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON FUELS AND LUBRICANTS by Basu,Published by Tata MacGraw Hill 2. Hand Book of Lubricants, Greases & Petrochemicals Technology Published by Engineering India Research

104 | P a g e

3. Lubrication And Reliability Handbook by By M J Nealj, published by butterworth ______Fundamentals of Aerodynamics-SYLLABUS

Introduction to tensors, Kinematics, Governing equations, Kelvin’s theorem, Potential flow, Uniqueness and Kutta condition , Foundations of panel methods, Airfoils , Thin Airfoil Theory: Forces and moments on airfoil, flaps. Finite Wings: Prandtl lifting line theory, Induced drag, Elliptic lift distribution , 3D panel methods , Viscous Incompressible Flows: Prandtl boundary layer equation, Similarity solutions, Flow separation and stall, Introduction to turbulence, Turbulent boundary layer , Viscous-inviscid coupling , High lift devices , Swept wing , Delta wing.

References 1. Anderson, J. D., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, 5th ed., McGraw-Hill (2010). 2. Kuethe, A. M. and Chow, C.-Y., Foundations of Aerodynamics, 5th ed., John Wiley (1997). 3. Katz, J. and Poltkin, A., Low-Speed Aerodynamics, 2nd ed., Cambridge Univ. Press (2001). 4. Kundu, P. K., Cohen, I. M., and Dowling, D. R., Fluid Mechanics, 5th ed., Academic Press (2011). 5. White, F. M., Viscous Fluid Flow, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill (2006). 6. Schlichting, H. and Gersten, K., Boundary Layer Theory, 8th ed., Springer (2001). 7. Karamcheti, K., Principles of Ideal-Fluid Aerodynamics, 2nd ed., Krieger Pub. Co. (1980).

______

Fundamentals of Astronautics and Space Applications-SYLLABUS

 Space Science and Space Environment - Earth Atmosphere (Layers and Effects/ Particularly Exosphere and Ionosphere) - Van Allen Belts and Behavior of Earth’s Magnetic Field and Its Effects / Calculation - Coriolis Effect - Sun (Heliosphere, Layers of the Sun, Oscillation Modes of the Sun, Sunspots, Solar Wind and Solar Ejection Events, Solar Dynamo) - Solar System (Planets, Moons, Kuiper Belt, Oort Cloud, Heliopause) - Interstellar Space (Galaxies, Nebulas, Clusters etc) - Space Weather (Effect of Solar Charged Particles, Effects of Plasma on Near Earth Environment, Effect of Space Weather on the Ground, Effect of Space Weather on Satellites, Effects of Ionized Plasma on Spacecraft)

105 | P a g e

- Calculation of Apparent Magnitude, Absolute Magnitude, Temperature, Mass, Density Stars - Types and Evolution Properties of Stars

 Spacecraft Dynamics - Terms of Astronautics - Types of Orbits (HEO, LEO, MEO, Geostationary, Heliostationary etc) - Roche Limit, Lagrange Points - Eccentricity of Orbits, Types of Orbits - 6 Orbital Elements Applied to Earth and Applied to Sun System - Orbital Perturbations (3rd Body Perturbations, J2 Perturbations, Solar Perturbations etc) - Hohmann Transfer - Several Stage Burns and Transfers - Interplanetary Escape Orbit - Sphere of Influence

 Rocket Propulsion - Specific Impulse - Tsiolkovsky Equation - Stages of Burn in Rocket Propulsion - Calculation of Delta V in Multistep Missions - Thrust Calculations

 Basics of Re-Entry - Re-entry modes for spacecraft - Hypersonic Flow Characteristics of Reentry

References:  Space Science by Louise K. Harra (Imperial Press)  Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students by Howard Curtis (Elsevier)  Introduction to Flight by John D. Anderson (McGraw Hill) ______

106 | P a g e

Fundamentals of Aviation Operations-SYLLABUS  The airport operational system  Airport peeks and airline rescheduling  Airport noise control  Airport operating characteristics  Operational readiness  Ground control  Baggage handling  Passenger terminal operations  Airport security  Cargo operations  Airport technical services  Airport aircraft emergencies  Airport access  Operational administration and performance

References : 1. AVIATION Management - Global and National Perspectives , Ratandeep Singh 2. Fundamentals of Air Traffic Control, by Nolan

______

Fundamentals of Nano Technologies-SYLLABUS  Scientific Revolutions Types of Nanotechnology and Nanomachines, the Periodic table, Atomic Structure, Molecules and phases, Energy, Molecular and atomic size, Surfaces and dimensional space, top down and bottom up.  Forces between atoms and molecules Particles and grain boundaries, strong Intermolecular forces, Electrostatic and Vander Waals forces between surfaces, similarities and

107 | P a g e

differences between intermolecular and inter particle forces, covalent and coulomb interactions, interaction polar molecules, Thermodynamics of self assembly.  Opportunity at the nano scale-length and time scale in structures energy landscapes, Inter dynamic aspects of inter molecular forces, Evolution of band structure and Fermi surface.  Quantum dots Nano wires, Nano tubes, 2D and 3D films, Nano and mesopores, micelles, bilayer, vesicles –bionanomachines, biological membranes.  Influence of Nano structuring on Mechanical, optical, electronic, magnetic and chemical properties gram size effects onstrength of metals optical properties of quantum dots and quantum wires-electronic transport in quantum wires and carbonnano tubes, magnetic behavior of single domain particles and nanostructures, surface chemistry of Tailored monolayer ,self assembling.  Applications of Nano Technology Semi Conductor Quantum Wells (QW’S), Producing Hydrogen with Sun Light, Quantum Laser Generation, Solar Cells and CNT.

 Legal Political and Ethical Implications of Nano Technology National and International aspects of Nano Technology, Environmental implications of Nano Technology, Beyond risk assessment, Science Ethics and De’stractions.

References: 1. Dr. Parag Diwan: Handbook of Nanotechnology. Pentagon press. 2. Mick Wilson, Kamali Kannangara, “Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies”, Geoff smithoverseas press, 2005. 3. Charles P.Poole.Frank J.Owens, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, Wiley Interscience, 200 3.

108 | P a g e

______

Fundamentals of Sustainable Development-SYLLABUS

 CONCEPT OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Definition of sustainability - History and emergence of the concept of sustainable development – Our Common Future - Objectives of Sustainable Development - Millennium Development Goals - Environment and Development linkages – Globalization and environment - Population, Poverty and Pollution – Global, Regional and Local environmental issues – Resource Degradation – Greenhouse gases and climate Change – Desertification – Industrialization – Social insecurity.

 SUSTAINABILITY AND THE TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE Components of sustainability – Complexity of growth and equity - Social, economic and environmental dimensions of sustainable development – Environment – Biodiversity – Natural Resources – Ecosystem integrity – Clean air and water – Carrying capacity –Equity, Quality of Life, Prevention, Precaution , Preservation and Public participation.- Structural and functional linking of developmental dimensions – Sustainability in national and regional context

 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND INTERNATIONAL RESPONSE Role of developed countries in the development of developing countries – International summits – Stockholm to Johanesburg – Rio Principles – Agenda 21 - Conventions –Agreements – Tokyo Declaration-Doubling statement-Transboundary issues –Integrated approach for resource protection and management

 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC SYSTEMS Demographic dynamics of sustainability – Policies for socio-economic development – Strategies for implementing eco-development programmes – Sustainable development through trade – Economic growth – Action plan for implementing sustainable development – Urbanization and Sustainable Cities – Sustainable Energy and Agriculture – Sustainable Livelihoods – Ecotourism

 FOR ACHIEVING SUSTAINABILITY Sustainability indicators - Hurdles to Sustainability - Operational guidelines –Interconnected prerequisites for sustainable development – Empowerment of Women, Children, Youth, Indigenous People, Non-Governmental Organizations, Local Authorities, Business and Industry -

109 | P a g e

Science and Technology for sustainable development –Performance indicators of sustainability and Assessment mechanism – Constraints and barriers for sustainable development.

______Geographical Information Systems-SYLLABUS

. Theory of GIS supported by extensive practical exercises

. Geographic information and spatial data types

. Hardware and software; GIS; Steps of spatial data handling

. Database management systems

. Spatial referencing

. Data quality, measures of location errors on maps

. Satellite-based positioning

. Spatial data input, data preparation

. Point data transformation

. Analytical GIS capabilities; retrieval and classification; overlay functions

. Neighborhood operations; network analysis; error propagation

. Data visualization

References : 1. Principlae Geographical Information System by Burrough.- Oxford University 2. Geographical Information System by Anil K. Jamwal.-prakashan pub 3. Lo, C.P. and Yeung, A.K.W. (2002). Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems, Prentice Hall. 4. DeMers, M..N. (1999).Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems. 2nd Ed., Wiley Press. 5. Burrough, P.A. and R.A. McDonald (1998). Principles of Geographical Information Systems, Oxford University Press.

______Geostatistics-SYLLABUS

110 | P a g e

 FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY

Events, Randomness, Sample, Conditional Probability and Independence, Bayes Theorem, discrete and Continuous Probability Distributions, Joint Probability, Conditional Probability.

 STATISTICAL TEST AND DISTRIBUTION TECHNIQUES

Binomial, Poisson, Gamma, Exponential, Hypergeometric, Multinomial, Chi- Square, t, F tests, Hypothesis Testing Involving one and univariate population.

 STATISTICAL MODELING

Point and Interval Estimation, Linear Models, Regression Analysis and parametric Estimation Multivariate Techniques, Factor Analysis, Linear Discriminant Analysis.

 GEOSTATISTICAL APPLICATIONS

Expectations, Moment Generating and Characteristic Functions, Semi-variogram, Auto correlation, Linear Estimation, Kriging & cokriging Equations, Nonlinear estimation, Semi- variogram and Normalized Data, Non parametric Estimation, Conditional Simulation, Multivariate Simulation.

Suggested Books 1. Statistics and data analysis in Geology, John C Davis, Wiley Student Edition, 621pp Reference Books 2. Probability & Statistics, Spiegel M.R, Schiller J, srinivasan R. A. Schaum’s Outlines Series, McGraw Hill, 408pp 3. Jimba Oluwafemi Solomon, Basic Geostatistics

Global tectonic and Basin analysis-SYLLABUS

 Tectonics & Sedimentation Intracratonic, Rift, Aulacogen, Passive margin, active margin, foreland basin.  Basin Modeling Component of Basin Model, Basin and Crustal Geometry, Porosity- Depth Relation, Palaeobathymetry and Sea Level Variation, Evolution of Basic Models, Backstripping Techniques, Supracrustal Loading and Extensional Basin Models, Dynamic Topography,

111 | P a g e

Intraplate Stresses and Basin Inversion: Tectonic Basin Modeling, Stratigraphic Basin Modeling, Forward and Reverse Modeling, Facies and Reservoir Modeling, Integrated Basin Analysis.  Regional –Global Stratigraphic Cycles Eustatic Cycles, tectno-stratigraphic Cycles, Cratonic Cycles.  Petroliferous Basins Basins Classification and Models, Divergent Margin Basins, Convergent Margin Basins, Transform Margin and Strike- Slip Fault Basins, Basin associated with Suture Zones, Basin Analysis of Accretionary Terrains, Cratonic Basins.  Integrated Basin Analysis  Depositional Facies of Various Environments Concept of Facies Analysis and Sedimentary Process Response Model and Environmental Interpretation (Fluvial, Deltaic, Eolian, Clastic shoreline, Evaporite, Carbonate Platform, Continental Slope and Deep Sea).

 Basin Mapping Concept of Subsurface Mapping , Single and Multicomponent Map, Geophysical Map, Geochemical Map, Structural Map, Cross Section: Structural Map, Palaeogeological Map, Environmental and Palaeoslope Model.  Sequence Stratigraphy Seismic Facies & Sequence Stratigraphy: Depositional System and System Tract Sequence Boundary, Sequence Stratigraphy of various depositional Environments.

Books 1. Principals of Sedimentary Basin Analysis . By A.D. Miall. Publisher: Springer Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York. ISBN: 3-540-65790-8, 503PP. 2. Kumar, Ravindra, Fundamentals of Historical Geology And Stratigraphy Of India. 3. Bogg Jr., Sam, Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy. 4. Sedimentology & Stratigraphy. By Gary Nicholes. Blackwell Publishing Company. ISBN 0- 632-03578-1, 335PP. 5. Condie, Kent C., Plate Tectonics, Fourth Edition. 6. Krishnan, M. S., Geology of India and Burma.

______

Green Fuels and their Environmental Impact-SYLLABUS

112 | P a g e

 Cleaner Fossil Fuels Liquid Fuels ( Gasoline , Diesel ) , Gaseous Fuels ( CNG etc.), Gas to Liquid ( GTL), Liquefied Natural Gas ( LNG), Methanol, Basics Aspects of GTL Technology : Gas Refinery, Process Flow Sheet, Reactor Configuration, Safety and Economic aspects of GTL Technology.  Bio Fuels Bio diesel, Ethanol, Fuel Cells, Types of fuel cells, applications of fuel cells  CDM Introduction, Approved Methodologies for CDM, Grid Emission Factor, Development of PC & PDD, Carbon Trading

References : 1. Non-conventional Energy Resources - by B H Khan, Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2. Introduction to energy technology - by V A Venikov, E. V. Putyatin - Mir Publication, Muscow 3. Fuels and Engine - by J C Guibet - Institut Francais Du Petrole 4. Non Conventional energy resources by GD Rai, Khanna Publishers, ISBN 8174090738s

______

Ground control in underground coal mining-SYLLABUS

 Coal Mine Layouts and Ground Control Practices  Rock Properties and In-Situ Stresses  Geology and Geophysics  Roof Bolting  Effects of strata behavior with working  Coal Bumps  Instrumentation for ground control  Subsidence

Suggested Reading: i. Coal mine Ground control : Syd. S. Peng ii. Ground Engineering – Principles and Practices for underground coal mining : J.M.Galvin iii. Mine Ground Control Proceedings : Bureau of Mines Technology Transfer Seminars

113 | P a g e

______

Groundwater Exploration and Management-SYLLABUS

 Hydrology, Basic Characteristic, Run- off and Stream Flow, Aquifer Characteristics, Geology of Ground Water Occurrence, Trans- Boundary Aquifers, Water Quality, Saline Water Intrusion, Contamination, Flow properties of groundwater, Aquifer properties, Water wells, Well tests, Numeric modeling in groundwater,  Ground Water Exploration: Geological, Geophysical and Remote Sensing Methods, Artificial Recharge, Water Shed Management. Hydrology-ecology and their environmental impacts, Ground Water Laws and regulation. References 1. Appelo, C.A.J. and Postma, D. Geochemistry, Groundwater and Pollution, A A Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands, 1993. 2. Fetter, C.W. Applied Hydrogeology, CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, 1990. 3. Freeze, R.A.and Cherry, J.A. Groundwater, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1986. 4. Karanth, K.R. Groundwater Assessment, Development and Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1987. 5. Raghunath H.M. Ground Water, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2014 6. Todd D.K. Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1980.

______

Guidance, Navigation and Control-SYLLABUS

Introduction to navigation – Types – Introduction to Inertial Sensors - Mechanical - Ring Laser gyro- Fiber optic gyro – MEMS system INS components: transfer function and errors- Earth in inertial space - Coriolis Effect – INS Mechanization. Stable Platform and Strap down – Navigation algorithms - INS system block diagram, Different co-ordinate systems – Transformation Techniques - Schuler Tuning -compensation errors - Gimbal lock – Initial calibration and Alignment

114 | P a g e

Algorithms. Introduction to GPS -system description -basic principles -position and velocity determination-signal structure-DGPS, Introduction to Kalman filtering -Estimation and mixed mode navigation- Integration of GPS and INS-utilization of navigation systems in aircraft. Need for automatic flight control systems, Stability augmentation systems, control augmentation systems, Gain scheduling concepts. Displacement Autopilot-Pitch Orientation Control system, Acceleration Control System, Glide Slope Coupler and Automatic Flare Control and Flight path stabilization, Longitudinal control law design using back stepping algorithm. Damping of the Dutch Roll, Methods of Obtaining Coordination, Yaw Orientation Control system, turn compensation, Automatic lateral Beam Guidance. Introduction to Fly-by-wire flight control systems, Lateral control law design using back stepping algorithm.

References 1. Myron Kyton, Walfred Fried, ‘Avionics Navigation Systems’, John Wiley & Sons,2nd edition, 1997 2. Nagaraja, N.S. “Elements of Electronic Navigation”, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co., New Delhi, 2nd edition, 1975. 3. George M Siouris, ‘Aerospace Avionics System; A Modern Synthesis’, Academic Press Inc., 1993. 4. Slater, J.M. Donnel, C.F.O and others, “Inertial Navigation Analysis and Design”, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1964. 5. Blake Lock, J.H ‘Automatic control of Aircraft and missiles ‘, John Wiley Sons, New York, 1990. 6. Nelson R.C ‘Flight stability & Automatic Control’, McGraw Hill, 1989. 7. Bernad Etikin,’Dynamic of flight stability and control’, John Wiley, 1972. ______

Hazards & Safety Measures in Hydrocarbon Industry-SYLLABUS

 The purpose of and procedures for investigating incidents and how the lessons learnt can be used to improve health and safety in the oil and gas industries.  The hazards inherent in oil and gas arising from the extraction, storage, and processing of raw materials and products  the purpose and content of safety cases and safety reports in the oil and gas industries  The principles of assessing and managing contractors, including the roles of parties involved  The tools, standards, measurement, competency requirements and controls applicable to Process Safety Management (PSM) in the oil and gas industries

115 | P a g e

 The role and purpose of a permit-to-work system  The importance of safe plant operation and maintenance of hydrocarbon containing equipment and processes  The hazards, risks and controls to ensure safe start up and shut down of hydrocarbon containing equipment and processes  The controls available to maintain safety critical equipment Outline the hazards, risks and controls available for safe containment of hydrocarbons offshore and onshore appropriate control measures to minimize the effects of fire and explosion in the oil and gas industries  The principles, procedures and resources for effective emergency response.  The main hazards of and suitable controls for marine transport in the oil and gas industries  The main hazards of and suitable controls for land transport in the oil and gas industries

References : 1. Elements of Industrial Hazards : Health, Safety & Environment by Tatiya, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN 0470823801 2. Prevention & Control of Accidental Releases of Hazardous gases by Vasilis M Fthenakis, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN 0471284084 3. Hazardous Chemical Safety Guide for Machining and Metalworking Industries by H Richard P Pohanish, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 0070504997 ______

Hazards and Safety Measures in Process Industry-SYLLABUS

 HAZARDS & SAFETY MEASURES IN HYDROCARBON INDUSTRY Fire, Safety & Health Issues in Hydrocarbon Industry, Health, Safety & Environmental Issues during Drilling & Exploration  SAFETY ASPECTS IN CONFINED SPACES OSHA Guideline for Confined Space Entry, Permit Requirement for Confined Space Entry, Duties of Persons involved in Confined Space Entry.

116 | P a g e

 WORK PERMIT SYSTEMS: Cold work permits system, Hot work permit, Confined space work permit, Electrical related work permit  PLANT INSPECTION: Methods of plant inspections, advantages of plant inspection  RECEIVING AND STORAGE OF HYDROCARBON Surface- Storage Types, Safety Features, Layout Design, U/G Aquifers, Caverns, Refrigerated Storage, Standards in Design, Safe Operating and Maintaining Practices  TRANSPORTATION OF HYDROCARBONS Rail / Road, Tankers, Pipelines, Barges, Packages

______

Hazards & Safety Operations and Control-SYLLABUS  Fire, Safety & Health Issues in Hydrocarbon Industry  Safety in Drilling  Color Coding  Safety Signs  Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)  Chemical Contamination  Safety in Confined Spaces  OISD Standard  Plant Inspections  Work Permits Systems

References : 1. Elements of Industrial Hazards : Health, Safety & Environment by Tatiya, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN 0470823801

117 | P a g e

2. Prevention & Control of Accidental Releases of Hazardous gases by Vasilis M Fthenakis, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN 0471284084 3. Hazardous Chemical Safety Guide for Machining and Metalworking Industries by H Richard P Pohanish, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 0070504997 4. The Hazard Control approach to improving Safety, Health and Related functions by James T Tweedy, CRC Press, ISBN 1466551585 5. Hazardous Material Awareness and Operations by Rob Schnepp, Jones & Barlett Publishers, ISBN 0763738727

______

Heat Transfer Principle and Equipment-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to conductive, convective, and radiation heat transfer; heat transfer coefficient.  One dimensional steady state conduction: plane wall, cylinder and sphere with and without heat generation; extended surface heat transfer.  One dimensional unsteady state conduction: applicability of lumped-capacity analysis and Heisler charts.  Convection forced convection heat transfer in laminar and turbulent boundary layer flow; empirical and practical relations for forced convection.  Free convection free convection heat transfer from vertical, horizontal and inclined surfaces; combined free and forced convection heat transfer, Condensation and boiling heat transfer.  Evaporation types of evaporators; single-effect and multi-effect evaporator calculations.  Heat Exchanger types of heat exchangers; effectiveness-NTU method of heat exchanger analysis; design procedures for double pipe and shell and tube heat exchangers, Heat Transfer Coefficient,

118 | P a g e

Surface Area, Number of Passes, Pressure Drop in Tube and Shell Side of Shell and Tube Exchangers.  DESIGN OF OTHER TYPES OF HEAT EXCHANGERS Design of Condensers and Reboilers, Compact Heat Exchangers for Cryogenic Applications.  HEAT EXCHANGER SPECIFICATIONS Specifications and Data Sheet, Material of Construction, TEMA Classification.  HEAT EXCHANGER NETWORKS Design and Analysis for Energy Economy.  DESIGN OF FIRED HEATERS / FURNACE Types and Configuration, Combustion and Efficiency Calculations, Heat Transfer Calculation, Sizing Radiant and Convection Sections, Burner Specification, Stack and Draft Calculations, Heat Loss and Refractory Thickness Calculations.  Radiation heat transfer view factor; black and gray body radiation; radiation network; radiation shield. References : 1. Holman J. P., "Heat Transfer", Mc Graw-Hill, 9th . Ed., 2002. 2. Dutta B. K., "Heat Transfer: Principles and Applications", PHI, 2001. 3. Kern D. Q., "Process Heat Transfer", Tata Mc Graw-Hill Edition, 1997. 4. McCabe, W. L; Smith, J. C; and Harriott, P. "Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering", McGraw- Hill, 6th. Ed., 2001.

______

Human Resource Management-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Human Resource Management and Human Resource Development  Human Resource Policies and Strategies  Job Analysis and Job Design  Human Resource Planning  Human Resource Planning Process

119 | P a g e

 Recruitment, Selection and Induction  Career Planning and Development  Training Development  Promotions and Transfer  Compensation Administration  Performance and Potential Appraisal References : 1. Human Resource Management by Aswathappa, Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd, ISBn 0070682135 2. Human Resource Management by Dessler G, EAN 9788131754269

______

Hydrogeology-SYLLABUS  Groundwater accumulation: Hydrology, Basic Characteristic, Run- off and Stream Flow, Aquifer Characteristics  Groundwater Exploration Geology of Ground Water Occurrence), Trans- Boundary Aquifers, Water Quality, Groundwater exploration: Geological, Geophysical, Remote Sensing  Groundwater recharge Saline Water Intrusion, Contamination, Artificial Recharge,  Groundwater management Ground Water Modeling, Watershed Management, Ground Water Laws and regulation Books  Ground Water Hydrology, D.K. Todd John willey & Sons, 2nd edition, 535pp  Groundwater, H. M. Raghunath, willey Eastern Ltd., 563pp  ArcGIS Manual  Applied geophysics, Telford, Geldart and Sheriff, Cambridge University Press, 767pp

______Hydropower Engineering-SYLLABUS

120 | P a g e

 Water Power: Introduction, sources of energy, role of hydropower in a power system. Estimation of Water Power Potential: Flow duration curves of gauged and ungauged streams, load curve, load factor, capacity factor, utilization factor, diversity factor, load duration curve, firm power, secondary power, prediction of load.

 Types of Hydro-power Plants: Run of river plants, general arrangement of run of river plants, valley dam plants, diversion canal plants, high head diversion plants, storage and pondage, pumped storage power plants. Penstocks: General classification, design criteria, economical diameter, losses, anchor blocks, valves, bends and manifolds. Trash racks: Types, losses, design, stability.

 Intakes: Types, losses, air entrainment, anti-vortex device, airvent, power channels, fore bay, tunnel. Turbines: Introduction, types of turbines, hydraulics of turbines, velocity triangles, draft tubes, cavitation in turbines, turbine model testing, characteristics of turbines.

 Water Hammer and Surges: Introduction, water hammer, transients caused by turbine, load acceptance and rejection, resonance in penstocks, surge tanks, channel surges.

References :

1) Dandekar, M.M., and Sharma, K.N., "Water Power Engineering", Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2) Barrows, H.K., "Water Power Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 1943 3) Varshney, R.S., "Hydro Power Structures", Nem Chand &Bros. 2001 4) Nigam, P.S., "Hydro Electric Engineering", Nem Chand &Bros. 2001 5) Choudhary, M.H., "Applied Hydraulic Transients", Van Nostrand Reinhold, Company 1987

121 | P a g e

6) Streeter,V.L., and Wylie, B., "Fluid Transients", McGraw-Hill Book Company. 1967

______Hypersonic Flows-SYLLABUS

Introduction to Hypersonic Flows; Inviscid Hypersonic Flow, Newtonian flow, Mach number independence, Hypersonic similarity, Blast wave theory, Hypersonic small disturbance theory, Stagnation region flow. Viscous Hypersonic Flow: Similarity parameters, Self-similar solutions, hypersonic turbulent boundary layer, Reference temperature method, Stagnation region flow field, viscous interactions. Real Gas effects: Inviscid equilibrium and non-equilibrium flows, Viscous high temperature flows, Experimental facilities, hypersonic design considerations.

References 1. Anderson, J. D., Hypersonic and High-Temperature Gas Dynamics, 2nd ed., AIAA (2000). 2. Rasmussen, M., Hypersonic Flow, Wiley (1994). 3. Bertin, J. J., Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics, AIAA (1994). 4. Hirschel, E. H., Basics of Aerothermodynamics, Springer (2005). ______

Igneous and metamorphic petrology-SYLLABUS

 Igneous Petrology

Introduction to Igneous Environments, Igneous Minerals and Textures. Chemistry, Physics and Classification of Igneous Rocks; texture and structures of igneous rocks; igneous rock classification; Igneous Rocks of the Ocean Lithosphere; Igneous Rocks of Convergent Margins, Igneous Rocks of the Continental Lithosphere  Metamorphic petrology Metamorphic Assemblages, Reactions, and Equilibrium; structure and textures; Isograds, Metamorphic Facies, and Pressure.

Reference books 1. Igneous and metamorphic petrology MG Best – 2013 2. Igneous petrogenesis a global tectonic approach BM Wilson – 2007 3. Microtectonics isotope 4. CW Passchier, RAJ Trouw - 1996 – Springer

______Image Processing & machine Vision-SYLLABUS

122 | P a g e

INTRODUCTION Probability- Probability of events, Random Variables, Joint distributions and density, Moments of Random Variables, estimation, Minimum Risk Estimator.; Matrix Algebra – Eigenvalues & Eigen Vectors.  STATISTICAL DECISION MAKING Bayes’ Theorem, Multiple features, Conditional independent features, Decision boundaries, Unequal cost of errors, Leaving- one-out technique, Characteristics curves Nonparametric Decision making- Histograms, Kernel & window estimation, Nearest neighbor classification technique, Adaptive Decision boundaries & Discriminant Function, choosing a decision making Technique; Clustering.  ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS Introduction, Nets without hidden layers, Nets with hidden layers, The Back-Propagation Algorithm, Hopfield Nets, Classifying Sex from facial Images. Pattern recognition using SAS.  PROCESSING OF WAVEFORMS AND IMAGES Introduction, Gray level scaling Transformation, Equalization, Interpolation, Edge detection, Line detection & Template Matching, The Statistical Significance of. Image Features.  IMAGE ANALYSIS Scene segmentation & labeling, Counting Objects, Perimeter measurement, Representing boundaries, Projection, Hough transformation, shapes of regions, texture, color, system design, the classification of white blood cell, Image Sequence Computer Vision.

TEXT BOOKS 1. Pattern Recognition And Image Analysis by Earl Gose ; Prentice- Hall of India 2. M. I. Schlesinger, V. Hlavác, Ten Lectures on Statistical and Structural Pattern Recognition, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS 1. S. Theodoridis, K. Koutroumbas, Pattern recognition, Academic Press, 1999 2. J. Sklanski and G.N. Wassel, Pattern Classifiers and Trainable Machines, Springer, New York 3. Foryth, Computer Vision, PHI

123 | P a g e

______

Information Technology & Cyber Laws-SYLLABUS  An Overview Cyber Law Introduction about the cyber space , Regulation of cyber space – introducing cyber law, Scope of Cyber laws – e-commerce; online contracts; IPRs (copyright, trademarks and software patenting); e-taxation; e-governance and cyber crimes, Cyber law in India with special reference to Information Technology Act, 2000  International Legal Regime International legal regime relating to Cyber Crimes, European Convention on Cyber Crimes, Hague Convention on Jurisdiction and Foreign Judgments: Jurisdiction Agreement, International legal regime relating to E-Commerce , UNCITRAL Model Law on Electronics Commerce 1996, International legal regime relating to Intellectual Property Rights – (i) Berne Convention; (ii) Rome Convention; (iii) WIPO Copyright Treaty; (iv) WIPO Performance and Phonograms Treaty; (v) UDRP; (vi) OECD convention on Database protection, Domestic Legal Regime – Cyber Law in India  Information Technology Act, 2000 – Digital Signature; E-Governance; Regulation of Certifying Authorities; Duties of Subscribers; Penalties and Adjudications; Offences under the Act; Making of Rules and Regulations etc.  Introduction – computer crime and cyber crimes; Classification of cyber crimes. Kinds of cyber crimes – cyber stalking; cyber pornography; forgery and fraud; crime related to IPRs; Cyber terrorism; computer vandalism etc.  Regulation of cyber crimes Relevant provisions under Information Technology Act, 2000, Indian Penal Code, Pornography Act and Evidence Act etc.  Online business Important Issues in Global E-commerce : i. Issues relating to Access (to infrastructure; to contents; universal access; Digital Divide and Universal Divide); ii. Trust, Privacy , iii.

124 | P a g e

Security, iv. Consumer Protection, v. Content Regulation; Uniformity in Legal Standards pertaining to internet. Application of conventional territory based law to E-commerce : i. Taxation, ii. Intellectual Property Rights, iii. International Trade , iv. Commercial law and standards, Dispute resolution  IPR Issues IPR – An Overview, Copyright Issues in Cyberspace : i. Linking, ii. Inlining, iii. Framing, iv. Protection of content on web site, v. International Treaties Trademark Issues in cyberspace : i. Domain Name Dispute, ii. Cybersquatting, iii. Uniform Dispute Resolution Policy, iv. Meta-tags and Key words Computer Software and Related IPR Issues

References : 1.Computers, Internet and New Technology Laws, by Karnika Seth 2."CYBERLAW - THE INDIAN PERSPECTIVE- 2009 EDITION WITH IT ACT AMENDMENTS 2008 " -, Pavan Duggal 3. Cyber Laws and Information Technology by Dr Jyoti Rattan

______

Infrastructure Development-SYLLABUS

 Infrastructure and Development  Issues in Infrastructure Development and Financing  Infrastructure Development in India  Infrastructure Investments Requirement in India  Infrastructure Financing and Emerging Pattern of Urbanisation  Linkages between Transports Infrastructure and Economic Growth  Public-Private Partnership for Accelerated Infrastructure Development in India  Relevance of PPPs for India

125 | P a g e

 Status of PPPs and Key Government Initiatives  State Government Initiatives and Priorities  Lessons from Global Experience  Role of Multilateral Agencies  Land Markets in India References : 1. Infrastructure Development , SBS Publishers, ISBN 8131427250 2. Infrastructure Development & the Indian Economy by LN Dash, Regal Publications, ISBN 819065537X

______

Infrastructure Economy & Planning-SYLLABUS

 Introduction: Infrastructure  Basic Definitions  Economic concepts  The Indian Economy: Overview & Challenges Faced  Strengths of the Indian Economy & Threats to its Performance  Infrastructure Scenario in India  Development of Infrastructure  Industrial Policy and Infrastructure Regulatory Framework  The Material Basis of Industrial Development  Public Policy & Labor Standards  Prices & Distribution  Action Plan  Ensuring Implementation

126 | P a g e

References :

1. Infrastructure Planning by James Parkin, Deepak Sharma, Thomas Telford, ISBN 0727727478 2. Infrastructure Development & the Indian Economy by LN Dash, Regal Publications, ISBN 819065537X 3. India Infrastructure Report, Oxford Univ Press

______

Infrastructure Law & Policy-SYLLABUS

 Introduction Infrastructure Sectoral polices, reforms, and laws.

 Power Sector Introduction-evolution of the power sector reforms, polices-National Electricity policy- new legal framework- the state electricity boards- licensing ,framework- Provisions Relating to and working of Electricity Regulatory Commissions-their structure, role and functions.

 Telecommunications The national telecom policies-the legal framework- regulatory agencies-functioning, power and functions of TRAI and TDSAT.

 Oil, Petroleum and Natural Gas Reforms, policies and legal framework -New Exploration Licensing Policy (NELP)- production sharing contracts- the new Petroleum Regulatory and Natural Gas Board Act – the emerging regulatory reforms.

 Transport Law, policy and reforms relating to Airports-Railways Road –Port/TAMP and an overview of coastal shipping and Inland Water Transport policy.

 Financial Sector Regulation Goals of financial sector Reforms – Markets – Players. Regulators-RBI, SEBI, FMC, IRDA, PFRDA, High Level Coordination Committee on Financial and Capital Markets.

 Infrastructure Related Law (ACTs)

127 | P a g e

Arbitration and conciliation Act 1996, Building and other construction worker Act (Regulation of Employment) 1996, Carriers Law (Land, Sea and Air), Contract Act 1872, Electricity Act 2003, Energy Conservation Act 2001, Environment Protection Act 1986, Industry Development and Regulation Act 1951, NHAI ACT 1988, Negotiable Instruments Act 1881, Railways Act 1989, Road transport Corporation Act 2004, Slums Areas Act (Improvement and Clearance) 1956, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) 1974, Development and Municipal Laws (including Master Plans)

References : 1. Law Infrastructure and Human Rights, Michael B Likosky, Cambridge Univ Press, ISBN 0511345747-BEPDF 2. Infrastructure Policy-An Introduction by Padmanabhan Nair, ICFAI, ISBN 8178815354 ______Instrumentation, Control & Automation-SYLLABUS

 Electrical Measurement DC measurements, Dc voltmeter, Ammeter ohmmeter, digital type voltmeter, Ammeter ohmmeter, AC measurement, Ammeter, ohmmeter, AC voltmeter using rectifier, true RMS voltmeter, Digital VOM meter.

 Sensor & Transducer principles Principles and classification of transducers, guidelines for selection and application of transducers, basic requirements of transducers, Different types of transducers: displacement, strain gauge, LVDT, potentiometer, capacitive & inductive, Piezoelectric, temperature, optical, Hall effect transducers.

 Control System & PID Controller System concept, differential equations and transfer functions. Modelling of electric systems, translational and rotational mechanical systems, Simple electromechanical systems. Block diagram representation of systems – Block diagram reduction methods – Closed loop transfer function, determination of signal flow graph, Mason’s gain formula. PID controller

 Data Acquisition

128 | P a g e

Operators Interface, Computer Interfacing for Data Acquisition and Control – Interfacing Input Signals, Output system with continuous actuators,

 Industrial Automation Automation & Control: Introduction. Need of Automation & Control, Advantages & complications, various essential requirements of automation and control, structure of automation process, Hardware and ladder logic for PLC, DCS and SCADA

References: 1. Nagrath & Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, New age International. 2. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India. 3. B.C. Kuo & Farid Golnaraghi, “Automatic Control System” Wiley India Ltd. 4. D.Roy Choudhary, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India. 5. Programmable Logic Controller By: Frank. D. Petruzella , McGraw Hill Education 6. A K Sahwney, Electrical & Electronic measurement, Dnapat rai publishers. 7. Norman S. Mise, Control System Engineering , Wiley Publishing Co. 8. R.T. Stefani, B.Shahian, C.J.Savant and G.H. Hostetter, “Design of Feedback Control Systems” Oxford University Press. 9. Samarjit Ghosh, “Control Systems theory and Applications”, Pearson Education ______

Instrumental Methods of Analysis-Syllabus

 Classical and Rapid Methods of Analysis., Paper chromatography, Thin later chromatography, gas chromatography, ion-exchange chromatpgraphy. UV & IR Spectophotometry, Atomic Absorption Spectrometry, Plasma-Atomic Absorption Spectrometry, Mass-Spectrometry, ); Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR);

 X-Ray Fluorescence Analysis, Dispersive X-Ray Spectrometry, X-Ray Diffraction Analysis.,

 SEM – Scanning Electron Microscope, Micro Beam and Surface Analysis, Neutron Activation Analysis.

129 | P a g e

References : 1. Hawthorne, F. C. (ed.). Spectroscopic Methods in Mineralogy and Geology, Reviews in Mineralogy, Mineralogical Society of America, 18, 1988. 2. Burns, R. G. Mineralogical Applications of Crystal Field Theory, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993. 3. Pieters, C. M. and Englert, P. A, (eds.) Remote Geochemical Analysis: Elemental and Mineralogical Composition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1997. 4. King, P. L. Ramsey, M. S. and Swayse, G. A. (eds.) Infrared Spectroscopy in Geochemistry, Exploration Geochemistry and Remote Sensing, Mineralogical Association of Canada, short course series, V -33, 2004. 5. Aitken; M. J. An Introduction to Optical Dating : The Dating of Quaternary Sediments by the Use of Photon-stimulated Luminescence, Oxford University Press, Oxford,1998. 6. Marshall, D. J. Cathodoluminescence of Geological Materials, Unwin Hyman, Ltd., London,1988. 7. Marfunin, A. S. Spectroscopy, Luminescence and Radiation centres in Minerals, Springer- Verlag, Berlin, 1979.

______

International Business-Syllabus

 Importance nature and scope of International business; modes of entry into International Business internationalisation process and managerial implications.  Environmental Context of International Business: Framework for analyzing international business environment – Domestic, foreign and global environments and their impact on international business decisions.  Global Trading Environment: World trade in goods and services – Major trends and developments; World trade and protectionism – Tariff and non-tariff barriers; Counter trade.

130 | P a g e

 International Financial Environment: Foreign investments-Pattern, Structure and effects; Movements in foreign exchange and interest rates and then impact on trade and investment flows.  International Economic Institutions and Agreements: WTO, IMF, World Bank UNCTAD, Agreement on Textiles and Clothing (ATC), GSP, GSTP and other International agreements; International commodity trading and agreements.  Regional Economic Groupings in Practice: Regionalism vs. multilaterallism, Structure and functioning of EC and NAFTA; Regional economic cooperation.  Multinational Corporations and their involvement in International Business: Issues in foreign investments, technology transfer, pricing and regulations; International collaborative arrangements and strategic alliances. Emerging Developments and Other Issues: Growing concern for ecology; Counter trade; IT and international business.

References: 1. Bennet, Roger, International Business, Financial Times, Pitman Publishing, London, 1999. 2. Bhattacharya, B., Going International: Response se Strategies of the Indian Sector, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi, 1996. 3. Czinkota, Michael R., et. al., International Business, the Dryden Press, Fortworth, 1999. 4. Danoes, John D. and Radebaugh, Lee H., International Business: Environment and Operations, 8th ed., Addison Wesley, Readings, 1998. 5. Griffin, Ricky W. and Pustay, Michael W, International Business: A Managerial Perspective, Addison Wesley, Readings, 1999. 6. Hill, Charles W. L., International Business, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.

______

Introduction to Aerospace Engineering-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Flight Vehicles

131 | P a g e

Classification of Flight Vehicles along with prominent features of Design; Airplanes, Hovercraft, Helicopter & other V/STOL Machines along with examples, Space Vehicles; Different concepts & configurations from Sputnik to Apollo, Reusable Vehicles; Space Shuttle & its features. DGCA, Airworthiness Requirements & Air Regulations.

 Principles of Flight Mechanics Lifting & Non Lifting Surfaces. Lift & Drag of Aerofoils, Stalling, Finite Span Wing, Induced Drag. Wing Planform Variations,Forward & Aft Swept Wings, High Coefficient of Lift Devices, use of Control Surfaces, Elementary Ideas about Stability & Control of Airplanes. Hovercraft,Helicopter & Space Vehicles.

 Principles of Aerospace Propulsions Classification of Propulsive Units & their features; Fixed & Variable Pitch Air Screws, Piston Prop Engine, Turbo Prop Engine, Turbo Jet Engines & its Variations, Ramjet, Pulse Jet, Rockets Engines; Solid & liquid Propellant Engine, the concept of Staging of Rockets. Structural features in each case selection of Materials. Engine Starting-Systems.

 Aerospace Vehicle Structure Importance of Strength/Weight Ratio, Introduction to Loads on different parts of the Vehicle, detailed description of the Fuselage, Wing & Tail Surfaces, Wing Surfaces, Wing Fuselage Jointing Methods, different types of Under Carriages, Structural Design Philosophy of Manned & Unmanned Space Vehicles.

 Passenger Comfort Systems Need for Pressurizing the Cabin, Pressuring System, Oxygen Arrangements, Air Conditioning System, Control of Temperature Integrated Air Conditioning System.

132 | P a g e

 Navigation & Communication System Different Navigation Methods, Dead Reckoning, Astronavigation, Ratio Aids, Positive Fixing, Related modern instruments. Instruments landing system, HF & vHF System, Simple Description of Communication Systems using Earth Station & Satellites, Networks Communication System.  Power Actuated Systems Hydraulic System: details & various components, Selector & Sequence, Switches, Electro- Hydro-Mechanical System, Pneumatic System, Auto Pilot System

References : 1. Aerospace Engineering by Frederik P Miller, John Brewster & Agnes, Alphascript Publishing, ISBN 6130677219 2. Variation Analysis & Aerospace Engineering by Buttazo, SV, ISBN 0387958568 ______

Investment & Security Law-SYLLABUS

 Historical Background of securities and investment laws Securities: the concept, England: Banking corporate finance and private financial services, India: from usury laws to the modern system  Securities: Kinds Government Securities, Securities issued by banks, Securities issued by corporations, Securities in mutual fund and collective investment scheme, Depository receipts  Government Securities Bonds issued by government and semi government institutions, Role of Central Bank (the RBI in India), Impact of issuance of bonds on economy, Government loan from the general public, External borrowing, World Bank, I.M.F., Asian Development Bank, Direct loan from foreign government, Government loan: the constitutional dilemma and limitations, Can a

133 | P a g e

state go for external loans?, Impact on economic sovereignty, Dilution of power of the Central Bank (RBI), Treasury deposits  Securities Issued by Banks Bank notes: is it the exclusive privilege of the Central Bank in the issue, Changing functions of banks from direct lending and borrowing to modern System, Bank draft, travellers' cheques, cheque cards, credit cards, cast cards, Deposits' nature: current, saving and fixed deposits, interest warrants  Corporate Securities Shares, Debentures, Company deposits, Control over corporate securities, Central government: Company Law Board, SEBI: guide lines on capital issues, RBI, Protection of investor, Administrative regulation, Disclosure regulation, Protection by criminal sanction  Collective Investment Unit Trust of India, Venture capital, Mutual fund, Control over issue and management of UTI, venture capital and mutual funds, Plantations and horti-culture farms, General control, Control by rating, Regulation on rating.  Depositories Denationalized securities, Recognition of securities, Types of depository receipts: IDR, ADR, GDR and Euro receipts, SEBI guideline on depositories,  Investment in non-banking financial institutions Control by usury laws, Control by RBI, Regulation on non-banking financial and non- financial companies, Private-financial companies: registration and regulation, Chit funds  Foreign Exchange Control Regime in India Concept of foreign exchange regulation, Administration of exchange control, References : 1. Avdhani. V.A, Himalaya Publishing House, 2005, Investment and Securities Markets in India. 2. Khan. M. Y, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2009, Financial Services. 3. K.P.M. Sundaram, P.N.Varshney, Sultan Chand & Sons, Banking theory, Law and Practice 4. Dutta’s banking law and Investments

134 | P a g e

5. Farrar, John, H. and Hanniyan, Brenda, Farrr's Company Law, (1998) Butterworths, London 6. Gupta, S.N., the Banking Law in Theory and Practice, (1999) Universal, New Delhi. Tannan, M.L., Tannan's Banking Law and Practice in India, (2000) India, Law House, New Delhi 7. Ramaiya, A., Guide to the Companies Act, (1998) Wadhwa and Co., New Delhi. 8. Bhandari, M.C., Guide to Company Law Procedures, (1996) Wadhwa and Co., New Delhi. 9. Ford, Haj A.M., et. al. Ford's Principles of Corporations Law, (1999) Butterworths, London. 10. Purithavathy Pandian, Vikas Publishing House, Delhi. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. 11. Kucchal. S.C, Chaitanya publishing House,21st ed. Corporate Finance. 12. Shekhar. K.C. Shekar Lekshmy, Vikas Publishing House, 20th ed, Banking theory and Practice. 13. Dr. S. Gurusamy, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009, Financial Markets and Institutions. 14. Mithani.D.M, Himalaya Publishing House, Money banking, International trade and Public Finance. 15. Singh Preeti, Himalya Publishing House, Investment management. 16. G.Vijayragvan Iyenger, Excel books, New Delhi, Introduction to Banking. 17. Bholey. L. M, Financial Institutions and Markets. ______Isotope Geology

1. Isotopes and radioactivity Isotope, Isotone, Isobar. Radioactive decay and half-life.

2. The principles of radioactive dating and dating methods U-Pb system, K-Ar method, Rb-Sr method, Isochron Model and Pb-Pb Isochron, Concordant and Discordant age.

3. Radiogenic isotope geochemistry Isotope geochemistry of rare gases particularly Argon Isotopes.

4. Stable isotope geochemistry 4.1. Isotope Fractionation Processes of Selected Elements {H, O} and Variations of Stable Isotope Ratios in Nature particularly in hydrosphere.

135 | P a g e

Natural Abundances of the Isotopologues of Water, The Meteoric Water Line, The Deuterium Excess Parameter, Evaporation and Condensation, Factors Controlling the Isotopic Composition of Precipitation. 4.2. Variations of Stable Isotope Ratios in Nature for Igneous and Metamorphic rocks.

5. Basic Principles of Mass Spectrometry The Mass Spectrum, The Mass Spectrometer components (Ionisation Techniques and Interfaces, Detectors.). Computer Acquisition of Data.

Book

1. “Stable Isotope Geochemistry” by Jochen Hoefs. (Springer) ISBN: 978-3-540-70703-5 2. “Isotope Geology” by CLAUDE J. ALLE`GRE (Cambridge University Press) ISBN-13 978-0- 521-86228-8 3. “Mass Spectrometry-A Foundation Course” by K. Downard (RSC) ISBN 0-85404-609-7. ______

Judicial Process & Statutory Interpretation-SYLLABUS

Principles of Legislation  Bentham’s Theory of Utility and its Relevance,  Relationship of Law and Public Opinion.  Social theory  Egalitarians Views  Relationship between Law and Moral Interpretation  Meaning and Purpose,  Main Rules of Interpretation,  Subsidiary Rules of Interpretation,  External and Internal Rules of Interpretation,

136 | P a g e

 Interpretation of the Constitution and Penal statutes Judicial Process  Nature of Judicial Process,  Notion of Judicial Review  Contemporary trends in judicial review  Principles of Stare Decisis and Ratio Decidendi  Judicial Role in Adjudication, Judicial Law Making and Prospective Overruling  Judicial Activism and Judicial Dynamics  Judicial process and Right to life and personal liberty

References : 1. Principle of Statutory Interpretation by G.P. Singh.- Lexis Nexis 2. Law and Public Openion by Dicey, A.V. 3. Statutory Interpretation by Ruth Sullivan.- Irwing Law 4.Theories Of Legislation by Bentham 5.Nature Of Judicial Process by Cardozo 6.Judicial Process by Henry J. Abra 7. Interpretation by Maxwell 8. Statute Law by Craise W. F. 9. Interpretation by J. Swaroop 10 Judicial Process and Precedent by Prof. A Lakshminath, EBC

Principles of Legislation  Bentham’s Theory of Utility and its Relevance,  Relationship of Law and Public Opinion.  Social theory  Egalitarians Views

137 | P a g e

 Relationship between Law and Moral Interpretation  Meaning and Purpose,  Main Rules of Interpretation,  Subsidiary Rules of Interpretation,  External and Internal Rules of Interpretation,  Interpretation of the Constitution and Penal statutes Judicial Process  Nature of Judicial Process,  Notion of Judicial Review  Contemporary trends in judicial review  Principles of Stare Decisis and Ratio Decidendi  Judicial Role in Adjudication, Judicial Law Making and Prospective Overruling  Judicial Activism and Judicial Dynamics  Judicial process and Right to life and personal liberty

References : 1. Principle of Statutory Interpretation by G.P. Singh.- Lexis Nexis 2. Law and Public Openion by Dicey, A.V. 3. Statutory Interpretation by Ruth Sullivan.- Irwing Law 4.Theories Of Legislation by Bentham 5.Nature Of Judicial Process by Cardozo 6.Judicial Process by Henry J. Abra 7. Interpretation by Maxwell 8. Statute Law by Craise W. F. 9. Interpretation by J. Swaroop

138 | P a g e

10 Judicial Process and Precedent by Prof. A Lakshminath, EBC

______

JURISPRUDENCE-Syllabus

 Natural Law - Positivism -Law and Morality-Revived Natural Law- Idealist Schools - Marxian School.  Historical and Evolutionary Theories-Sociological Jurisprudence-Realist Jurisprudence- Law and Social Change.  Concept of individual and social justice in the Indian context - Constitution and social justice - preamble fundamental rights and directive principles of the Constitution.  Law and poverty - Access to justice - Legal aid to the poor and indigent, objectives and programmes - Legal literacy and law reform.  Judicial activism and public interest litigation.  Doctrine of precedent - ratio decidendi and obiter dictum - methods of determining ratio - stare decisis and its exceptions - precedent in common law and civil law countries.  Logic and growth in law (both under code system and common law) - categories of illusory reference - legal reasoning (judicial as well as juristic) - new rhetorics - role of judicial concepts and judicial discretion in judicial reasoning.  Nature of judicial process - search for the legislative intention - methods of judicial interpretation - role of philosophy (logic), history, traditional and sociology - judge as legislator - judicial creativity and its limitations.  Judicial process in Indian legal system - operation of precedent in India - constitutional interpretations by the Supreme Court.  Prospective overruling - basic structure theory and limitations to constitutional amendments - judicial activism vis-à-vis judicial self restraint.

References :

139 | P a g e

1. Roscoe Pound - Introduction to Philosophy of Law (1954) Chs. 1, 2 & 3. 2. Roscoe Pound - Jurisprudence, (1959) Vol. I, Parts I & II. 3. Bodenheimer - Jurisprudence (1974) Part I 4. Friedmann - Legal Theory (1967) 5. W. Friedmann - Law in a changing society (1972) 6. Julius Stone - Social Dimensions of Law and Justice (1966) Ch. 1 7. Cappelletti and Garth (Ed.) - Access to Justice, (1978) Vol. I, Book I, Part I 8. B. Sivaramayya - Inequalities and the Law (1984) 9. Upendra Baxi - The crisis of Indian Legal System, (1982) Chs. 1, 2, 3, 8 & 10 10. Upendra Baxi - Law and Poverty (1988) Chs. 1, 2, 3, 5, 19, 20 & 21 11. Government of India - Report of the Expert Committee on Legal Aid : Processual Justice to the People (1973) 12. Government of India - Report on National Juridicare : Equal Justice – Social Justice, (1977) 13. Lon.L.Fuller - The Morality of Law (1995) Reprint 14. H.L.A.Hart - The Concept of Law (1993) Reprint 15. M.D.A.Freeman - Lloyd’s Introduction to Jurisprudence (1994) 16. John Rawls - A Theory of Justice, Oxford (1972) 17. Roscoe Pound - Jurisprudence (1959) Parts 3, 5, 6 18. K. Allen - Law in the Making (1963) Chs. 3, 4 19. Julius Stone - Legal System and Lawyer’s reasonings (1964) Chs. 1,6,7 & 8 20. Julius Stone - Social Dimensions of Law and Justice (1966) Ch. 14 (Part I & II) 21. Julius Stone - Precedent and the Law, Butterworth (1985) 22. Rupert Cross - Precedent in English Law (1968) 23. Rupert Cross and J.W.Harris - Precedent in English Law (1991) 24. Von Mehren - The Civil Law System (1957) Ch. 16 25. Levi - Introduction to Legal Reasoning (1970)

140 | P a g e

26. Cardozo - The Nature of Judicial Process (1921) 27. Rajeev Dhavan - The Supreme Court of India : A Socio-legal Critiques of its Juristic Techniques (1977) Ch. 1 28. Laxminath - Precedent in the Indian Legal System (1990) ______

MACHINE MODELLING & ANALYSIS - syllabus

Basic Two-pole DC machine - primitive 2-axis machine - Voltage & Current relationship - Torque equation

Mathematical model of separately excited DC motor and DC Series motor in state variable form – Transfer function of the motor – Numerical problems

Mathematical model of D.C. shunt motor and D.C. Compound motor in state variable form - Transfer function of the motor – Numerical Problems

Linear transformation-Phase transformation (a,b,c to ,,o)-Active transformation(,,o to d,q)

Circuit model of a 3 pahse Induction motor - Linear transformation - Phase Transformation - Transformation to a Reference frame - Two axis models for Induction motor

Voltage and current Equations in stator reference frame - Equation in Rotor reference frame - Equations in a synchronously rotating frame - Torque equation-Equations in state-space form

Circuit model of a 3ph Synchronous motor – Two axis representation of Syn. Motor.

Voltage and current Equations in state - space variable form - Torque equation.

BOOKS :

1. Thyristor control of Electric Drives - Vedam Subramanyam.

2. Analysis of electric machinery and Drive systems - Paul C.Krause , Oleg wasynezuk, Scott D.Sudhoff

______

141 | P a g e

Maritime Transportation-SYLLABUS

 Background Introduction, International Trade and Shipping, The Actors in Shipping, The Shipowner, Safety and Economy, Maritime Safety Regime, Why Safety Improvement is Difficult, The Risk Concept, Acceptable Risk, Conflict of Interest, Expertise and Rationality

 Maritime Risk Picture Introduction, Definitions, Maritime Activity, Concept of Accident Types, Quantitative Risk picture, Fatality Risk, Pollution, The Risk Concept, Large-Scale Accidents, The Accident Phenomenon

 Rules and Regulations Introduction, Scandinavian Star Fire Accident, International Maritime Organization (IMO),Flag State Control, Port State Control, Classification Societies,

 Statistical Methods Statistical Risk Monitoring, Introduction, Statistical Measures, Discrete Probability Distributions, Continuous Distributions, Consequence Estimation  Decisions in Operation Introduction, Work Accident Measurement, Safety Competence: Correlation Analysis, Testing of a Distribution Model, Choosing Among Alternative Training Programs  Risk Analysis Traffic-Based Models, Introduction, Basic Theory, A General Model of Impact Accidents, Grounding and Stranding Models, Loss of Navigational Control, Collision, A General Collision Model, Loss of Traffic Control, Visibility  Damage Estimation

142 | P a g e

Introduction, Survey of Damage Data, Estimation of Impact Energy, Stranding and Grounding, High-speed Craft (HSC) Damage, Damage Consequences, Boston Harbour Collision Risk Study, Risk Assessment for a Production and Storage Tanker, Rules and Regulations  Risk Analysis Techniques Introduction, Risk Analysis and Risk Assessment, Basic Theory, Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA), Hazard and Operability Studies (HAZOP), Failure Mode, Effect and Criticality Analysis (FMECA), Fault Tree Analysis (FTA), Event Tree Analysis (ETA),

 Cost-Benefit Analysis Introduction, Basic Theory, CBA in a Risk Assessment Context, Alternative Problem-Solving Approaches, CBA of Oil Spill Prevention Measures for Tankers,

 Formal Safety Assessment Introduction, The FSA Approach, Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment, Establish Safety Measures, Cost-Benefit Assessment, Recommendations for Decision-Making, Application of the FSA Methodology,

 Management and Operations Human Factors, Introduction, Human Error, Accident Characteristics, Human Information Processing, Sensing and Observation, Perception and Decision-Making, Physical Work Environment, Effect of Sea Motion, Human Reliability Assessment,

 Occupational Safety Introduction, Lives Lost at Sea, Occupational Accidents, Accident Situation, Job-Related Problems, Work Conditions and Flag Standard, The Global Labour Market,

 Accident Analysis Introduction, Safety and Learning, Why Analyse Accidents? ,The Maritime System, Accident Theories, What is an Accident?, Reconstruction of Events, The Loss Causation Model,

143 | P a g e

Alternative Accident Models, Official Accident Investigation, Accident Analysis Software, Human Factors Analysis, The CASMET Approach, Case-Oriented Analysis, Incident Reporting

 Emergency Preparedness Introduction, Examples of Accidents, Emergency and Life-Saving Regulations, Emergency Preparedness Activities and Functions, Human Behaviour in Catastrophes, Evacuation Risk, Evacuation Simulation, Pollution Emergency Planning

 Safety Management Introduction, Total Quality Management (TQM), The ISM Code, Auditing, Corporate Safety Culture

References : 1. Maritime Transportation-Safety Management & Risk Analysis by Svein Kristiansen 2. Review of Maritime Transportation by UN

______

Marketing Management-SYLLABUS

 Marketing Scope and Concepts  Strategic Marketing Planning  Marketing Strategy: Segmentation and Targeting  Consumer Buying Behaviour  Product Life Cycle Strategies  Branding and Packaging  Positioning and Differentiation Strategies  Pricing Strategies  Managing Marketing Channels

144 | P a g e

 Management of Logistics and Physical Distribution  Integrated Marketing Communications  Advertising and Sales Promotion  Sales Management  Market Information Systems and Market Research  Service Marketing  Future of Marketing and its Dimensions

References :

1. Marketing Management by Philip Kotler 2. Marketing Management by Rajan Saxena,TATA Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 0070144915

______Mass Transfer Equipment Design and Separation Processes-SYLLABUS

. DISTILLATION Multicomponent Multistage Distillation, Crude Distillation, Extractive and Reactive Distillation

. ABSORPTION Non-Isothermal Absorption and Absorption with Chemical Reaction

. EXTRACTION Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Supercritical Fluid Extraction, Applications in Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries

. ADSORPTION Equilibrium Adsorption and Breakthrough, Temperature and Pressure Effects in Gas and Liquid Phase Adsorption, Pressure Swing Adsorption (PSA), Multistage

145 | P a g e

Adsorption, Continuous Contact Packed and Moving Bed Adsorption, Simulated Moving Bed Adsorption

. MEMBRANE SEPARATION PROCESSES Reverse Osmosis, Ultrafiltration, Dialysis, Electro Dialysis, Applications

. COLUMN INTERNALS FOR MASS TRANSFER EQUIPMENT

References: J. D. Seader, E. J. Henley and D. K. Roper, Separation Process Principles, 3rd Ed., Wiley, New York, 2010. R. K. Sinnott, Chemical Engineering Design (Coulson & Richardson's Chemical Engineering, Volume 6), 4th Ed., Elsevier, Oxford, UK, 2005. C. D. Holland, Fundamentals and Modeling of Separation Processes: Absorption, Distillation, Evaporation and Extraction, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1974. M. M. Denn, Process Modeling, Longman, London, 1986. W. L. McCabe, J. C. Smith and P. Harriottt, Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, 7th Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 2005. ______

Material Science-SYLLABUS  Nature of Crystal Geometry Atomic Arrangements in Solids, Space Lattice, Coordination Number and Effective Number of Atoms for Common Crystalline Structures: F.C.C., B.C.C. and H.C.P., Indexing of Crystallographic Planes and Directions

 Solidification and Phase Equilibria Solidification of Metals and Alloys: Equiaxed, Dendritic and Columnar Grains: Types of Segregation

 Phase Diagrams

146 | P a g e

Binary Equilibrium Diagrams Involving Isomorphous, Eutectic, Peritectic and Monotectic Systems, Phase Rule, Lever Rule, Effect of Non-Equilibrium Cooling on Structure and Distribution of Phases

 Solid State Transformations Phase Equilibria Involving Eutectoid and Peritectoid Transformations, TTT and CCT Diagrams Important Binary Systems: Cu-Ni, Al-Si, Al-Cu, Pb-Sn, Cu-Zn, Cu-Sn and Fe-C Systems, Effect of Non Equilibrium Cooling and Important Alloys Belonging to These Systems

 Metal Forming Processes Plastic Deformation and Yield Criteria, relationship between Tensile and Shear Yield Stresses, Various Forming Operations and their Mechanics, Defects in Metal Forming, Material Forming and Dimensioning

 Heat Treatment of Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Alloys Annealing, Normalizing, Quenching, Tempering, Surface Hardening and Precipitation Hardening References : 1. Engineers Guide to Rotating Equipment, The Pocket Reference, Clifford Matthews – Professional Engineering Publishing Limited – UK 2. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – Avner S.H. – McGraw Hill Book Co. 3. Engineering Physical Metallurgy – Lakhtin Y. – Mir Publishers. 4. The Superalloys: Fundamentals and Applications – Roger C. Reed – Cambridge Press 5. ASM Metals Handbook “Failure Analysis and Prevention”, ASM Metals Park. Ohio, Vol.10, 10th Edition, 1995 6. Colangelo.V.J. and Heiser.F.A., “Analysis of Metallurgical Failures”, John Wiley and Sons Inc. New York, USA, 1974 7. M. F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, Elsevier Publication, 2005 8. Physical Metallurgy – Hansen P. – Cambridge University Press 9. Physical Metallurgy – Gulyaev, A. – Volume I & II, Mir Publishers, Moscow. 10. ASM HANDBOOK Vol 2: Properties and Selection – Nonferrous Alloys& special purpose materials

147 | P a g e

11. Extraction of Non-ferrous metals – H.S.Ray 12. Composites and Nanocomposites - A. K. Haghi, Oluwatobi Samuel Oluwafemi, Josmin P. JoseHanna and J. Maria – CRC Press

______

Mechanics of Damage Tolerance-SYLLABUS Basics of Damage Tolerance: Strength vs. Damage Tolerance, Historic Introduction and Molecular Interpretation. Mathematical preliminaries : Vectors and Tensors, Complex Variables & Functions, Taylor's and Laurent's Series Expansions, Poles & Residues, Contour Integration Review of Ealsticity: Stress & Strain, Equilibrium, Elasticity, Plasticity and Yield Criteria, Strain Energy, Plane Stress and Plane Strain, Solution methods, Airy stress functions, Complex potentials. Stress Analysis of Cracked Bodies: Stress Concentration in Circular and Elliptic Holes, Stress Intensity Factor, Fracture Modes, Other Analytical, Numerical and Experimental methods. Energy Concepts: Strain Energy Release Rate, J Integral, Virtual Crack Closure, Equivalence of Energy and Stress approaches. ______

Mechanics of Solids-SYLLABUS  Complex Stress & Strains : Two dimensional and three dimensional stress system. Normal and tangential stresses, principal planes, principal stresses and strains, Mohr’s circle of stresses, Mohr’s circle for strains, combined bending and torsion, theories of failure.  Shear Force and Bending Moment : Relation between Shear force, Bending moment & Loading. Shear force and Bending moment diagram for compound beams, Overhanging Beams, Cantilever beams.  Theory of Simple Bending : Concept of pure bending and stress, bending equation. Neutral axis. Section-modulus, determination of bending stresses in simply supported, Cantilever and overhanging beams subjected to point load and uniformly distributed loading. Bending stress distribution across a section, shear stresses in beams.

148 | P a g e

 Deflection of Beams : Double integration method. Macaulay’s Method. Beam of variable cross section.  Torsion Shafts : Concept of pure torsion. Torsion equation. Determination of shear stress and angle of twist of shafts of circular section, hollow shafts, open and closed coil springs, leaf spring. Spiral spring.  Axial Loaded Columns & Combined Stresses :Introduction, Buckling Effect, Euler’s Theory & Rankine’s Formula for Axially Loaded Columns with different End Conditions. Concept of Equivalent Length. Stresses due to Eccentric & Lateral Loads, Core of Section.  Pressure Vessels :Thin and thick walled cylinders and spheres. Stress due to internal pressure. Change in length, diameter and volume. Compound cylinders and shrink fittings.  Unsymmetrical Bending: Principal moment of Inertia, product of Inertia, Bending of a beam in a plane which is not a plane of symmetry. Shear center.  Curved beams : Pure bending of curved beams of rectangular, circular and trapezoidal sections. Stress distribution and position of neutral axis.

References: 1. Vazirani, V.N. and Ratwani, N.M., Strength of Materials, Vol I, Khanna Publishers, 1996. 2. Kazimi, Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw - Hill, 2004. 3. Timoshenko, S.P. and Gere, J.M., Mechanics of Materials, Tata McGraw Hill, 1992.

______Methods in structural geology-SYLLABUS  Interior and Exterior structure of earth, basic introduction to formation of rocks, classification of Joints, Classification of folds, classification of Faults, classification of fracture. Mechanical properties of geological structures.  Mapping, Surface mapping, subsurface mapping, Methods of mapping like contour, lithological, isopach, tectonic etc., Map analysis like strike, dip, thickness and structural calculation and construction’s.  Fundamental of stress, strain, displacement, homo or heterogeneous nature, axial or three- dimensional strain and stress analyses and stereographic projection of various structures.  Deformation of rock analysis, paleo stress or strain measurements, pressure gauge, Ustage, Balance cross sections, interpretation of various structural analyses by numerical and graphical representation.

149 | P a g e

Reference Books 1. Earth Structure: An Introduction to Structural Geology and Tectonics by Ben A. van der Pluijm (Author), Stephen Marshak (Author) 3. Structural Geology: An Introduction to Geometrical Techniques by D. M. Ragan 4. Structural geology 2nd edition by By Marland P., Billings 5. Introduction to structural geology by Patrice F. Rey 6. Field geology by Lahee

MINERAL ENGINEERING-SYLLABUS

 Introduction

Scope, objectives and limitations of mineral processing; Liberation and beneficiation characteristics of minerals and coal, Physical and chemical properties; Crystal, crystal classes and systems; Classification of minerals and properties of common silicate

 Comminution

Theory and practice of crushing and grinding; different types of crushing and grinding equipment  their application and limitation, size separation; Laboratory size analysis and interpretation; Settling of solids in fluids; Industrial screens; Mechanical classifiers and hydrocyclones.

 Methods of Ore dressing

Jigging, heavy media separation, flowing film concentrator’s  theory, application and limitations. Froth flotation: Physico-chemical principles; Reagents; Machines; Flotation of sulphides, oxides and coal, electrical and magnetic methods of concentration, Principles, fields of application and limitations, dewatering, thickener and filter.

 Hydro-metallurgical methods of recovery Leaching  principle, various methods and applications. Laboratory sampling, simplified flow sheets for coal, copper, lead, zinc, gold, iron, manganese ores and lime stone.

Suggested readings 1. Barry A. Wills, Tim Napier-Munn (2006): Mineral Processing Technology 2. Gupta A., Yan D., Mineral processing design and operation: an Introduction, First Edition, Elsevier, 2006

150 | P a g e

3. A. M. Gaudin., Principles of Mineral Dressing, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Fuerstenau M., Han K, (eds.), Principles of Mineral Processing. SME, 2003

______Modeling & Simulations-SYLLABUS

 Modeling Concept of modeling, classification of mathematical models, modeling with ordinary differential equations, difference equations, partial differential equations, graphs, Maximum Likelihood Variance Reduction Techniques, Antithetic Variates, Control Variates, Common Random Numbers, Importance Sampling. .  Simulation Concept, types (quantitative, experimental, computer, fuzzy theory, statistical) processes of formulation of model based on simulation. Variables and measurement, Confidence Intervals, Design of Experiments Markov Chain Monte Carlo Techniques. .  Processes  Random Numbers and Distributions

References: 1. Theory of Modeling and Simulation, Second Edition By Bernard P. Zeigler 2. Mathematical Modeling and Simulation: Introduction for Scientists and Engineers By Kai Velten

______Modern Control System Engineering-SYLLABUS

 PRELIMINARIES MATHEMATICS Linear vector spaces and linear operators: Fields, vectors and vector spaces, Linear dependence, Dimension of linear space, Linear transformation and matrices, Scalar product and norms, Quadratic function and definite matrices, vector and matrix norms, Solution of linear algebraic equation: Range space, Rank, Null space and nullity of a matrix,

151 | P a g e

Homogenousand nonhomogeneous equations, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors and a canonical form representation of linear operators, Functions of square matrix: Caley-Hamilton theorem. Lagrange and Hamiltonian Equations.

 SYSTEM MODELING Introduction, Classification of control systems, Principles of automatic control, feedback systems, Practical examples, transfer function approach, Impulse response and transfer function, transfer matrix, Determination of transfer functions for simple electrical, mechanical, electromechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, analogous systems. Block diagram s, block diagram reduction, signal flow graphs, Masons’ gain formula.

 STATE SPACE DESCPRIPTION The concept of state and state models, State equations for dynamic systems, State equations using phase, physical and canonical variables, Plant models of some illustrative control systems, State space representation and realization of transfer matrices, Minimal realization, Solution of state equation.  DISCRETE TIME SYSTEMS Sampled data control systems -Spectrum analysis of sampling process and aliasing – Signal reconstruction -Zero order and First order hold - review of z transforms- Difference equation model - Impulse response model -Z (Pulse) transfer function -Response of linear discrete systems -Practical aspects of the choice of sampling rate -The Z and S domain relationships - Stability analysis - Jury's test -Bilinear transformation.  CONTROL ACTIONS Tracking and regulatory control concepts; Concept of Compensation networks and application to system design; Classical PID control- Degrees of freedom controllers, Action of different types of controllers – P, PI, PD, PID, Tuning of PID controllers; Response of systems with controller; Anti wind-up; Simulation of controlled systems.

Text Books 1. J. Nagrath& M. Gopal,Control System Engineering, New Age Int. (P) Ltd. 2. M. Gopal, Digital Controls and State Variable Methods,TMH Pub. Com.

Reference Books 1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India. 2. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall of India. 3. K. Ogata, Discrete Time Control Systems,Prentice Hall of India. 4. George .J. Thaler, Automatic Control Systems, Jaico Publishing House. 5. T. Kailath, Linear Systems, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliff's, NJ, 1980.

______

152 | P a g e

Modern Control Theory-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Linear Spaces and Linear Operators  State Variable Descriptions  Physical Systems and State Assignment  Solution of State Equations  Controllability and Observability  Relationship between State Variable and Input-Output Descriptions  Stability  Model Control  Optimal Control: General Mathematical Procedures  Optimal Feedback Control  Stochastic Optimal Linear Estimation and Control

References :

1. Modern Control Engineering by K.Ogata, Prentice Hall, ISBN 8120340108 2. Control System Engineering by M. Gopal, New Age Intl Pvt Publishers, ISBN 8122420087

______Modern Practices in Oil and Gas Industry-SYLLABUS

 MULTI LATERAL AND HORIZONTAL WELL TECHNOLOGY:  Introduction & objectives of horizontal wells, ERD, Laterals etc.  Geological aspects & development of oil & gas field using horizontal wells.  Drilling of horizontal, multilateral and ERD wells.  Completion of horizontal, multilateral and ERD wells.  Reservoir engineering concepts of horizontal wells.  Well logging methods in horizontal wells.

153 | P a g e

 Well test analysis of horizontal wells.  Well performance & productivity of horizontal Wells.  Water & Gas coning in horizontal wells.  Application of horizontal wells in gas reservoirs & in recovery of heavy oils.

 WELL COMPLETION Design of Perforations Perforating process; Perforation Guns and firing head. Perforating/ well activation mechanism: Underbalanced and overbalanced perforations. Pressure control equipment (Well Head Lubricator Assembly); Type, size and orientation of perforation holes; Optimum Perforation Practices; Down-hole Equipment- Packers – their types, Tubing, Flow couplings, expansion joints, Sliding Sleeves / Side Pocket Mandrels & Blast Joints etc. Smart / Intelligent Wells, Well Completion Design. Well Sickness, diagnosis and mitigation: Type of well sickness, Symptoms of sick wells, Testing of sick wells, Identification and Diagnosis of Well Problems, Planning of Workover Jobs; Minor & Major (Capital Repair) jobs; Water & Gas Shut-off jobs; Squeeze Cementing; Water and Gas Coning; Sand Control & its Techniques; Fishing operation, Coil Tubing Unit, Snubbing unit. Well Stimulation Techniques: Acidizing of O & G Wells; Hydraulic Fracturing; Acid fracturing, Heat treatment, Down-hole Heaters. In-situ Combustion.

 ADVANCED WELL COMPLETION PRACTICES: Basics of Reservoir Completion: Inflow Performance Relationship, Perforating, Hydraulic Fracturing, Acid Fracturing. Sand Control: Rock Strength, Sand control Prediction, Sand production mitigation, Sand control screens, Gravel Packing, Chemical sand consolidation. Life of Well Operations: Types and methods of Intervening, Impact on Completion Design. Tubing well performance, Multiphase flow & tubing performance, Flow predictions, Temperature prediction and Control, Packer fluids, Production & Injection well sizing. Material Selection: Down hole Corrosion, Metallurgy Selection, Corrosion Inhibition, Seals, Control Lines and encapsulation, Coatings and liners. Tubing Stress Analysis: Stress, Strain and Grades, Axial Loads, Burst ,Collapse, Triaxial Analysis, Safety and design Factors, Load Cases, Tubing Connections. Completion Equipment: On-land and subsea Christmas trees; Subsurface safety Valves, Packers, Expansion devices and anchor latches, Landing nipples, locks and sleeves, Mandrels and gauges, Capillary lines and cable clamps, Loss control and reservoir isolation valves, Crossovers, Flow couplings, Modules. Well Completion Techniques: Deep water Completions. HPHT Completions, Completions with down hole flow control, Multilateral Completions, Dual Completions, Multipurpose Completions, Underbalanced completions, Coiled tubing and insert completions, Completions for Heavy oil and steam injection, Completions for Coal Bed Methane.

154 | P a g e

Installation of Completion systems: Wellbore Clean-out and mud displacement, Completion fluids and filtration, Well clean-up and flow initiation.

 DRILLING SYSTEM DESIGN: Drilling Rig Selection and Design: Environmental loading and stability of rig. Design of Block and Tackle System, Design of Draw works Drum,Top drive drilling. Casing Design: Casing while drilling. Drill String Design. Drilling fluid selection method for critical exploratory wells and development drilling. Mud Hydraulics Design: Rheology of drilling fluids and compatibility to borehole conditions, Hydraulic horse power and Rig horse power calculations. Jet impact force, Hydraulics design in High inclines wells. Bit Hydraulics, Bottom drive hydraulics design. Rotary System Design: Design and performance of Kelly drive, Bottom Drive and Top Drive Systems. Special Methods of Drilling: Aerated drilling, Under-balanced drilling, Overbalanced drilling, HPHT Drilling, Variable pressure regime, Plasma drilling, Electrical Drilling, Re-entry drilling, Jet Drilling, Drilling automation. Smart wells Design, Managed Pressure Drilling. Drilling Economics. Computer Application in Drilling.  DEEP WATER TECHNOLOGY: Global deep water reserves & development activity. Technological advances. Dynamics of Offshore Structure: Analysis of Waves and fluid induced forces on offshore structures, Current and wind forces, soil mechanics of seabed & structures. Deep water Exploration & Drilling : Seismic/Seabed Survey, constraints in deep water survey like geo-hazards, gas hydrate etc., deep water Drilling with emphasis on the additional inputs to normal offshore Drilling operation. Deep water Production System: Fixed Platforms, Compliant Towers, Subsea systems, Extended Reach Wells, Floating Production Systems like FPSOs, FPSSs, TLPs, Spar Platform and FSOs. Deep water applications of Subsea Technology: Subsea completion, X-mas tree, control systems, Manifolds, Templates, ROVs, deep-water installation vessels with DP system and associated problems. Deep water Pipelines & umbilical : Issues in deep water Pipeline Design, Rigid and Flexible flow lines, Pipe-in-pipe, deep-water Risers and their configurations, Pipeline installation methods, Umbilical – functions, configurations and installation, Flow assurance strategies. Emerging deep water Technologies : Autonomous Underwater Vehicles (AUVs) Seismicwhile- drilling, Dual-activity-drilling, Innovative Floating Production Concepts, Subsea processing, subsea separation (VASPS, SUBSIS, Twister) and any new innovations. Problems and Mitigation in Deepwater Drilling: Specialized consideration, specific planning requirement, specialized equipment and deep water complication.

155 | P a g e

 ADVANCED PETROLEUM FORMATION EVALUATION Introduction to Formation Evaluation Direct Methods: Coring & Core Analysis, mud logging . Wire- line Logging Devices: Electrical, Radioactive, Acoustic Logging devices. Cased Hole Log Analysis Monitoring: Objectives of Cased Hole Logging Environment. CBL/VDL and Casing Inspection Logs. Perforating. Production Logging & Reservoir Performance Monitoring: Flow Velocity Tools. Fluid Density Measurements. Pressure Measurements & Temperature Measurement Techniques Recent Development: Flow View Measurements.Modular Formation Dynamics Tester. Water Flow log services. Formation Subsidence Monitor Tool. Digital Entry Fluid Imaging Tools. Ultrasonic Imaging Tools. Interpretation Methods: Standard Log Interpretation Methods. MID Plot Method. Crossplotting Methods. References: 1. Drilling Engineering Workbook by Baker Hughes INTEQ, December 1995. 2. Drilling and well completions by carl Gartin, Department of Petroleum Engineering, The University of Texas. 3. Surface Logging Systems Training Guide, Baker Hughes INTEQ, July 1996.

______Modern Sensors-Physics and Applications-SYLLABUS

 Sensor Characteristics and Principles Sensor Classification - sensor characteristics - Physical principles of sensing – electric charges, fields, and potentials - capacitance – magnetism – induction - resistance - piezoelectric effect - pyroelectric Effect - Hall effect - Seebeck and Peltier Effects - SoundWaves - temperature and thermal properties of materials - heat transfer - Light - Dynamic Models of Sensor Elements.  Sensor Components and Circuits Optical Components of Sensors : radiometry - photometry – windows - mirrors - lenses – Fresnel lenses - fiber optics and waveguides – concentrators - coatings for thermal absorption – electrooptic and acousto-optic modulators - Interferometric Fiber-optic Modulation, Interface Electronic Circuits: input characteristics of interface circuits - amplifiers - excitation circuits - analog-to - digital converters direct digitization and processing - ratiometric circuits - bridge

156 | P a g e circuits – data transmission- Noise in Sensors and Circuits - batteries for low power sensors  Types of Sensor I Occupancy and Motion Detectors : ultrasonic sensors - microwave motion detectors – capacitive occupancy detectors - triboelectric detectors - optoelectronic motion detectors, Position, Displacement, and Level : potentiometric sensors - gravitational sensors - capacitive sensors - inductive and magnetic sensors - optical sensors - ultrasonic sensors - radar sensors – thickness and level sensors, Velocity and Acceleration: accelerometer characteristics – capacitive accelerometers - piezoresistive Accelerometers - piezoelectric accelerometers – thermal accelerometers - gyroscopes - Piezoelectric Cables, Force, Strain, and Tactile Sensors: strain gauges - tactile sensors - piezoelectric force sensors, Pressure Sensors : concepts of pressure - units of pressure - mercury pressure sensor - bellows, membranes, and thin plates-piezoresistive sensors- capacitive sensors- VRP Sensors- optoelectronic sensors - vacuum sensors.  Types of Sensor II Flow Sensors : basics of flow dynamics - pressure gradient technique - thermal transport sensors - ultrasonic sensors - electromagnetic sensors - microflow sensors - breeze sensor - coriolis mass flow sensors - drag force flow sensors, Acoustic Sensors : resistive microphones - condenser microphones - fiber-optic microphone - piezoelectric microphones - electret microphones - solid-state acoustic detectors, Humidity and Moisture Sensors : concept of humidity - capacitive sensors – electrical conductivity sensors - thermal conductivity sensor - optical hygrometer - oscillating hygrometer. Light Detectors : introduction - photodiodes - phototransistor - photoresistors - cooled detectors - thermal detectors - gas flame detectors, Radiation Detectors : scintillating detectors – ionization detectors, Temperature Sensors: thermoresistive sensors- thermoelectric contact sensorssemiconductor P-N junction sensors-optical temperature sensors- acoustic temperature sensorpiezoelectric temperature

157 | P a g e sensors.  Nanosensors Chemical Sensors : chemical sensor characteristics - specific difficulties - classification of chemical sensing mechanisms - direct sensors - complex sensors - chemical sensors versus instruments, Sensor Materials and Technologies : materials - surface processing - nano-technology - photolithography, Chemical and Molecular Sensors – Displacement and Motion Sensors – Force Nanosensors – Pressure Sensing – Thermal Nanosensors – Electric and Magnetic Sensing – Cellular Bioscanning – Noninvasive Neuroelectric Monitoring– Macrosensing– Acoustic Macrosensing – Electric and Magnetic Macrosensing – Neural Macrosensing

References : 1. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors (2003) Springer, 3rd Edition ISBN 0-387- 00750-4. 2. Nano Medicines Edited by Dr.Parag Diwan and Ashish Bharadwaj (2006) Pentagon Press, ISBN 81-8274-139-4. 3. B.B. Laud, Lasers and Non-Linear Optics, 2nd Edition, New Ages International. 4. Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan (2002), Introduction to Fiber Optics, Cambridge University Press. 5. William Silfvast (2002), Laser Fundamentals, Cambridge University Press. 6. Djafar K. Mynbaeu (2004), Fibre Optic Communication Technology, Pearson Education Asia. 7. Kittel (2001), Solid State Physics, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons. 8. K.C. Gupta (2002), Microwaves, New Age International. Instrument measurement and Analysis by B. C. Narka and K. K. Chaudhary, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company 16th reprint Chapter 1. 9. Charles P. Poole, Jr. and Frank J. Owens (2003), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley & Sons.

158 | P a g e

10. Edward L. Wolf (2006), Nano Physics and Nanotechnology – An introduction to Modern Concepts in Nanoscience, Wiley VCH verlagambh & Co., Weinheim.

______

Multimodal Transportation-SYLLABUS

 Multimodal Transport  Introduction to Transportation  Road Transportation  Rail Transportation  Maritime Transportation  Air Transport  Intermodal Transportation  Multimodal Transport Law  Organizational Structure for Global Logistics

References : 1. A Textbook of Container & Multimodal Transport Management by Dr KV Hariharan, Shroff, EAN 9788173665516 2. Security and Environmental Sustainability of Multimodal Transport by Bell, Springer, ISBN 9048185610

______Nano Electronic Device-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION TO NANOTECHNOLOGY Background to nanotechnology: Types of nanotechnology and nanomachines – periodic table – atomic structure – molecules and phases – energy – molecular and atomic size – surface and dimensional space – top down and bottom up; Molecular Nanotechnology: Electron microscope – scanning electron microscope – atomic force microscope – scanning tunnelling

159 | P a g e

microscope – nanomanipulator – nanotweezers – atom manipulation – nanodots – self assembly – dip pen nanolithography. Nanomaterials: preparation – plasma arcing – chemical vapor deposition – sol-gels – electrodeposition – ball milling – applications of nanomaterials.  FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOELECTRONICS Fundamentals of logic devices:- Requirements – dynamic properties – threshold gates; physical limits to computations; concepts of logic devices:- classifications – two terminal devices – field effect devices – coulomb blockade devices – spintronics – quantum cellular automata – quantum computing – DNA computer; performance of information processing systems;- basic binary operations, measure of performance processing capability of biological neurons – performance estimation for the human brain. Ultimate computation:- power dissipation limit – dissipation in reversible computation – the ultimate computer.  SILICON MOSFETS & QUANTUM TRANSPORT DEVICES Silicon MOSFETS - Novel materials and alternate concepts:- fundamentals of MOSFET Devices- scaling rules – silicon-dioxide based gate dielectrics – metal gates – junctions & contacts – advanced MOSFET concepts. Quantum transport devices based on resonant tunneling:- Electron tunneling – resonant tunneling diodes – resonant tunneling devices; Single electron devices for logic applications:- Single electron devices – applications of single electron devices to logic circuits.  CARBON NANOTUBES Carbon Nanotube: Fullerenes - types of nanotubes – formation of nanotubes – assemblies – purification of carbon nanotubes – electronic propertics – synthesis of carbon nanotubes – carbon nanotube interconnects – carbon nanotube FETs – Nanotube for memory applications – prospects of all carbon nanotube nanoelectronics.  MOLECULAR ELECTRONICS Electrodes & contacts – functions – molecular electronic devices – first test systems – simulation and circuit design – fabrication; Future applications: MEMS – robots – random access memory – mass storage devices.

Text Books 1. Michael Wilson, KamaliKannangara, Geoff Smith, Michelle Simmons and BurkhardRaguse, Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies, Chapman & Hall / CRC, 2002 2. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials – Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, TMH, 2007 3. Rainer Waser (Ed.), Nanoelectronics and Information Technology: Advanced Electronic Materials and Novel Devices, Wiley-VCH, 2003

Reference Books 1. Concepts in Spintronics – SadamichiMaekawa 2. Spin Electronics – David Awschalom 2. Nanoelectronics&Nanosystems: From Transistor to Molecular & Quantum Devices: Karl Goser, JanDienstuhl and others. 3. Nano Electronics and Information Technology: Rainer Waser.

______

160 | P a g e

Nano Structural Material-SYLLABUS  Nanomaterial The Science of Nano - What is Nanobiotechnology  Introduction to Nanostructures Carbon Nanotubes (CNT), Graphenes, Fullerenes, Nano Peapods, Quantum Dots and Semiconductor Nanoparticles Metal-based Nanostructures (Iron 2 Oxide Nanoparticles) Nanowires Polymer-based Nanostructures including dendrimers, Introduction to metal based nanostructures, Protein-based Nanostructures  Nanomotors Bacterial (E. coli) and Mammalian (Myosin family) Nanobiosensors: Science of Self- assembly - From Natural to Artificial Structures Nanoparticles in Biological Labeling and Cellular Imaging: Physics of low-dimensional materials, 1D, 2D and 3D confinement, Density of states, Excitons, Coulomb blockade, Surface plasmon, Size and surface dependence of physical, electronic, optical, luminescence, thermodynamical, magnetic, catalysis, gas sensing and mechanical properties. Physical and chemical techniques for nanomaterial synthesis, Assembling and self organization of nanostructures, Nanoscale manipulation, Nanotube and wire formation, Importance of size distribution control, size measurement and size selection References : 1. Nanostructural material- Dr. Parag Diwan, Dr. Ashish Bharadwaj (Pentagon Press) 2. Introduction to Nanoscience by Gabor L. Hornyak, Joydeep Dutta, Harry F. Tibbals, Anil K. Rao. CRC Press, 2008. 3. Nanotechnology: Importance and Application by M.H. Fulekar, IK International, 4. Environanotechnology by Mao Hong fan, Chin-pao Huang, Alan E Bland, Z Honglin Wang, Rachid Sliman, Ian Wright. Elsevier, 2010. 5. Nanotechnologies, Hazards and Resource efficiency by M. Steinfeldt, Avon Gleich, U. Petschow, R. Haum. Springer, 2007. 6. Nanotechnlogy: Health and Environmental risk by Jo Anne Shatkin. CRC press, 2008. 7. Nanotechnology in Biology and Medicine: Methods, Devices and Application by Tuan Vo-Dinh .CRC press, 2007.

161 | P a g e

8. Nanomaterials for Biosensors by Challa Kumar. Wiley-VCH, 2007 ______

NANOTECHNOLOGY IN OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY-SYLLABUS

 NANOTECHNOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS

 Basic Terms  Historical evolution of Nanotechnology (This lesson describes the basic terminology of nanotechnology and present the historical evolution of this rapidly evolving domain)  Nanoparticles in Fluids and at Fluid Interfaces  Dispersion stability of nanoparticles in fluids; Their transport in porous media  Adsorption of nanoparticles at a fluid interface  Nanoparticle-stabilized foams and emulsions; Their transport in porous media  Nanomagnetism o Magnetic nanoparticles and their remote control/detection with external magnetic field o Ferrofluids; Ferrohydrodynamics

 Nano Composites

o Polymer composites; Metal composites

 Nano Coatings

o Abrasion-resistant, corrosion-resistant, self-healing coatings o Super non-wetting or wetting coatings

 Nano Catalysts  Environments and Nanotechnology

 NANOTECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS

 Drilling and Completions o Drilling fluids and fracturing fluids with improved rheology and well integrity o Improved hardware materials and their use  Production Operations and Flow Assurance o Emulsion and colloidal particulate removal from produced fluids o Inhibition of scale/organic particulate deposition at near-wellbore and downhole zones o Flow assurance for oil/gas pipelines and surface facilities  Reservoir Sensing

162 | P a g e

 Enhanced reservoir imaging; Intelligent tracers o Downhole monitoring  Enhanced Oil Recovery o Wettability alteration and imbibition enhancement o CO2 foams and emulsions for improved reservoir sweep o Improved conformance control o Heavy Oil Recovery  Nano catalysts for in-situ or near-wellbore oil upgrading

Suggested readings 1. Introduction to Nano Science and Nanotechnology by Hornyak G. L, et al. 2. Vryzas, Z., & Kelessidis, V. C. (2017). Nano-Based Drilling Fluids: A Review. Energies, 10(4), 540.)

______

Natural Gas Reservoir Engineering-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Properties of Natural Gas  Gas Reservoir Deliverability  Wellbore Performance  Choke Performance  Well Deliverability  Separation  Dehydration  Compression and Cooling  Volumetric Measurement  Transportation  Special Problems

References : 1. Natural Gas Reservoir Engineering by Chi U. Ikoku, Krieger Publishing Co., ISBN 0894646400 2. Fundamentals of Gas Reservoir Engineering by J Haqoot, Elseiver Sc, ISBN 0080868819-BEPDF

163 | P a g e

______

Natural Gas Storage-SYLLABUS

 Development and operation of gas fields, gas from condensate and oil fields, thermodynamics and energy change.  Review of physical and chemical properties of natural gas and associate hydrocarbons. Phase behavior studies: equations of states, multiple flashes, water hydrocarbon systems, chemical inhibition, hydrate formation, gas liquid equilibria.  Gas handling facilities: flow of fluids, compression of gases, applications of heat transfer and mass transfer principles in natural gas engineering systems, compressors, pumps, heat exchangers, furnaces and waster heat recovery facilities, transmission of natural gas in pipelines, LPG technology production and distribution.  Gas processing: purification, refrigeration and low temperature processing, liquefaction process, LNG and NGL recovery, sweetening of natural gas and sulphur recovery. Gas storage: tanks, underground storage, and conservation of natural gas under coal gasification process and principles, safety. Economic consideration for development of gas fields.  Development of gas and gas-condensate reservoirs; design and development of gas storage fields in depleted gas, gas-condensate, oil reservoirs, and aquifers.  Development of gas and gas-condensate reservoirs; design and development of gas storage fields in depleted gas, gas-condensate, oil reservoirs, and aquifers.  Natural gas storage-Cryogenic and Underground.

References: 1 A. Rojey, C. Jaffret, “Natural Gas Production, Processing, Transport”, Second Editions Technip, 1994. 2. A. Kohl and F. Riesenfeld, “Gas Purification”, Gulf Publishing Company, 1985. 3. Natural Gas Underground Storage : Inventory and deliverability by Prof M Rasin Tek

164 | P a g e

4. Underground Storage of Natural Gas Theory and Practice by MR TEk

______

Navigation & Guidance-SYLLABUS

 Modeling and dynamics of Aircraft Longitudinal dynamics –displacement autopilot- pitch rate feedback for damping- control stick steering acceleration control system – Glide slope control system, Lateral dynamics of an Aircraft, Yaw damper- Method of obtaining co ordination- beta feedback-beta beta dot feedback – acceleration feedback. Yaw orientational control system- Roll angle control system - Landing.  Dynamics of Aerospace vehicles Missiles Missile Control Systems; Dynamics and Control of Rigid and Elastic Rockets; Control- Structure Interaction; Longitudinal and Lateral Autopilots for Rigid Aircraft  Navigation Terrestrial navigation, Celestial navigation, Terrestrial radio navigation, satellite-based navigation, inertial navigation, Integrated Navigation.  Guidance Introduction to Guidance, Navigation and Avionics; Radar Systems, Command and Homing Guidance Systems. Mission consideration and analysis of flight path, Optimal guidance Laws, Inertial Guidance  Control of Aerospace Vehicles Design of Controllers for Aerospace Vehicles; Classical, Pole assignment, Eigen Structure Assignment, Optimal Control, LQR, LQG/LTR, Observers and Kalman Filters

References: 1. Garnell, P. (1980)- Guided Weapon Control Systems, Peraganon. 2. Blakelock, J H. (1991)- Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, John Wiley. 3. Greensite A L(1970)- Analysis and Design of Space Vehicle Flight Control System, Spartan Books.

165 | P a g e

4. Skolnik R E. (1982)-Introduction to Radar System , Mc Graw Hill. 5. Lin, C F. (1991)- Modern Guidance, Navigation and Control Processing, Prentice-Hall. 6. D’Azzo J J and Hougis, C H, Linear Control System Analysis and Design, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition. 7. Maceijowski;- (1987) Multi-Variable Feedback Design, Addison Wesley. 8. A. Sinha (2007) – Linear Systems: Optimal and Robust Control, 1/e, CRC Press 9. D. S. Naidu (2003) – Optimal Control Systems, 1/e, CRC Press 10. B. Hofmann-Wellenhof, K. Legat, M. Wieser, (2003) “ Navigation Principles of Positioning and Guidance. Springer Wien New York ______Occupational Health and Safety Management-SYLLABUS

 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL HAZARDS Recognition , Evaluation and Control of Physical Hazards- Noise and Vibration - Effects and Control Measures- Thermal Stress - Parameter Control, Radiation - Types - Source - Effect and Control- Illumination & Lighting. Recognition, Evaluation and Control of Chemical Hazards- Types - Dust-Fumes -Mist -Vapour-Fog etc., Air Contaminants- Evaluation - Types of Sampling-Air Sampling System-Method Analysis-Control Measures  OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH Concept and Spectrum of Health-Functional Units and Activities of Occupational Health Services- Occupational and Work Related Disease-Levels of Prevention of Diseases- Notifiable Occupational Diseases such as Silicosis- Asbestosis -Pneumoconiosis-- Aluminosis and Anthrax. Lead-Nickel, Chromium and Manganese Toxicity-Gas Poisoning (such as CO, Ammonia, Coal Dust etc.,) their effects and Prevention -Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation - Audiology-Hearing Conservation Programme-Effects of Ultra Violet Radiation and Infrared Radiation on Human Systems Industrial Toxicology-Local and Systemic and Chronic Effects Temporary and Cumulative Effects-Carcinogens Entry into Human System Ergonomics, Personnel Protective Equipment, Personnel Monitoring  PERSONAL HYGIENE AND FIRST AID Hygiene Concepts-Correct and Clean Dresses-Clean Body - Washing - Good Habits-Oral and Stomach Hygiene-Cleaning - Compressed Air and Degreasing Agents-Long Hair and Nails and

166 | P a g e

Torn and loosely Hanging Clothes-Smoking - Lavatories Maintenance- Living in Unhygienic Areas. First aid concept- -First Aid Boxes-Legal Requirements, Industrial Hygiene, Medical Surveillance, Medical Surveillance Program Development, Recommended Medical Programme, Emergency Treatment, Non-Emergency Treatment, Exposures to Hazardous Materials.  RADIATION CONTROL Radiation Shielding - Radiation Dose - Dose Measurements - Units of Exposure- Exposure Limits - Barriers for Control of Radioactivity Release, Control of Radiation Exposure to Plant Personnel, Health Physics Surveillance - Waste Management and Disposal Practices – Environmental, Releases.

References :

1. Fundamentals of Occupational Safety & Health by Mark Friend, Rowman & Littlefield Publishing Group, ISBN 086587171X-BEPDF 2. Occupational Health & Safety by Burke, Clark and Cooper, Gower, ISBN 1409432076-BEPDF

______

Oil Equity Management-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Oil Equity Concept  Energy Security  The Geopolitics of Energy  Oil Security Challenges & Strategies  Country Entry Strategies

References :

167 | P a g e

1. The Management of Equity Investments by DN Chorafas, Butterworth-Heinamann, ISBN 0080456367-BEPDF 2. Energy & Equity by Ivan Illich, Marion Boyers, ISBN 0714521000-BEEPB

______

Operations & Materials Management-SYLLABUS

 Nature and Scope of Production/Operations Management  Plant Location – Plant Layout and Material Handling  Production Planning and Control  Quality Control and Quality Assurance  Role of Purchasing  Materials Management

References : 1. Materials Management by Stan C Mc Donald, John Wiley & Sons In, ISBN 0470449098-BEEPB 2. Operations Management by Linda L Brennan, Mc GrawHill Professional, ISBN 0071746137- BEEPB 3. Purchasing & Materials Management by Anand K Sharma, Anmol Publisher, EAN 9788126128211-BEPDF 4. Strategic Operations Management by Robert L Lowson, Taylor & Francis Group Pc, ISBN 0203374096-BEPDF

______

Optimization Techniques-SYLLABUS

168 | P a g e

 Classical Optimization Techniques  Linear Programming  Duality Theory and Post Optimality Analysis  Transportation Problem and Its Variants  Network Models  Sequencing and Scheduling Problems  Nonlinear programming: Kuhn-Tucker Theory  Special Classes of Nonlinear Optimization Problems  Solution of Unconstrained Nonlinear Optimization Problems  Solution of Constrained Nonlinear Optimization Problems  Integer Programming  Dynamic Programming  Decision Theory  Theory of Games  Multiobjective and Goal Programming  Heuristics Based Optimization Techniques  Geometric Programming

References : 1. Optimization Techniques by Chander Mohan, New Age International.

______

Orbital Mechanics-SYLLABUS

 Fundamentals of Orbital Mechanics - Terms of Astronautics - Types of Orbits (HEO, LEO, MEO, Geostationary, Heliostationary etc) - Roche Limit, Lagrange Points

169 | P a g e

- Eccentricity of Orbits, Types of Orbits - The 2 Body Problem - Orbital Perturbations (3rd Body Perturbations, J2 Perturbations, Solar Perturbations etc)  Orbits in Three Dimensions - State Vector and the Geocentric Equatorial Frame - 6 Orbital Elements Applied to Earth and Applied to Sun System - Coordinate Transformation - Effects of Earth’s Oblateness  Orbital Maneuvers - Hohmann Transfer - Several Stage Burns and Transfers - Sphere of Influence - Chase Maneuvers - Plane Change Maneuvers  Relative Motion and Rendezvous - Relative Motion in Orbit - Two Impulse Rendezvous Maneuvers - Relative Motion in Close Proximity Circular Orbits  Interplanetary Trajectories - Interplanetary Hohmann Transfer - Method of Patched Conics - Planetary Departure - Planetary Flyby - Non-Hohmann Interplanetary Trajectory

References:  Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students by Howard Curtis (Elsevier)  Computational Space Flight Mechanics by Claus Weiland (Springer)

______

170 | P a g e

Parallel and Distributed Computing-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION: What is parallel computing? Modern parallel computers, seeking concurrency, data clustering, programming parallel computers, Parallel architectures: interconnection networks, mesh, binary tree, pyramid, hyper tree, butterfly, hypercube, Processor arrays, multiprocessors, multicomputer.

 PRAM ALGORITHMS: PRAM model of parallel computation, PRAM algorithms, parallel reduction, prefix sums, list ranking, merging two sorted lists, graph coloring, Flynn's taxonomy.

 MAPPING AND SCHEDULING: Mapping data to processors on processor arrays and multicomputer, ring into 2-D mesh, 2-D mesh into 2-D mesh, complete binary tree into 2-D mesh, binomial tree into 2-D mesh, Embedding graph into hypercube, dynamic load balancing on multi computers, Graham's list scheduling, Coffman-Graham scheduling

 PARALLEL COMPUTATION: Row-column-oriented and block-oriented matrix multiplication algorithms, Parallel quicksort algorithm, Searching game trees.

 DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS: Introduction to Distributed Algorithms, Kinds of Distributed Algorithm, Timing Models

 SYNCHRONOUS NETWORK ALGORITHMS: Synchronous Network Model, Leader Election in a synchronous Ring, Algorithms in a General Synchronous Networks, Distributed Consensus with Link Failures, Distributed Consensus with Process failures.

171 | P a g e

 ASYNCHRONOUS ALGORITHMS: Asynchronous System Model, Asynchronous Shared Memory, Algorithms: Asynchronous Shared Memory Model; Mutual Exclusion, Resource Allocation, Consensus, Atomic Objects.

 ASYNCHRONOUS NETWORK ALGORITHMS: Asynchronous Network Model; Basic Asynchronous, Network Algorithms, Synchronizers, Shared Memory versus Networks, Logical Time, Global Snapshots and Stable properties.

References 1. Michael J. Quinn, “Parallel Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2002. 2. Nancy A. Lynch, “Distributed Algorithms”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2000. 3. Geral Tel, “Introduction to Distributed algorithms”, 2nd Edition, Cambridge, 2004. 4. Nicola Santoro, “Design and Analysis of Distributed Algorithms”, WileyInterscience, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication, 2007.

______

Petro Economics-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Petro Economics  Global Trends in the Oil Industry  Indian Oil Industry Exploration and Production  Indian Oil Industry Refining  Indian Oil Industry Marketing  Growth and Deregulation of Indian Oil Sector  Structure of Oil Industry  Logistics and Transportation of Oil in India  Strategy for Petroleum and Natural Gas Trading

172 | P a g e

 Petro Retailing  Economics of Crude Oil  Geo-politics in Oil & Natural Gas Trading  International Hydrocarbon Economic Environment  Globalization and Oil Security for Indian Oil Industry  E-commerce Applications in Oil and Natural Gas Industries

References : 1. Petro Economics by AN Sarkar, Pentagon Press, ISBN 8182744210 ______

Petro Exploration-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Oil Formation  Migration of Petroleum and Geological Structures for Petroleum Entrapment  Exploration Methods-I  Exploration Methods-II  Introduction to Oil Well Drilling  Formation Evaluation  New Evolving Technologies

References :

1. Petroleum Exploration Handbook by Graham B Moody, Mc GrawHill Inc, ISBN 0070428670 2. Petroleum Exploration & Exploitation Practices , Allied Publishers Pvt Ltd, ISBN 8177641719

______

173 | P a g e

Petro Retailing-SYLLABUS

 Understanding Petroleum Retail Business  Understanding Petroleum Retail Business in India  Petro Retail Asset Management  Development in Petro Retail Sector  Revenue Management  Role of Technology in Petro Retailing  Supply Chain Management

References :

1. Competition in a Spatial Retail Petroleum Market by LAP Lambert Academic Publishing, ISBN 3838331567

______

Petroleum Geology and Geochemistry-SYLLABUS

 PETROLEUM GEOLOGY Composition of Petroleum and Natural Gas: Oil Filed Waters Origin and Occurrence of Petroleum: Theory of Origin: Organic and Inorganic, Type of Organic Matter, Production, Accumulation and Preservation of Organic Mater, Transformation and Maturation of Organic Matter, Source Rock Analysis; Rock Eval Pyrolysis, Gas Chromatography  RESERVOIR ROCKS Physical Properties of Rocks, Clastic Reservoir Rocks, Carbonate Reservoir Rocks.  MIGRATION AND ACCUMULATION

174 | P a g e

Primary and Secondary Migration, Factors Controlling Accumulation, Concept of Petroleum Province, System and Plays.  TRAPPING MECHANISM Fundamentals of Trapping Mechanism, Structural Traps, Folded Trap, Faulted Traps, Fractured Traps, Stratigraphic Traps, Unconformity Traps, Palaeogeomophic Trap, Salt Domes, Combination Traps, Migration Vs. Trapping Time, Types of Petroliferous Basins, Global Geologic History and Distribution of Hydrocarbon Resources, Sedimentary Basin of India, Hydrocarbon Resources and Reserves. BOOKs: 1. Applied Sedimentology 2nd Edition Richard Selley 2. Levorsen AI. Geology of petroleum. Berry FA, editor. San Francisco: WH Freeman; 1967. 3. Hunt, M.J., 1979. Petroleum geochemistry and geology. WH Freeman and company

______

Petroleum Law & Policy-SYLLABUS

 Legal Issues in Petroleum Management  Transnational and International Oil and Gas Law  Role of Law in Commercial Relations: Role of Legal System  Role of Attorney  Commercial Relationships  Governmental Relationships  Oil/Gas Contracts and Agreements  Crude Oil Sales and Transportation  Risk Management and Dispute Resolution - Arbitration  Litigation  Cases Analysis Discussions  Taxation in Petroleum Sector

References :

175 | P a g e

1. Law of Petroleum and natural Gas by George Bryan, Nabu Press, ISBN 114236027X 2. Encyclopedia of Petroleum Laws by Harbans Lal Sarin, Universal Law Publishing Co.Ltd, ISBN 8175344881

______Petroleum Refining-SYLLABUS

 Growth & Development of Refining Industry in India  Crude Oil and its Characteristics  Specifications of Petroleum Products & Related Tests  Integrated Refinery & Petrochemical Plants  Future Refining Scenario  Advances in Petroleum Refining  Hydrocarbon Loss Minimization  Energy Conservation  Gross Refining Margin  Oil Accounting  Excise & Custom – Petroleum Products

References:

1. Petroleum Refining : Technology & Economics by James H Gary, Atlantic, ISBN 0824791576 2. Petroleum Refining by James H Gary, Glenn E Handwerk, Mark J Keiser, Taylor & Francis Incl, ISBN 1420006355-BEPDF 3. Petroleum Refining Processes by James G Speight, CRC Press, ISBN 0203908643-BEPDF ______

Polymer Engineering-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION

176 | P a g e

 BASIC STRUCTURE OF POLYMERS

 POLYMER MORPHOLOGY

 POLYMER FORMATION, KINETICS AND MOLECULAR WEIGHTS Condensation, Addition, Zeigler-Natta, Emulsion Polymerizations

 POLYMERIZATION PROCESSES AND INDUSTRIAL REACTORS Nylon 6, PET Wiped Film, LDPE, Polypropylene

 POLYMER SOLUTION THERMODYNAMICS, MOLECULAR WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION

 VISCOUS FLOW, VISCOELASTICITY AND POLYMER PROCESSING

References: F. Rodriguez, C. K. Ober and L. A. Archer, Principles of Polymer Systems, 5th ed., CRC Press, Boca Routan, 2003.

A. Kumar and S. K. Gupta, Fundamentals of Polymer Science and Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1978.

A. Kumar and R. K. Gupta, Fundamentals of Polymers, 2nd Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.

S. K. Gupta and A. Kumar, Reaction Engineering of Step Growth Polymerization, Plenum, New York, 1987.

J. R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1995.

______

177 | P a g e

Port & Shipping Laws-SYLLABUS

 Port Administration Port Administration , Ownership & Management ( Types & Activities , Private Sector Participation ), Port policy ,EU / US Port & Transport Policy , National Port Planning , Port & State Financial Assistance.  Port Labour & Associated Laws Port Labour Development & Employment , Labour Split , Gang Size , Tonnage & Labour , Technological changes in labour employment , Labour Improvement & Training, Safety of Labour & Cargo Regulations, Regulation involving specialized / Dangerous Cargo, ISPS Codes , , Safety of other Personnel , Environmental Laws ( Application of Relevant MARPOL & other Rules ) , Dock Regulations Relating to Marine Departments Operations , Rules governing immigration & health officials.  Shipping Agency Procedures Freight & Forwarding Regulations , Custom Procedures, Port Pricing , Immigration Laws, Documents Required for Passenger Vessels, Clearing Procedure, Taxes and Penalties.  Shipping Laws Birth and advent of Merchant Shipping Laws & Practices, Laws of Transportation, Regulation governing Shipment, Trade Practices, Pollution Fire or any other exigencies import, arrest & detention of vessels, Port Enquiry & Investigation etc. References: 1 The Law Relating to : B.C. Mitra - UBA, Allahabad Merchant Shipping in India

______

Port Economics-SYLLABUS

 What is a port?

178 | P a g e

 Vessel port calls: networks  Vessel port calls: world, country, and vessel type  Ports and economic development  Containerization  World container ports  Port users and service providers  Ports in operation  Carriers  Shippers  Passengers  Port operator operating options, production, and cost  Port operator operating objectives, prices, and investment  Port governance and agglomeration  Port performance and competition  Port dockworkers  Port pollution  Port security and safety  Ports in the future References :

1. PORT ECONOMICS book BY Wayne K Talley – Routledge Publications. ______

POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF A.C. DRIVES - SYLLABUS

Introduction to AC Drives Introduction to motor drives – Torque production – Equivalent circuit analysis – Speed-Torque Characteristics with Variable voltage operation, Variable frequency operation, constant v/f operation – Variable stator current operation – Induction motor characteristics in constant torque and field weakening regions

Control of Induction motor drives at Stator side

179 | P a g e

Scalar control – Voltage fed inverter control – Open loop volts/Hz control – speed control slip regulation – speed control with torque and flux control – current controlled voltage fed inverter drive – current-fed inverter control – Independent current and frequency control – Speed and flux control in Current-Fed inverter drive – Volts/Hz control of Current-fed inverter drive – Efficiency optimization control by flux program

Control of Induction motor drives at Rotor side Slip power recovery drives – Static Kramer Drive – Phasor diagram –Torque expression - Speed control of a Kramer Drive – Static Scheribus Drive – modes of operation Vector control of Induction Motor Drives Principles of Vector control – Vector control methods – Direct method of vector control – Indirect method of vector control – Adaptive control principles – Self tuning regulator – Model referencing control.

Control of Synchronous motor drives Synchronous motor and its characteristics – Control strategies – Constant torque angle control – Unity power factor control Constant mutual flux linkage control

Controllers Flux weakening operation – Maximum speed – Direct flux weakening algorithm – Constant Torque mode controller – Flux Weakening controller – Indirect flux weakening – Maximum permissible torque – speed control scheme – Implementation strategy – Speed controller design.

VARIABLE RELUCTANCE MOTOR DRIVE Variable Reluctance motor drives - Torque production in the variable reluctance motor – Drive characteristics and control principles – Current control variable reluctance motor servo drive

BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES Three phase full wave Brushless dc motor – Sinusoidal type of Brushless dc motor – current controlled Brushless dc motor Servo drive

REFERENCES:

1. Electric Motor Drives Pearson Modeling, Analysis & Control – R.Krishnan – Publications – 1st edition – 2002 2. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives – B.K.Bose – Pearson Publications – 1st edition 3. Power Electronic control of AC Motors – MD Murphy & FG Turn Bull Pergman Press(For Chapters II, III, V) – 1st edition 4. Power Electronics and AC Drives – B.K.Bose – Prentice Hall, Eagle wood diffs New Jersey(for chapters I, II, IV) – 1st edition 5. Power Electronic circuits, Devices and Applications – M.H.Rashid – PHI - 1995 6. Fundamentals of Electrical Drives – G.K.Dubey – Narora publications - 1995 (For Chapter II) 7. Power Electronics and Variable frequency drives – B.K.Bose – IEEE Press – Standard publications -1st edition – 2002 ______

180 | P a g e

POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF DC DRIVES - SYLLABUS

Controlled Bridge Rectifier (3- ) with DC Motor Load Three-phase semi converter and Three phase full converter for continuous and discontinuous modes of operation – power and power factor – Addition of Free wheeling diode – Three phase double converter

Three phase naturally commutated bridge circuit as a rectifier or as an inverter Three phase controlled bridge rectifier with passive load impedance, resistive load and ideal supply – Highly inductive load and ideal supply for load side and supply side quantities, shunt capacitor compensation, three phase controlled bridge rectifier inverter.

Phase controlled DC Motor drives Three phase controlled converter, control circuit, control modeling of three phase converter – Steady state analysis of three phase converter control DC motor drive – Two quadrant, Three phase converter controlled DC motor drive – DC motor and load, converter

Current and Speed controlled DC Motor drives Current and speed controllers – current and speed feedback – Design of controllers – Current and speed controllers – Motor equations – filter in the sped feed back loop speed controller – current reference generator – current controller and flow chart for simulation – Harmonics and associated problems – sixth harmonics torque.

Chopper controlled DC motor drives Principle of operation of the chopper – Four- quadrant chopper circuit – Chopper for inversion – Chopper with other power devices – model of the chopper – input to the chopper – steady state analysis of chopper controlled DC motor drives – rating of the devices – Pulsating torque.

Closed loop operation of DC motor drives Speed controlled drive system – current control loop – pulse width modulated current controller – hysterisis current controller – modeling of current controller – design of current controller

Simulation of DC motor drives Dynamic simulations of the speed controlled DC motor drives – Speed feedback speed controller – command current generator – current controller.

REFERENCES:

1. Power Electronics and motor control – Shepherd, Hulley, Liang – II Edition, Cambridge University Press 2. Electric motor drives modeling, Analysis and control – R.Krishnan – I Edition, Prentice Hall India 3. Power Electronic circuits, Devices and Applications – M.H. Rashid – PHI – I Edition – 1995 4. Fundamentals of Electric Drives – G.K. Dubey- Narosa Publications -1995 5. Power Semiconductor drives – S.B. Dewan and A. Straughen – 1975 ______

181 | P a g e

Power Generation, Transmission & Distribution-SYLLABUS

 Introduction General concepts of Generation, Transmission, Distribution and Utilization; Structure of Power System.

 Power Generation, Load & Load Curves Types of power plants: Thermal, Gas Turbine, Hydro and nuclear power plants. Types of loads; Load Prediction; Load curves & Load-duration curves and their significance; Terms & Factors – Maximum Demand, Diversity Factor, Load Factor, Plant Capacity Factor, Plant Use Factor etc.; Base Load & Peak Load Power Plants.

 Choice of Generation, Tariffs and Power Factor Improvement Cost of generation – Fixed costs, Variable Costs, Effect of load factor on Cost/kWh, Depreciation of plant, Methods of determining depreciation; Tariffs – Definition, Objectives, Types, Tariffs for domestic, commercial, agricultural and industrial applications; Power Factor Improvement – Causes & Effects of low power factor, Advantages and Methods of improving power factor, Economics of power factor improvement.

 Transmission And Distribution Systems DC 2-wire and 3-wire systems; AC single phase, three phase and 4-wire systems; Comparison of copper efficiency. Distribution Systems: Primary and Secondary distribution systems, Voltage drop and Power loss calculations, Voltage regulators.

References : 1. Transmission And Distribution By U.A.Bakshi, M.V.Bakshi, Technical Publications, ISBN 81843252 2. Transmission & Distribution by SN Singh, PHI, ISBN 8120335600 3. Electric Power Distribution by AS Pable, TMH

______

182 | P a g e

Power Pricing & Power Purchase Agreement-SYLLABUS

 Theory of Pricing  Historical Perspective of Tariff Regulation  Tariff Regulation For Generation, Transmission and Distribution of Electricity  Tariff through Competitive Bidding Process  Power Purchase Agreements (PPA)  Definitions and Interpretation  Term of Agreement  Conditions Subsequent to be Satisfied by the Sellers  Development of the Project  Construction  Synchronization, Commissioning and Commercial Operation  Operation and Maintenance  Capacity, Availability and Dispatch  Metering and Energy Accounting  Insurances  Billing and Payment  Force Majeure  Change in Law  Events of Default and Termination  Liability and Indemnification  Assignments and Charges  Governing Law and Dispute Resolution  Miscellaneous Provisions

References :

183 | P a g e

1. Power Pricing by Robert J Dolan, Simon & Robert J Doan, Free Press, ISBN 068483443X 2. Power Price by L Bloeichlinger 3. Electric Power Purchasing Handbook by Michael C Tierney, Pennwell, ISBN 1558402969

______

POWER QUALITY - Syllabus

1. Introduction: Introduction of the Power Quality (PQ) problem, Terms used in PQ: Sags, Swells, Surges, Harmonics, Interruptions. Assessing PQ; Remedies : Customer side of meter, utility side of the meter. Power Quality Data : Data collection, Data analysis, Database structure, Creating PQ databases, Processing PQ data.

2. Voltage Sag Analysis: Voltage sag characteristics; methodology for computation of voltage sag magnitude and occurrence; accuracy of sag analysis ; duration & frequency of sags. Effect of transformer connections, effect of pre-fault voltage, simple examples. Voltage dip problems. Fast assessment methods for voltage sags in distribution systems.

3. PQ Considerations in Industrial Power Systems: Adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems and applications, sources of power system harmonics, mitigation of harmonics. Characterization of voltage sags experienced by three-phase ASD Systems : Types of sags and phase - angle jumps.. Effects of momentary voltage dips on the operation of induction and synchronous motors. Voltage sag coordination for reliable plant operation.

4. Effects of Harmonics on Power Quality : Harmonic analysis of industrial customers; technical barriers in ASDs . Methods of evaluation of harmonic levels in industrial distribution systems. Harmonic effects on transformers. Impact of distribution system capacitor banks on PQ. Guidelines for limiting voltage harmonics.

5. Power Quality and Factory Automation : General plant description, monitoring strategy, equipment selection and testing. Design philosophy of filters to reduce harmonic distortion. Power conditioners. Voltage flicker measurement and analysis System.

6. Power Quality Standards and Guidelines :

184 | P a g e

Industry standards and general guidelines. Global quality standards: ISO 9000, framework for quality, rewards of quality with ISO 9000.

REFERENCE :

Recent Technical Papers Published in IEEE on ‘Power Quality’.

______

Power Sector Economics & Planning-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Economic Theories and their Importance  Economic Figures of Merit Used in the Energy Sector SPP, DPP, NPV, IRR  Depreciation Accounting  Tariff: Different Types of Tariffs  Environmental and Societal Benefits of Energy Technologies  Clean Development Mechanism  Regulatory Framework and Subsidy  Energy Forecasting References : 1. The politics of Power Sector Reforms in India by Niranjan Sahoo, Pentagon Press, ISBN 818274301X 2. Reforming Power Sector Reforms, Excel Books ______

Power System-SYLLABUS  Introduction General concepts of Generation, Transmission, Distribution and Utilization; Structure of Power System.  Power Generation, Load & Load Curves Types of power plants: Thermal, Gas Turbine, Hydro and nuclear power plants. Types of loads; Load Prediction; Load curves & Load-duration curves and their significance; Terms & Factors –

185 | P a g e

Maximum Demand, Diversity Factor, Load Factor, Plant Capacity Factor, Plant Use Factor etc.; Base Load & Peak Load Power Plants.  CHOICE of Generation, Tariffs and Power Factor Improvement Cost of generation – Fixed costs, Variable Costs, Effect of load factor on Cost/kWh, Depreciation of plant, Methods of determining depreciation; Tariffs – Definition, Objectives, Types, Tariffs for domestic, commercial, agricultural and industrial applications; Power Factor Improvement – Causes & Effects of low power factor, Advantages and Methods of improving power factor, Economics of power factor improvement.  Transmission And Distribution Systems DC 2-wire and 3-wire systems; AC single phase, three phase and 4-wire systems; Comparison of copper efficiency. Distribution Systems: Primary and Secondary distribution systems, Voltage drop and Power loss calculations, Voltage regulators.

References:  Electrical Power Systems, C. L. Wadhwa, New Age International,  Electric Power Distribution, A.S. Pabla, Tata McGraw-Hill Education,  Power Systems, Behic R Gungor, Oxford University Press  Power System Engineering, R.K.Rajput, Laxmi Publication

______

Power System Analysis & Stability-SYLLABUS  POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS  System Modeling and formation of Network Matrices Modeling of Synchronous Machine, Transformer, Transmission Line, Load; Per-Unit (PU) System and its Advantages, Single-Line (or One-Line) Diagram, Impedance and Reactance Diagrams, Bus Admittance (Ybus) and Impedance (Zbus) Matrices and their Formation.

186 | P a g e

 Load Flow Analysis Load Flow Problem, Bus Classification, Power System Equations, Solution Techniques – Gauss Iterative Method, Gauss-Seidel (G-S) Method, Newton – Raphson (N-R) Method, Fast Decoupled Load Flow (FDLF) Method, Comparison of Load Flow Solution Methods.  Economic (optimal) operation of Power Systems System Constraints, Optimal Distribution of Load between Units within a Plant, Distribution of Load between Plants, Transmission Loss Equation, Classical Economic Dispatch with Losses.  Short circuit studies: Symmetrical Three-Phase fault analysis Short Circuit Transient on a Transmission Line, Short Circuit of Synchronous Machines (Unloaded & Loaded), Fault Calculations, Selection of Circuit Breakers. Symmetrical Components - Resolution of Unbalanced Phases into their Symmetrical Components, Phase Shift of Symmetrical Components in Y - Δ Transformer Bank, Power in terms of Symmetrical Components, Sequence Impedances and Sequence Networks, Sequence Impedance of Power System Elements (Alternator, Transformer and Transmission Line), Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Networks of Power System Elements. Unsymmetrical FaultAnalysis - Single Line-to- Ground (L-G) Faults, Line-to-Line (L-L) Faults, Double Line-to- Ground (L-L-G) Faults, Open- Conductor Faults, Unsymmetrical Faults on an unloaded alternator, Unsymmetrical Faults on a Power System, Faults through Impedance, Fault Current Calculations. POWER SYSTEM STABILITY  Steady state stability & Transient stability Stability Problem, Rotor Dynamics and the Swing Equation, Power Angle Equation & Diagram, Steady State Stability, Transient Stability, Equal Area Criterion and its Applications, Critical Clearing Angle, Fault Clearing Time, Step-by-Step Solution of Swing Curve, Factors influencing Transient Stability, Methods of improving Stability.

References: 1. Power System Stability and Control by Prabha Kundur, Mc GrawHill Professional Publishing, ISBN 1420009249-BEPDF 2. Power System Stability and Control by Leonard L Grigsby, Taylor & Francis Incl, ISBN 1420009249-BEPDF

187 | P a g e

______POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL – Syllabus ECONOMIC OPERATION OF POWER SYSTEMS Economic dispatch in thermal power station: Heat rate curves - cost curves - incremental fuel and production costs - economic distribution of load between units without consideration to line losses. Transmission line losses as a function of plant generation - calculation of loss coefficients - optimum generation allocation between thermal plants. Capability diagram of a synchronous generator. LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL Importance of keeping voltage and frequency constant in a power system - Load frequency control (LFC) single area case - the P- loop: Schematic of load frequency and AVR of a synchronous generator – mathematical modeling of generator, loads, prime mover and speed governor for LFC & corresponding block diagram representation - LFC block diagram of an isolated power system - steady state analysis - dynamic response. LFC for two area systems - automatic generation control (AGC) scheme – AGC in a single area and two area systems - block diagram representation. REACTIVE POWER CONTROL: Loadability of transmission lines - sources of reactive power Reactive power control in synchronous generators: The role of excitation system- exciter, generator and sensor models - simplified AVR block diagram - steady state response for a step change in terminal voltage. Reactive power compensation of loads: Shunt compensating devices Transmission line compensation: Series compensation - shunt compensation. Static VAR compensators – thyristor controlled reactors (TCR) - thyristor switched capacitors (TSC) - combined TCR and TSC - schematic of all three types - STATCOM and FACTS devices Voltage control of distribution systems: Tap changing - booster transformers - synchronous phase modifiers - induction regulators and static capacitors. INTRODUCTION TO FACTS CONTROLLERS Basic types of FACTS controllers – Brief description and definitions of FACTS controllers: Shunt - Series - Combined shunt and series connected controllers. Objectives of Shunt compensators – SVC - STATCOM – TSC - TCR Objectives of Series compensators – TSSC - TCSC

188 | P a g e

Objectives of combined series and shunt connected compensators – UPFC REFERENCE BOOKS: s1) Modern power system analysis by D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath McGraw Hill 3rdedition,2003 2) Electric Energy systems Theory – by O.I.Elgerd, Tata Mc Graw-hill Publishing Comapany Ltd., Second edition 1983 3) Electrical power systems by C.L. Wadhwa, New age International (P) Limited 4) Understanding FACTS by Naran G. Hingorani, L. Gyugyi, 1st edition, 2001, Standard Publishers Distributors 5) Elements of power system analysis by W D Stevenson Jr Fourth Edition TMH International student edition 6) Economic operation of interconnected systems by L.K.Kirchmeyer Wiley Eastern Ltd 7) Power system analysis by H. Saadat , McGraw Hill, 2nd edition 8)Power System Analysis Operation and Control by Abhijit Chakrabarti, Sunita Halder, PHI, 2007 9) Computer modeling of Electrical power systems by J.Arrillaga, N. A. Watson,second Edition2003, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 10) Power system control- technology by Torsten Cegrell, Prentice Hall international series in systems & control engineering ______

Power Trading-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Power Trading  Market Mechanisms  Financial and Technical Aspects of Power Trading  Legal and Regulatory Framework

References :

189 | P a g e

1. Impacts of Emission Trading on Power Industry and Electricity Markets by Wen & Singh, Emarald Group Publishing Ltd, ISBN 1780524471-BEPDF 2. Power System Restructuring and Deregulation :Trading, Performance & IT by Loi Lei Lai, John Wiley Sons Incl, ISBN 047149500X

______

Process Modeling and Simulation-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION What is Modeling and Why Modeling

 CLASSIFICATION OF MODELS Transport Phenomena Based, Empirical, Population Balance Based, Steady State vs. Dynamic, On-Line vs. Off-Line, Lumped Parameter vs. Distributed Parameter

 ANALYTICAL MODELS Conservation and Constitutive Equations, Material, Energy and Momentum Balances

 GRAPH THEORY Basics, Boolean Algebra, Applications to Decomposition of Large Systems

 ANN BASED MODELING What is ANN, How to Construct ANN Models, Training and Testing of Networks

 DEGREES OF FREEDOM ANALYSIS

 THERMODYNAMIC AND PHYSICAL PROPERTY CALCULATION FACILITIES

 METHODS OF SOLUTION

190 | P a g e

Sequential, Modular, Equation-Oriented, Mathematical Tools (Recycle Calculations, Partitioning and Tearing)

 CASE STUDIES From the Petroleum and Gas Industry: Crude Distillation Unit, Synthesis Gas Production, Reformers, FCC Units

 ASPEN-HYSIS/PLUS

References: D. M. Himmelblau and K. B. Bischoff, Process Analysis and Simulation: Deterministic Systems, Wiley, New York, 1968. W. L. Luyben, Process Modeling, Simulation and Control for Chemical Engineers, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, 1990. R. Aris, Mathematical Modeling, Academic, New York, 1999. A. Hussain, Chemical Process Simulation, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1986. B. V. Babu, Process Plant Simulation, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2004. ______Production Engineering-SYLLABUS

 Well Testing and Well Completion Well Head Testing, Perforation and Well Activation, Use of Compressed Air, Liquid Nitrogen, Swabbing, Surface Layout. Production Measurement, Production Testing of Wells. Choke Performance.  Separation Techniques Oil and Gas Separator. Separator System Design. Optimum Separation Scheme.  Tubing Design Multi Phase Flow in Tubing and Flow Lines. Tubing Sizing and Performance; Horizontal Well Performance.  Gas Lifts

191 | P a g e

Continuous and Intermittent Gas Lift System, Performance and Optimization.  Pumping Sucker Rod Pumping of Oil. Electric Submersible Pumps; Operation, Design and Optimization.  Sand Control Sand Consolidation, Gravel Packing, Performance Design and Techniques.  Work Over Deparaffination, Water Shut off; Squeeze Cement and Polymer Injection; Conventional and Coil Tubing Use. Application of Liquid Nitrogen; Production Optimization: Nodal Analysis.  Intelligent well Smarts Wells, Intelligent Wells.

References : 1. Principles of Oil Well Production by Nind from Mc Graw Hill Publication 2. Petroleum Production by William Lycon from Libro Publication. 3. ONGC Manual on Production Engineering(Oil and Gas).

______

Production Engineering & Well Testing Analysis-SYLLABUS

• Types and Characteristics of Well Completion and Work Over Operation : Trouble Shooting for Vertical Horizontal and Multilateral Wells. • Well Bore Damage, Inflow and Well Performance Analysis, Multiphase Flow through Conduits. • Artificial Lift : Oil Well Pumping, Gas Lift. • Surface Facilities :Field Processing of oil and gas, Flow Measurement. • Well Completion Design, Packers

192 | P a g e

• Stimulation Techniques: Hydraulic Fracturing and Matrix Acidizing Jobs, Non acid stimulation. • Sand Control • Production Testing • Production Logging • Well Testing Approach and applications : Fundamental Aspects and objectives of well testing in oil exploration/exploitations. • Fluid Flow in Porous Media: Diffusivity equation and its application , in Oil And Gas Industry • Drill Stem Test: Introduction and its applications formation evaluation in oil Exploration. • Pressure Build-up Tests: Procedure, analysis, multirate analysis, effects on oil & Gas Production . • Pressure Drawdown Tests: Procedure, analysis, multirate Test. • Type Curve Analysis: Need, procedure and its applications with case study. • Well Testing and Exploratory Decisions References: 1. Production Operations, Vol.1, Allen, T.O., and Roberts, A.P., Oil and Gas Consultations International, Inc., Tulsa, 1954 2. Production Operations, Vol.2, Allen, T.O., and Roberts, A.P., Oil and Gas Consultations International, Inc., Tulsa, 1989 3. The Technology of Artificial Lift Methods, Vol.1, Brown, K.E. and Beggs,H.D., Pennwell Publishing Co., Tulsa, 1977 ______

Project and Financial Management in Energy Sector-SYLLABUS

 Project Management  Definition & Scope of Project

193 | P a g e

 Project Development Cycle: Project identification, project screening, technical design, financing, contracting, implementation, monitoring and review.  Project Planning Techniques: Work breakdown structure, Gantt chart.  Project Network techniques: CPM and PERT.  Project Design & Implementation: Implementation plan for top management, procurement procedures, construction, measurement and verification.  Energy monitoring and Targeting: Introduction, setting up monitoring and targeting, key elements, data sources and analysis, information sources and analysis.  Financial Management  Investment Need, Appraisal and criteria  Financial Analysis Techniques: Payback period, ROI, IRR, NPV  Cash Flow: Capital investment consideration, net investment, cash inflows, salvage value  Sensitivity and Risk Analysis: Micro and macro factors, economic life, cash flow diagram  Financial Options Available: Debt financing, equity financing, retained earning, capital lease, true lease  ESCO and Energy Performance Contracting: Types of performance contracting, role of ESCO, drawbacks of ESCO, benefits of industry, developing a ESCO contract, Tariffs, Electricity Markets & Competition.

References: 1. Essentials of financial management, I.M.Pandey, Vikas publication 2. Project Management, Prasanna Chandra, Mc graw hill 3. Investopedia

______Project Management & Contract Administration-SYLLABUS

 Project Feasibility – Econometric Model  Project Cost – Contingency, Risk and Sensitivity Analysis  Initiating a Project

194 | P a g e

 Project Execution – Developing a Project Schedule  Project Control – Checking Project Progress with Bell and "S" Curves  Project Costs Control  Project Procurement – Evaluating Bids for Major Equipment  Attributes of a Good Project Manager  Modern Trends  Contract Elements-Contract Formation  Key Business Drivers for Contract Management  The Need of Contract Management Solutions  Contract Management for Legal  The Five Cornerstones of a Contract Lifecycle Management Strategy  Justifying Contract Management  Five Myths of Contract Management  Understanding and Improving the Contracting Process

References : 1. Contracting for Project Management by J Rodney Turner, Ashgate Rower, ISBN 0754682900- BEPDF 2. Project Management of Multiple Projects & Contracts by Loftus, Thomas Teltford

______

Pumps, Compressors and Fans-SYLLABUS

 PUMP- BASICS AND HARDWARE DESCRIPTION Various Types of Pumps, Selection of Pumps, Hardware Components Casings, Rotor , Internals, Pump Seals.  DRIVER INFORMATION An Overview of Motor Drives, Gas Turbines, Steam Turbines, selection of drives.  PUMP CHARACTERISTICS AND CALCULATIONS

195 | P a g e

NPSH – Theory and Estimation Method, Discharge and Suction Pressures, Differential Head, Power Requirements, System and Operating Curves, Performance Curves and Efficiency.

 PUMP SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET Codes and Standards, Shut-off Pressure, Design Pressure and Design Temperature, Selection of Material, Mechanical Specifications, Vendor Information and Testing  SPECIAL CASE STUDIES Low NPSH Cases, Factors Affecting Pump Performance

 COMPRESSOR SELECTION Types of compressor and Application, Selection Criteria  COMPRESSOR HARDWARE DESCRIPTION Centrifugal compressor – casing types, impeller types, guide vanes, sealing system, performance characteristics. Reciprocating Compressor- casing, piston, valves, sealing system, performance characteristics  COMPRESSOR CALCULATIONS Suction Pressure, Discharge Pressure, Differential Head, Adiabatic and Isentropic Compression, Temperature Rise, Efficiency and Power Requirement.  COMPRESSOR SPECIFICATION DATA SHEET Typical data sheet for centrifugal and reciprocating compressors, vendor information and interaction requirements.  FANS AND BLOWERS Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow Control strategies.

References : 1. Turbines, Compressors and Fans by S.M Yahya , McGraw Hill Education 2. Centrifugal Compressor Design And Performance by David Japiske , Published by Concepts Eti

196 | P a g e

3. Compressor Handbook (McGraw-Hill Handbooks) by Paul Hanlon McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing 4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S.C.Gupta, Pearson Education India, 2006

______Quality and Reliability Engineering-SYLLABUS

 Definition Definition of quality and its meaning and importance in industry, Control and Quality control, Quality Tasks,

 Quality function, system and control Quality functions, The system Concept, Quality systems, quality assurance and ISO 9000 quality system standards, Quality costs concept, Quality cost categories,  Statistical Tools in Quality control The concept of variation, Tabular Summarization of Data, Frequency distribution, Graphical Summarization of Data: The Histogram, Quantitative methods of summarizing data: Numerical Indices, Probability distributions : General, The normal Probability distribution, The normal curve and Histogram Analysis, The causes of variation, statistical aspect of control charting, concept of rational sub-grouping and detecting patterns on the control charts, for variables and attributes: X and R, X and S, p, np, c and u charts  Reliability Centered Maintenance: Introduction to Changing world of maintenance - Maintenance and RCM -The seven Basic Questions –Implementing RCM - Achievements of RCM.(06Hrs)  Failure Data Analysis Introduction, Failure Data, Quantitative measures, MTTF, MTBF, Bathtub Curve, Mean Life, Life Testing, Problems, Introduction to Failure Mode and Effect Analysis(06 Hrs) System Reliability Series, Parallel and Mixed Configuration, Block Diagram Concept, r-out-of-n structure solving problems using mathematical models.Reliability Improvement and Allocation,Difficulty in

197 | P a g e achieving reliability, Methods for improving reliability during design, Different techniques available to improve reliability, Optimization, Reliability-Cost trade off, Prediction and Analysis, Problems

References: 1. Introduction to Quality and Reliability Engineering by Renyan Jiang 2. Statistical Methods for Quality, Reliability and Maintainability by Muralidharan 3. Reliability Engineering Handbook by Nolan Dodson. ______

Quantitative Techniques-SYLLABUS

 Probability Distributions  Sampling and Sampling Distributions  Estimation  Testing of Hypotheses  Chi Square  Analysis of Variance  Non-parametric Methods  Simple Regression and Correlation  Time Series and Forecasting  Decision Theories  Linear Programming, Transportation and Assignment Problems  Inventory Model  Game Theory  Simulation

References :

198 | P a g e

1. Principles of Mathematical Analysis by Walter Rudin, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co., ISBN 0070856133 2. Introductory methods of numerical analysis , PHI, ISBN 8120327616 3. Statistics by David Freedman, Robert Pisani & Roger Purves , Viva Books Pvt Ltd, ISBN 8130915871 4. Statistics by Nadar E Narayanan , PHI, ISBN 8120342305

______

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems-SYLLABUS

 REFRIGERATION CYCLES – ANALYSIS Development of Vapor Compression Refrigeration Cycle from Reverse Carnot Cycle- conditions for high COP-deviations from ideal vapor compression cycle, Multipressure System, Cascade Systems- Analysis. Vapor Absorption Systems-Aqua Ammonia & Li-Br Systems, Steam Jet Refrigeration Thermal Electric Refrigeration, Air Refrigeration cycles, and Heat pumps.  MAIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS Compressor- Types, performance, Characteristics, Types of Evaporators & Condensers and their functional aspects, Expansion Devices and their Behavior with fluctuating load, cycling controls  REFRIGERANTS Classification of Refrigerants, Refrigerant properties, Oil Compatibility, Environmental Impact- Montreal / Kyoto protocols-Eco Friendly Refrigerants, alternatives to HCFCS, Secondary Refrigerants  TYPES OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND PSYCHROMETRICS Moist Air properties, use of Psychrometric Chart, Various Psychrometric processes, Air Washer, Adiabatic Saturation. Summer and winter Air conditioning, Types of air conditioning systems.  LOAD ESTIMATION Solar Radiation-Heat Gain through Glasses, Heat Transfer through Walls and Roofs-Total Cooling Load Estimation.

199 | P a g e

References : 1. Arora C.P. , Refrigeration and Air Conditioning , Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Company , New Delhi - 2000. 2. ALI VEDAVARZ, SUNIL KUMAR, Mohammed Iqbal, Hussain Handbook of Heating , Ventilation and Air conditioning for Design Implementation ,Industrial press Inc,2007. 3. ASHRAE , Fundamentals and equipment , 4 volumes-ASHRAE Inc. 2005 4. Jones , Air Conditioning Engineering , Edward Amold pub. 2001. 5. Carrier Air Conditioning Co., Handbook of Air Conditioning Systems design , McGraw Hill , 1985. 6. Langley , Billy C. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Ed. 3 , Engie wood Cliffs (N.J) Prentice Hall 1986. 7. Dossat R.J., Principles of refrigeration, John Wiley , S.I. Version (2001). 8. Stoecker W.F., Refrigeration and Air conditioning , McGraw-Hill Book Company , 1989. 9. Jordan and Priester, Refrigeration and Air conditioning 1985. 10. Langley, Billy C., ‘Solid state electronic controls for HVACR’ pentice-Hall 1986. 11. Air conditioning and Refrigeration, Rex Milter, Mark R.Miller, McGraw Hill 2006 ______

Regulatory Framework of Power Sector-SYLLABUS

 Power Sector Reform  Role of Regulator and regulatory issues in Power Sector  Regulatory Commissions at Centre and State  Tariff Regulations  Performance Regulation  Capacity Addition and Resource Mobilization  Rural Electrification  Power Shortage in India  International Experiences in De-regulating Electricity Markets

200 | P a g e

References :

1. Understanding Competitive Electricity Markets-Business Analysis of Regulatory Framework for Electricity Sector in India by Vipul Shah, ICFAI, ISBN 813140451X 2. The Politics of Power Sector Reforms in India by Niranjan Sahoo, Pentagon Press, ISBN 818274301X

______

Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation-SYLLABUS

 Aerial photography and photogrammetry basic principles, photographic systems, visual interpretation and mapping. Ground truth verification radiometer and its application.  Basic concepts of remote sensing Idealized remote sensing system. Physics of remote sensing, electromagnetic spectrum, black body concept, atmospheric windows, geometry of scanners, CCD arrays and platforms, history of space imaging characteristics of space platform like LANDSAT, SPOT, IRS, etc. Characteristics of sensors like MSS, TM, LISS I and LISS II. Outputs from various sensors.  Classification of digital data and information Supervised, unsupervised. Extraction procedure for different applications and terrain evaluation. Thematic interpretation, transfer of interpreted thematic information to base map. Ground verification.  Application of remote sensing Civil Engineering, Earth Science, Forestry, Agriculture, Oceanography, Fisheries, Water resources, Town planning and land use/land cover mapping.  Integration of Remote Sensing, Image interpretation and GIS Extracting metric information from Remotely Sensed images, Extracting thematic information from Remotely Sensed images, Integration of information from remote sensing in GIS GIS application areas.

201 | P a g e

References : 1. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation by Thomas Lillesand Ralph W. Keifere Jonathan Chipman.- John Wiley Sons 2. Paul R Wolf , Elements of photogrammetry –- Mc Graw-Hill 3. Lille sand & Kiefer, Remote sensing and image interpretation, John Wiley and Sons 4. Floyd F. Sabins Remote sensing principles and interpretation - - WH Freeman & Co. 5. John R Jensen, Introductory digital image processing - - Prentice Hall 6. George Joseph, Fundamentals of Remote Sensing- -Universities Press-Technical 7. L R A Narayan Remote Sensing and its Applications- - Universities Press ______

Renewable Energy Technology-SYLLABUS  SOLAR ENERGY  SOLAR RADIATION Introduction -extraterrestrial solar radiation - radiation at ground level-collectors-solar cells- applications of solar energy, Introduction to Solar Collectors (Liquid Flat - Plate Collector, Air Heater and Concentrating Collector) and Thermal Storage ,  PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR CELL P:N Junction - Metal - Schottky Junction, Electrolyte - Semiconductor Junction, Types of Solar Cells - their applications - Experimental Techniques to determine the characteristics of Solar Cells - Photovoltaic Hybrid Systems Photovoltaic Thermal Systems – Storage Battery - Solar Array and their Characteristics , Solar Chargeable Battery.  WIND ENERGY Introduction-basic theory Statistics - Measurements and Data Presentation - Wind Turbine Aerodynamics - Momentum Theories - Basics Aerodynamics - Airfoils and their Characteristics - HAWT - Blade Element ,VAWT Aerodynamics - Wind Turbine Loads  BIOMASS Biomass Energy-Introduction-Biomass Conversion-Biogas Production-Ethanol production

202 | P a g e

Pyrolysis and Gasification-Direct Combustion-Applications.  THERMAL BIOMASS CONVERSION: Combustion, Pyrolysis, Gasification and Liquefaction - Biological Conversion - Methanol, Ethanol Production - Fermentation - Anaerobic Digestion Biodegradation and Biodegradability of Substrate.  POWER GENERATION TECHNIQUES: Fermentation and Gasification – Biogas production from different Organic Wastes - Effect of Additives on Biogas Yield - Biogas production from Dry Dung Cakes - Industrial Application Viability of Energy Production - Wood Gasifier System,  ENERGY GENERATION FROM WASTE Types - Biochemical Conversion - Sources of Energy Generation - Industrial Waste, Agro Residues - Anaerobic Digestion. Biogas Production. Types of Biogas Plant Thermo chemical Conversion - Sources of Energy Generation - Gasification - Types of Gasifiers - Environment Benefits of Biochemical and Thermo chemical Conversion, Industrial Applications of Gasifiers  OTHER RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES Tidal Energy - Introduction-origin of tides-power generation schemes-Wave Energy Geothermal Energy-Introduction-geothermal resource types-resource base-applications for heating and electricity generation Introduction-Open and Closed OTEC cycles-bio photolysis-Ocean Currents-Salinity Gradient Devices- Fuel cells, Environmental Aspects-Potential impacts of harnessing the different renewable energy resources.

Reference:

1. D. P. Kothari, K. C. Singal, Rakesh Ranjan, “Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies” PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012 2. John Twidell and Tony Weir, “Renewable Energy Resources”, Taylor and Francis London, 2010

203 | P a g e

3. J. F. Manwell, J. G. Mcgowan, A. L. Rogers, “Wind Energy Explained Theory, Design and Application” Wiley, United Kingdom 2009 4. Joshuo Earnest, “Wind Power Technology”, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2014 5. B. H. Khan, “Non- Conventional Energy Sources”, McGraw Hill Education India 6. P. K. Sharma, “Non-conventional Power Plants”, NPTI, New Delhi 2008 7. Rakosh Das Begamudre, “Energy Conversion Systems”, New Age International Publishers, 2000

______Research Methodology-Engineering/ Science-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Research  Research Design : Theoretical Research Models  Experimental Research  Sampling  Measurement in Research  Calibration & Standards for various Instruments  Measurement Errors  Online Data  Data Smoothing  Curve Fitting  Reporting Experimental Data  Design of Experiments  Report writing  Ethics in Research

References : 1. Research Methodology-Methods & Techniques by C Rajendra, New Age Intl Pvt Ltd Publishers, ISBN 8122415229 2. Research Methodology for Engineers by Ganesan, MJP Publishers, EAN 9788180941108

204 | P a g e

3. Operations Research Support Methodology Series by A Holzman, CRC Press, ISBN 0824767713

______

Research Methodology-Legal-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Research  Significance of Research in Law as Legal Profession in India  Planning of Legal Research  Investigation Methods  Methods and Tools of Collection of Data  Hypothesis  Sampling  Data Processing  Analysis and Interpretation  Research Reports  Computer Applications and Legal Research

References :

1. Legal Education and Research Methodology by BK Das, Neha Publishers & Distributors, ISBN 8189972499 2. Legal Research & Methodology by SK Verma, M Afzal Wani, Indian Law Institute

______

Research Methodology-Management-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Research  Importance of Research in Management Decisions

205 | P a g e

 Identification of Problem and Formulation  Research Design  Concepts of Measurement  Attitude Scaling Techniques  Sources and Types of Data  Sampling Techniques  Hypotheses  Data Analysis  Interpretation of Data and Report Writing

References :

1. Management Research Methodology : Integration of Principles, Methods & Techniques by KN Krishnaswamy, Appa Iyer Sivakumar & M Mathirajan, Prentice Hall, ISBN 8177585630 2. Research Methodology in Business Management by DK Jha, Neha Publishers & Distributors, ISBN 8178848090 3. Research Methodology in Management by Prof Michael, Himalaya, EAN CHIMPUB100542 ______Reservoir Engineering-SYLLABUS

• Petro-physical parameters of Reservoir Rocks: Porosity, Permeability, Fluid Saturation, Effective and Relative Permeability, Capillary Action, Measurement/Estimation, Interrelationship between parameters. • Reservoir Fluid Properties: P-V-T and Phase Behavior. Measurement and estimation of PVT parameters of fluids. • Reserve & Resource Analysis : Volumetric approach in Exploration and

206 | P a g e

Exploitation of Oil And Gas Reservoirs., Material balance Equation and its modifications for performance evaluation/predictions of oil& Gas Reservoirs, Decline Curve analysis and its applications in oil &gas Economics • Fluid flow through Porous Media: Darcy’s Law, Multiphase Flow, Linear, Radial & Spherical Flow, Steady State and Unsteady State Flow. Reservoir Pressure Monitoring and its impact on production behavior of Oil and Gas Reservoir. • Reservoir Analysis & Monitoring: Reservoir Drive Mechanism and its impact on Recovery Factors.

References: 1. Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering, Dake,L.P.,Elsevier, Netherlands. 2. Basics of Reservoir Engineering, Cosse,R., Editions Technip, Paris, 1993 3.Reservoir Engineering Handbook, Ahmed,T., Gulf Professional Publishing, Boston, 2001, ______Risk Analysis and Management-SYLLABUS

 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ANALYSIS Introduction - Hazard - Process - Hazard - Monitoring - Risk - Issues - Perception - Management Assessment-Analysis-Safety Audits-Management System Audits-Check Lists-Material Safety Data-What If Analysis-Event Tree-Fault Tree Analysis-Hazard and Operability Studies- Coarse Hazard Studies-Human Error Analysis-Safety Review System-Hazard Warning Methods-Hazard Warning Analysis- Plant Safety Audit.  SOFTWARES FOR RISK ANALYSIS Basic Concepts of Risk Analysis - Quantitative - Qualitative Methods - Hazard Models System- Hazard Assessment Systems - Principles of Applications of Software's- FETI - Hazard Operability Studies ( HAZOP) - EFFECTS - Hazard Analysis (HAZAN) - PHAST - SAFETI -Failure Mode and Effect Analysis( FMEA.)

207 | P a g e

 RISK CONTROL & MANAGEMENT Impact estimation : Property, People , Man and Machine System, Job and Personal Risk Factors- Standards-Selection and Training-Body Size and Posture-Body Dimension (Static/Dynamic)- Adjustment Range- Penalties.-Guide Lines for Safe Design and Postures- Evaluation and Methods of Reducimg Posture Strain Man-Machine Interface-Controls-Types of Control-Identification and Selection-Types of Displays- Compatibility and Stereotypes of Important Operations-Fatigue and Vigilance- Measurement Characteristics and Strategies for Enhanced Performance Human Factor Engineering & Behavioral based safety

______

Rock slope engineering-SYLLABUS

 Rock Slope Engineering: Introduction, Principles of rock slopes, Design methods, field parameters and data collection

 Rock and Soil strength and their measurements Rock properties, loading conditions, failure theories, laboratory measurements, ground water conditions

 Failure analysis Plane, wedge, circular and toppling failures and their principles, impacts in mining

 Rock Blasting Rock fragmentation and blasting principles, wave propagations, vibration

 Rock stabilization in slopes Monitoring, prevention and control of slopes failure, rock reinforcements and supports

 Numerical Analysis Modeling concepts, field examples and illustrations, Mining case studies.

Suggested Reading: i. Rock Slope Engineering: Duncan C. Wyllie & Christopher W. Mah

208 | P a g e ii. Practical Rock Engineering: Evert Hoek For different software used in analysis : https://www.rocscience.com/learning

______Rocket Propulsion-SYLLABUS Classification of rockets: chemical, electrical and nuclear; Applications of rockets in launch vehicles, spacecraft, and missiles; Criteria of performance: thrust, specific impulse, energy and efficiencies, characteristic velocity, effective exhaust velocity; Flow through ideal and real nozzles; Solid rocket motors, double-base and composite propellants, grain configurations, erosive burning; Liquid rocket engines, types of propellants; cryogenic and gelled propellants, injector design, gas pressure and turbo-pump feed systems, combustion instability; Heat transfer analysis; Thrust vector control; Hybrid rocket engines; Electro-thermal ion and magneto-plasma rockets; Rocket testing.

References: 1. G. P. Sutton and O. Biblarz, Rocket Propulsion Elements, Wiley, 2001. 2. R. W. Humble, G. N. Henry, W. J. Larson, Space Propulsion Analysis and Design, McGraw Hill, 1995. 3. G. C. Oates, Aerothermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion, AIAA, 1988. 4. M. L. Turner, Rocket and Spacecraft Propulsion, Springer, 2009. 5. M. J. Zucrow, Aircraft and Missile Propulsion (Vol. II and I), John Wiley, 1958.

______

Safety aspects in mining-SYLLABUS

 Associated Acts and Rules Indian Electricity Rules (VIII & X), Land Acquisition Act, Mine Rescue Rules, Workmen’s Compensation Act, Indian Explosives Act.

 Accident Classification of accidents Accident statistics, Accident reports, Risk assessment.

 Concept on Ergonomics and possible application in Mining Operation

 Environmental and Physiological parameters and its assessment

 Assessment of Fatigue & determination of rest pause period for different mine working

209 | P a g e

Suggested Reading: 1. The Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 2. Mine Rescue rules Indian Explosives Act, 1884 3. Safety in Mines: A Survey of Accidents, Their Causes and Prevention. 4. Hand Book of Occupational Safety and Health by Lawrence Slote

______Safety in Construction-SYLLABUS

 SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION Meaning and Scope of Safety in Construction Operations, Rules & Regulations, Safety in Excavations, Scaffolding, Underwater Works, Cofferdams, Underpinning & Shoring etc. Safety in use of Lifting Equipment, Pre-Construction Preparation etc, Health Hazards while Handling Construction Materials and Chemicals, Safe Demolition, Human Factors, Safe Handling of Machines & Equipments used in Refinery, Petrochemicals Plant & Gas Facilities Construction  HISTORY OF SAFETY LEGISLATION History of Dock Safety Statues in India- Background of Present Dock Safety Statues- Dock Workers (Safety, Health & Welfare) Act 1986 and the Rules and Regulations framed there under. Other Statues like Marking of Heavy Packages Act 1951 and the Rules Framed there Under- Manufacturer, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules 1989 framed under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1989 - few case Laws to interpret the terms used . Dock Safety Statutes. Responsibility of Different Agencies for Safety, Health and Welfare involved in Dock Work - Responsibilities of Port Authorities - Dock Labour Board - Owner of Ship Master - and agent of Ship - Owner of Lifting Appliances and Loose Gear etc - Employers of Dock Workers like Stevedores - Clearing and Forwarding Agents - Competent Persons and Dock Worker.

______

210 | P a g e

Satellite Communication Engineering-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION Origin of Satellite Communications, Historical Back-ground, Basic Concepts of Satellite Communications, Frequency allocations for Satellite Services, Applications, Future Trends of Satellite Communications.  ORBITAL MECHANICS AND LAUNCHERS Orbital Mechanics, Look Angle determination, Orbital perturbations, Orbit determination, launches and launch vehicles, Orbital effects in communication systems performance.  SATELLITE SUBSYSTEMS Attitude and orbit control system, telemetry, tracking, Command and monitoring, power systems, communication subsystems, Satellite antenna Equipment reliability and Space qualification.  SATELLITE LINK DESIGN Basic transmission theory, system noise temperature and G/T ratio, Design of down links, up link design, Design of satellite links for specified C/N, System design example.  MULTIPLE ACCESS Frequency division multiple access (FDMA) Intermodulation, Calculation of C/N. Time division Multiple Access (TDMA) Frame structure, Examples. Satellite Switched TDMA Onboard processing, DAMA, Code Division Multiple access (CDMA), Spread spectrum transmission and reception.  EARTH STATION TECHNOLOGY Introduction, Transmitters, Receivers, Antennas, Tracking systems, Terrestrial interface, Primary power test methods.  LOW EARTH ORBIT AND GEO-STATIONARY SATELLITE SYSTEMS Orbit consideration, coverage and frequency considerations, Delay & Throughput considerations, System considerations, Operational NGSO constellation Designs  SATELLITE NAVIGATION & THE GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM Radio and Satellite Navigation, GPS Position Location principles, GPS Receivers and codes, Satellite signal acquisition, GPS Navigation Message, GPS signal levels, GPS receiver operation, GPS C/A code accuracy, Differential GPS.

211 | P a g e

______

SCADA and Telemetry-SYLLABUS

 Telemetry systems Different Telemetry Systems Including Multifunctional Ones and their Safety Aspects, Developing and Implementing Security Features.

 Monitoring and controlling Controlling the Infrastructure Including Critical Devices & Station such as Compressors, Regulators and Remotely Operated Valves, Range of Systems for Gas and Oil Pipelines.

 Method of networking Networking of SCADA Systems to Corporate Networks

 Terrorism & SCADA Cyber Terrorism and SCADA Systems, Encryption in SCADA Systems

References : 1. Telemetry Principles by D Patranabis, TATA Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 0074637959 2. Telemetry by Barculo, Nova, ISBN 1606925091 3. Securing SCADA Systems by Ronald L Krutz, John Wley & Sons Incl, ISBN 047178768X-BEPDF 4. Practical SCADA for Industry by David Bailey & Edwin Wright, Newnes, ISBN 0080473903-BEPDF

______

212 | P a g e

Sedimentology-Syllabus  Introduction to Sedimentology: Sedimentary Cycle, origin of Sediments, sedimentary process, classification of sediments and distribution of sediments.  Classification Sedimentary rocks: 1. Clastic Sedimentary rocks; Rudaceous, Aranaceous and Argillaceous 2. Chemical Sedimentary rocks; Limestone, travertine, diatomite and chert etc., 3. Biochemical rocks; Lignite, peat and types of coal 4. Evaporates  Sedimentary texture and structures: Grain analysis (size, shape, maturation and arrangement/ orientation). Classification of Sedimentary structures based on their origin, Importance of sedimentary structures in analysis of basin, petroleum prospecting and stratigraphy.  Sedimentary Environments and facies: Terrestrials, transitional and Marine environments and their facies analysis. Significance of sedimentary environment and facies studies in stratigraphy and basin analysis.  Tectonics and Sedimentation: Geosynclinal concept, plate tectonic concepts, basinal concepts; rift basin, foreland & backland basin, delta type basin, subduction basin and passive or active margin basins. The importance of this study in various resource prospecting and basin analysis. References: 1. Sedimentology and Sedimentary Basins: From Turbulence to Tectonics by Mike R. Leeder (Author). 2. Sedimentary Rocks in the Field: A Practical Guide (Geological Field Guide) Maurice E. Tucker (Author). 3. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy 2e Author: Nichols, Gary. 4. Sedimentary Environments Processes, Facies and Stratigraphy Author: Reading, Harold G 5. Sedimentary Petrology An Introduction to the Origin of Sedimentary Rocks Author: Tucker, M. E 6. Principles of Sedimentary Basin Analysis Author: Miall, Andrew D 7. Principles of Sequence Stratigraphy Author: Catuneau, Octavian

213 | P a g e

8. The Geology of Fluvial Deposits: Sedimentary Facies, Basin Analysis, and Petroleum Geology Author: Miall, Andrew D. 9. Introduction to Sedimentology second edition by S.M.Sengupta. 10 Sedimentology & Stratigraphy by F.J.Pettijohn ______

Ship Operations, Brokering & Chartering -SYLLABUS

 Ship Operations Organisation of shipping companies, functions of the main departments – administrative, finance & accounting, operations (and/or) commercial, technical, crew or fleet personnel, quality, legal & marine insurance, ISPS/security, others

 Market Practitioners & the Chartering Market The freight market - dry cargo, bulk and 'tweendecker, container, Ro/ro, liner, tanker, "combos", reefer, car carrier, passenger and sale & purchase market chartering market players - ship owners, charterers, operators, shipper or consignor, receiver or consignee, brokers, port agents the chartering market

 Employment of Ships Shipping costs analysis, fixed and variable costs - operating costs, voyage costs, cargo handling costs, capital costs & repayment, contractual relationships, incoterms.

 Charter Parties Liner & tramp shipping, types of charter parties – time, voyage, bareboat, coaetc, chartering documents.

 Chartering Market Practice Shipbroking - role of ship broker, the process of chartering, chartering negotiations, the negotiation process, ethics and market practices.

 Chartering terms & abbreviations Chartering terms, charterpartylaytime definitions, customary abbreviations.

 Charter Parties, Clauses & Phrases

214 | P a g e

Nature of a charter party, voyage charter party, time charter party, common CP clauses, charter party forms.

 Bills of Lading Bill of lading functions, main elements of a bill of lading, non production of bills of lading, types of bills of lading, liner shipping procedure, bills of lading and voyage C/P’s, bills of lading and time C/P’s, bill of lading-related problems.

 Laytime Calculations Laydays and the cancelling date, laytime – types, demurrage, despatch, general laytime calculations – dry cargo, liquid cargo.

 Voyage Estimation Estimate form, voyage estimates - commercial aspects, voyage charter estimations, time charter estimating, time charter yield calculation.

 Tanker Voyage Estimations Introduction and history of worldscale, sample calculation of a worldscale rate, new worldscale - application of differentials, worldscale contents, voyage estimation. References : 1. Ship Operations & Management, Penguin Distribution, ISBN 1908833149 2. Articles on Shipping Management Including: Albert Ballin, Freight Derivative, Baltic Exchange, Short Sea Shipping, Shipbroking, Chartering (Shipping), Hephaestus, ISBN 1243191856 ______

Software Engineering & Quality Management-SYLLABUS

 Introduction What is software, What is software process, What is software Engineering, Characteristics of Software Project, Activities covered by Software Project Management, Problems involved, Management function related to Project Management, Feasibility Analysis, Overview of Project Planning, Finalising Project Scope, Infrastructure, Analysing Project Characteristics, Identifying Project goals and activities, Estimating time & effort, allocating resources, Review plan

215 | P a g e

. Project Execution Approach Choosing Technologies, Structure VS speed of Delivery Waterfall Model, V- Process Model, Evolutionary model, Spiral Model, Software Prototyping, Incremental Delivery., Controlling changes during project execution Software requirement study and Analysis, Software Requirement, Specifications  Software Estimation Need for Software Estimation, Problems with Over and Under Estimation, Software Estimation techniques, Expert Judgement, Estimating by Anology, Function Point Analysis, Object points, LOC based COCOMO model, Objectives of activity planning, project scheduling, sequencing and scheduling activities, Network planning models, forward pass, backward pass, identifying critical path, project crashing, Project progress review, Software Design Concepts

. Risk Management Risk and its implication, types of risk, Identifying risks, analyzing risks, prioritizing risks, Risk avoidance, Risk containment, Resource identification, Resource planning Resource allocation, monitoring critical resources  Managing People and Organising Teams Understanding Behavior, Motivation, Building and Managing coherent teams, Chief Programmer team, egoless team, Leadership challenges, Software Quality, Product versus Process Quality management, techniques to help enhance software quality, Software Validation and Verification, Quality plans, Brief description of SEI-CMM. . Software Testing Objectives , Black Box and White Box testing, testing of Static and Dynamic applications, Validation testing, Integration testing, Designing a test plan, test criterion, test data, test results analysis, Test Oracle, Software Maintenance  Software Quality Assurance Process and product quality – Quality assurance and standards – Quality planning and control – Software metrics – Process improvement – Software configuration management.

216 | P a g e

References: 1. Software Engineering by Rajib Mall 2. Software Project Management : Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell- Tata McGraw Hill 3. Software Engineering a Practitioner’s approach – Roger S Pressman Tata McGraw Hill 4. Introduction to Software Project Management & Quality Assurance : By Ince, Dorrel, Helen Sharp & Mark Woodman 5. Software Engineering – Ian Sommerville, Addison Wesley, 2004 6. Managing Software Development Projects – A formula for Success By Whitten Neal 7. Mythical Man Month – Essays on Software Engineering 8. Software Project Management – From Concepts to Deployment – Kieron Conway – Dreamtech Publications

______Software Project Management-SYLLABUS  Software Management Renaissance  Conventional Software Management  Evolution of Software Economics  Improving Software Economics  The Old Way and the New  A SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK  Life-Cycle Phases  Artifacts of the Process  Model Based Software Architectures  Workflows of the Process  Checkpoints of the Process  Software Management Disciplines  Iterative Process Planning  Project Organization and Responsibilities  Process Automation

217 | P a g e

 Project Control and Process Instrumentation  Tailoring the Process  Looking Forward  Modern Project Profiles  Next-Generation Software Economics  Modern Process Transitions References : 1. SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT:A Unified Framework book BY Walker Royce Addison- Wesley Publications. 2. Software Project Management by Kathy Schwabe ______

Solar Energy Technology-SYLLABUS  Solar Radiation Extraterrestrial Characteristics, Effect of Earth Atmosphere, Measurement and Estimation on Horizontal and Tilted Surface, Solar radiation geometry :Solar Angles, Day length, Angle of Incidence on Tilted Surface, Sun path Diagramme, Shadow Determination. Transparent and Opaque Materials, Selective Coating  Flat Plate Collectors Effective Energy Losses, Thermal Analysis, Heat Capacity Effect, Evacuated Tubular Collectors  Solar Air Heaters Types, Performance analysis  Concentrating Collectors Types – Flat plat, cylindrical, Compound cylindrical, paraboloid, Central receiver. Single Axis and Two Axis Solar Tracking, Thermal Analysis  Storage Systems Sensible Storage, Latent Heat Storage, thermo chemical storage  Solar Heating System Liquid Based Solar Heating System (Natural, Forced and Gravity Flow),

218 | P a g e

Solar Air Heating System, Solar Drying, Thermal Energy Systems: Solar Cooker, Solar Pond, Solar Distillation, Solar Detoxification, Solar Cooling System: Solar Operated Refrigeration Systems, Solar Desiccant Cooling  Solar Thermal Power Generation Central Receiver Systems, Parabolic Trough Systems, Solar Furnaces  Solar Photovoltaic System Semiconductor Theory, Photovoltaic Principles, Solar Cells: Characteristics, Types Production methods, Series parallel combination, Modules, Storage Batteries,Application of Solar Photovoltaic System

References: 1. S P Sukhantme, J K Nayak- Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal collection and storage The MCGraw-Hill Companies, Third Edition. 2. B H Khan -Non-Conventional ENERGY Resources Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., Second Edition. 3. G.D.Rai - Solar Energy Utilization Khanna Publishers 4. G.N.Tiwari- Solar Energy Fundamentals, Design, Modeling and Applications Narosa Publishing House 5. John A Duffie, William A Bechman- Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes A Wiley- Interscience publication

______

Solid State Ionics-SYLLABUS

 Types of Ionic solids- Fast Ionics Solids-Point Defect type-Sub Lattice type – Fast Ionic materials – alkali metal ion conductors - β aluminas- Silver ion conductors- Cation conductors- Oxygen ion conductors – Halide ionconductors – Proton conductors – Electronic conductors with ionic transport.

219 | P a g e

 Various methods of preparation of amorphous/glassy, poly and single crystalline materials – thermal evaporation – sputtering – glow – discharge decomposition – chemical vapour deposition – melt quenching – gel dissociation – crystal growth technique – x-ray diffraction and differential thermal analysis-Glass transition – factors determining glass transition temperatures – structure – microscopic structure – modeling – microscopic structure – examples.

 Point Defect Type: Point defect type super ionic conductors – transport mechanism through defects – jump frequency – ionic conductivity and diffusion co-efficients – defect concentration – pure and doped crystals – impurity vacancy association – coulomb interactions- Application of transport theory to fluoride and Oxygen ion conductors: Molten Sub-lattice type: Molten Sub-lattice type solid state ionic conductors – Hyper mann’s theory – Rices Strassler & Toouch’s theory – Welch Dieme’s theory – Lattice gas theory – Path Probability and Moute Carlo Methods – Ionic Percolation theory – Jahn , Teller Model-Dynamics- ion transport – free ion model – domain model – jump diffusion model and Frequency dependent conductivity.

 Macroscopic properties – electrical conductivity – diffusion thermo electric power- Microscopic properties – x- ray diffraction studies – a.c. conductivity – dielectric relaxation – NMR – ESR – far IR – Mossbauer Spectroscopy – Raman Scattering – Photo Electron Spectroscopy – Ultrasonic attenuation – velocity.

 Thermodynamic studies – general aspects of solid state batteries – electrolyte – compatibility between electrode substance and solid electrolytes – electrode structure – interface between electrode and solid electrolyte – High temperature fuel cells – solid state potentiometer gauges for gaseous species – coulometer – electro-chemical capacitor – eletrochromic display system.

References :

220 | P a g e

1. Super Ionic Solid state Ionics Material & Applications B.V.R.Chowdary World Scientific Publishing ,Singapore 2. A.R. West, Solid State Chemistry 3.S. Chandra, Superionic Solids 4. Principles of Electronic Ceramics, L. L. Hench and J. K. West, (JohnWiley & Sons, New York, 1990). ______

Space Science and Space Environment-SYLLABUS - Earth Atmosphere (Layers and Effects/ Particularly Exosphere and Ionosphere) - Van Allen Belts and Behavior of Earth’s Magnetic Field and Its Effects / Calculation - Coriolis Effect - Sun (Heliosphere, Layers of the Sun, Oscillation Modes of the Sun, Sunspots, Solar Wind and Solar Ejection Events, Solar Dynamo) - Solar System (Planets, Moons, Kuiper Belt, Oort Cloud, Heliopause) - Interstellar Space (Galaxies, Nebulas, Clusters etc) - Space Weather (Effect of Solar Charged Particles, Effects of Plasma on Near Earth Environment, Effect of Space Weather on the Ground, Effect of Space Weather on Satellites, Effects of Ionized Plasma on Spacecraft) - Calculation of Apparent Magnitude, Absolute Magnitude, Temperature, Mass, Density Stars - Types and Evolution Properties of Stars

Space Science -SYLLABUS

 Earth Science and Earth’s Climate System Interaction with Space - Atmosphere and the Atmospheric Layers - Interaction of Space Phenomena with Atmospheric Layers - Earth’s Magnetic Field and Van Allen Belts - Coriolis Effect

 Solar System - Origin of the Solar System- Collisions, Accretion and Volcanism

221 | P a g e

- The Moon - The Sun and its Physical Properties - Inner Planets - Outer Planets - Comets - Asteroids - Kuiper Belt - Oort Cloud

 Sun - Structure of the Solar Interior - Energy Source of the Sun - Neutrinos - Helioseismology - Photosphere - Chromosphere - Corona - Solar Wind - Coronal Mass Ejections

 Space Weather - Solar Activity and Solar Wind - Aurora - Solar Flares and Effects on Earth - Solar Energetic Particle Events - Coronal Mass Ejections and Magnetic Storms - Effects of Space Weather and Protection from these Effects

 Fundamentals of Astronomy - Terminology and Definitions (Apparent/Absolute Magnitude, Luminosity, Distance Terminology)

222 | P a g e

- Parallax Effect - Interstellar Reddening - Distance determination from Astronomical Observations - Luminosity Determination from Astronomical Observations - Star Radius Calculations from Astronomical Observations

 Evolution of Stars - Nebulas and Formation of Stars - Classification of Stars Based on Luminosity and Size - Types of Stars - Evolution of Stars, Neutron Stars, Dwarf Stars - Nova and Supernova - Blackholes and the Chandresekhar Limit

 Cosmology - Brief History of the Universe - The Big Bang Theory - Age and Distance Scales - Formation of Galaxies - Big Crunch

References:  Space Science by Louise K. Harra and Keith O. Mason (Imperial College Press)  Introduction to Cosmology by Matts Roos (Wiley)  Introduction to Astronomy and Cosmology by Ian Morrison (Wiley)

______

223 | P a g e

Statutory Rules and Regulations-SYLLABUS

 HISTORY OF SAFETY LEGISLATION The development of HSE laws, The impact of previous disasters on the development of HSE law  Environmental Regulations The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 -as amended from time to time (Water Act), The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 as amended (Water Cess Act), The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended (Air Act), The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA), The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 as amended (PL Act), The National Environment Tribunal Act, 1995.,The National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997, Manufacture, Storage, and import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989, Hazardous Waste management (Management and Handling) rules, 1989  Social Security Legislations / Regulations Social Security and insurance, employment and unemployment, Welfare of Labour including conditions of work, provident funds, employers' liability, workmen's compensation, invalidity and old age pension and maternity benefits.  Oil Mine Regulations Chapter I, Preliminary chapter-II: Returns, Notices And Plans, Notice of Opening, Quarterly Returns, Annual Returns , Change in name and addresses etc, Notice of accident, Notice of disease, Chapter-III : Inspectors, Management And Duties CCE Regulations- Explosives Rules, 1983 , Gas Cylinders Rules, 1981 , Static & Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981. , Notification No. GSR 625(E) dated 07.08.1983 regarding Acetylene. , Petroleum Act, 1934 Petroleum rules, 2002. , Calcium Carbide rules, 1987. , Cinematograph Film rules, 1948 OISD Norms-jurisdiction of OISD, Main functions of OISD, Subgroup of OISD Health and safety international Laws and regulations HASAWA, OSHA, COSHH, MHSWR, etc.

______

Steam, Gas and Hydraulic Turbines-SYLLABUS

224 | P a g e

 Steam Turbines: Introduction, stagnation properties, critical pressure ratio and choked flow in nozzles, nozzle efficiency, off design conditions in nozzles, turbine types, pressure and velocity compounding in turbines, reaction turbines, nozzle and blade heights, loses in turbines, reheat factor and condition line, flow through cascades, design of multistage turbines, governing of steam turbines, blade fastenings, critical speeds, maintenance of steam turbines.

 Gas Turbines : Gas Cycles: Definition, working principle, Euler’s turbine equation, configurations Simple gas turbine cycle, cycles with heat exchange, reheat and intercooled compression, methods of accounting losses, stagnation properties, compressor and turbine efficiencies, pressure losses, heat exchanger effectiveness, variation of specific heats, comparative performance of practical cycles.

 Axial Flow Turbines: Stage performance; Degree of reaction; h-s diagram & efficiency; Vortex theory; Overall turbine performance; Performance characteristics; Blade cooling; Design process. Prediction of performance of simple gas turbines; Off Design performance; blade materials, matching procedure.

 Radial Turbine: Introduction; Thermodynamics and Aerodynamics of radial turbines; Radial Turbine Characteristics; Losses and efficiency; Design of radial turbine.

 Hydraulic Turbines: Impulse and Reaction, working principle, classification, draft tubes, performance evaluation, characteristics curves, cavitation, design considerations, surge tanks. Maintenance of hydraulic turbine. References :

1. Steam and Gas Turbines and Power Plant Engineering by Dr. R. Yadav 2. Steam and Gas Turbines by Richard M. Abrams 3. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery by B.K. Venkanna 4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S.C.Gupta, Pearson Education India, 2006

225 | P a g e

5. Gas Turbines 3E, By V. Ganesan, Mc-Grwalhil., 2010 6. Gas Turbine Engineering Handbook Meherwan P. Boyce 2010 7. A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K.Bansal, Firewall Media, 2005 8. S.M. Yahya, Turbines, Compressors and Fans, Tata Mcgraw Hill. 9. Gopalakrishnan G, Prithvi Raj D, "A treatise on Turbomachines", Scitec Publications, Chennai, 2002. 10. Sheppard, Principles of Turbomachinery. 11. R.K.Turton, Principles of Turbomachinery, E & F N Spon Publishers, London & New York. 12. Balajee, Designing of Turbomachines

______

Strategic Issues in Infrastructure Creation-SYLLABUS

 Understanding PPP Introduction, New Name for an Old Game: Brief History, Respective Roles of Public and Private Sectors, Value for Money, Benefits of PPP, Output-Based Approach, PPP and Privatization, Models of Private Participation, Public Private Partnership or Paying for Private Profit, Indian Scenario, Stumbling Blocks, Initiatives by the Government, Way Forward

 Propelling PPP Introduction, Policy Framework, Partnership Architecture, Procedural Network , Institutional Structure, Sovereign Support, Government Guarantee

 Risk — Identification: Mitigation: Allocation Introduction , Risk Identification, Risk Mitigation, Risk Allocation

 Financial Approach

226 | P a g e

Introduction, Financing — General Factors, Financing — Deciding Determinants , Financing — Financial Involvements, Financing — Sources and Tools, Financing — Cost Components and Financing Sequence

 Contractual Framework Introduction , Salient Features of a Concession Contract , Distinction Between a Concession Contract and a Commercial Contract, Concession Arrangement — Critical Issues , Unsolicited Proposals , Contractual Structure

 Legal and Regulatory Framework Introduction — Legal Framework, Infirmities of Existing Legal Framework, Introduction — Regulatory Framework, Regulatory Body, Regulatory Functions, Contracting Out Regulatory Functions, Regulation by Contract, Indian Scenario, Independent Regulators

 Recognising Infrastructure Introduction , Salient Features of Infrastructure, Importance of Infrastructure , Commercialisation of Infrastructure, Infrastructure and Environment, Infrastructure and the Poor , Policy Framework for Infrastructure Development , Indian Scenario , Phases of Project Development, Slow Progress , Way Forward

 Roads and Related Infrastructure Introduction, Salient Features of a Toll-Based PPP Road Project , Risk Profile, Toll Profile, Award Criteria for Toll Road PPP Project, Contractual Framework of a Toll Road Project, Indian Scenario, Encouraging Public Private Participation, Way Forward

 Water and Sanitation Introduction, Commodification of Water, Tradeable Property Rights, Salient Features of Water and Sanitation, Risk Profile, Gradual Private Participation, Tariff Structure, Water and Subsidy , Indian Scenario , What Ails Water Infrastructure in Urban Areas, Encouraging PPP, Commercial Orientation of ULBs, Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM)

227 | P a g e

 Urban Rail Transit Introduction, Salient Features of MRTS , Positive Externalities, Benefits of MRTS, Risk Profile, Tariff Structure, Metro: The Integration Leader, Train to the Plane, Value Capturing — A New Approach, PPP for Metro Rail Project

 Airports Introduction, Salient Features of Airports , Changing Trends of Airport Industry, A Multi-Product and Complex Infrastructure, Risk Profile, Structuring the Tariff , Indian Scenario , What Ails Indian Airports, Encouraging PPP

 Ports Introduction, Changing Trends, Salient Features of Ports, Port Assets and Services, Port Management Models, Risk Profile, Indian Scenario, What Ails Indian Ports, Public Private Partnership in Port Sector

 Power Introduction, Power Sector Reforms , Salient Features of Power, Risk Profile, Models of Power Sector, Power Subsidy , Indian Scenario, What Ails Indian Power Sector, Initiatives by Government

 Telecommunications Introduction, Reforms, Salient Features of Telecommunications , Technical Features, Risk Profile, Digital Divide — Challenges and Opportunities, Encouraging Private Participation , Indian Scenario, Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), Universal Service Obligations, Encouraging Private Participation

References : 1. Concrete of High Performance Infrastructure by Ravindra K. Dhir by Shroff Publisher

228 | P a g e

2. Rerforming Infrastructure : Privartization, Regulation and Competition by Ioannis Kessides.- oxford university 3. Infrastructure: rebuilding, Repairing and Restructure by Jason R. Baren.- Nova Science Publisher 4. Public Private Partnership in Infrastructure Perspectives, Principles, Practices by R. N. Joshi ISBN 13/10: 9788170947967 / 8170947960

______

Structural Geology –Syllabus  Introduction to Structures: What are Structural Geology?, Structural Geology and the use of Models, The interior of the earth and of other terrestrial bodies, Relation of Structural Geology to Geology, The Structure of Continental Crust, Mountain building activity.  Brittle Deformation Fractures and Joints, Classification of Extension Fractures, Geometry of Fracture System in Three Dimensions, Features of Fracture Surfaces, Timing of Fracture Formation, Relationships of Fractures to other Structures, Joints, Type of Joints, Genetic classification of Joints, Faults, Type of Faults, Recognition of Faults, determination of Fault Displacement, Fault Geometry, Normal faults, Characteristics of Normal Faulting, Shape and displacement of Normal Faults, Structural associations of Normal Faults, Determination of extension associated with Normal Faults, Thrust or Reverse Faults, Recognition of Thrust faults, Shape and displacement of Thrust Faults, Structural Environments of Thrust Faults, Analysis of Displacement on Thrust faults, Strike Slip Faults, Characteristics of Strike Slip Faults, Structural associations of Strike Slip Faults.  Ductile Deformation The Description of Folds, Geometric Parts of Folds, Fold Scale and Attitude, Genetic Classification of folds, Types of Folding, Ultimate cause of Folding, Foliations and Lineation in Deformed Rocks, Compositional Foliations, Disjunction Foliations, Crenulation foliations, Continuous Foliations, The Relationship of Foliations to other Structures, Special types of Foliations and Nomenclatures, Structural lineations, Mineral Lineations, Associations of Lineation with other Structures.  Stress and Strain of structures

229 | P a g e

Force, Traction and Stress, Concepts of Stress, Types of Stress, The Mohr Diagram for Two- Dimensional Stress, Terminology for States of Stress, Effect deformation, time, temperature and Pressure on Stress, Measures of Strain, Special State of Strain, The representation of Three- Dimensional Strain States and Progressive Strains, Measurement of Strain in Folds, Strain in shear Zones.  Structural Events and Primary structural Features: Unconformity, Types of Unconformities, Distinguishing Faults from Unconformities, Structures of Extrusive Igneous Rocks like Lava flows, Fissure Eruptions, Volcanos, Craters, Calderas, and Related Forms, Structures of Intrusive Igneous Rocks, Sill and Dyke, Basis of classification of Plutons, Concordant Plutons, Discordant Plutons, Batholiths and Stocks, Distinction between Primary and Secondary Structures.

References: 1. Structural Geology by Robert J. Twiss and Eldridge M. Moores. 2. Structural Geology by Marland P. Billings 3. Structural Geology: Fundamentals and Modern Developments By S. K. Ghosh 4. The techniques of Modern Structural Geology. Vol. 1 Strain Analysis By John G. Ramsay and M. I. Huber 1983. 5. The techniques of Modern Structural Geology. Vol. 2 Folds and Fractures By John G. Ramsay and M. I. Huber 1987. 6. The techniques of Modern Structural Geology. Vol. 3 Application of Continuum Mechanics in Structural Geology By John G. Ramsay and J. Richard. ______

Supersonic Aerodynamics-SYLLABUS

 Shock Waves Introductory Remarks, Point Source in a Compressible Flow,Mach Waves and Shock Waves. i. Normal Shock waves: equation of motion for a normal shock,normal shock relations for a Perfect Gas,Stagnation Conditions,RH Relations,Propagating Shock Waves,Weak

230 | P a g e

Shock, Reflected Shock Wave,Centered Expansion Waves,Shock Tube. Numerical examples ii. Oblique Sock Waves: Introduction, Oblique Shock Relations,M-θ-β Relations, Shock Polar,Supersonic Flow over Wedge,Weak Oblique Shock,Supersonic Compression, Detached Shock. Numerical examples.  Expansion Wave Supersonic Expansion by Turning, Prandtl-Meyer Flow, Numerical problems. Simple and non simple Regions,Reflection and Intersection of Shocks and Expansion Waves, Mach Reflections, Method of Characteristics, Numerical Examples  Lift and Drag in Supersonic Flows Shock –Expansion Theory, Flow Field in Supersonic,Flowfield in Supersonic Flows, numerical problems,Thin Airfoil Theory,Analytical Determination of Lift and Drag Coefficients on Flat Plate, Bi-Convex ,and Diamond Shaped Sections in Supersonic Flows, numerical problems, Supersonic Leading and Trailing Edges.  Potential Equation for Compressible Flows Introduction, Crocco’s Theorem, Derivation of Basic Potential Equation Foe Compressible Flows, Linearization of Governing Equation, Boundary Conditions,Small Perturbation Theory, Application to Wavy Wall, Bodies of Revolution.  Airfoils in Compressible Flow Introduction, Linearized Compressible Flow, Airfoils in Subsonic Flow, Prandtl-Glauert Transformation, Critical Mach Number,Supercritical Flows,Airfoils in Transonic Flow, Governing Equations,Shock Wave Boundary Layer Inter Action,Stability and Control Problems.  Measurements in Compressible Flows: Rayleigh’s Supersonic Pitot Formula, Equipment used in Supersonic Flows,Supersonic Wind Tunnels,Heat Transfer Tunnels,Shoch Tunnels,Aero-Ballistic Ranges,Terminal Ballistic Range,Rocket Sled Facility,Special Instrumentation for these types of Tunnels.

References :

231 | P a g e

1. Elements of Aerodynamics of Supersonic Flows by Antonio Ferri, Dover Publications, ISBN 0486442802 2. Aerodynamics of Supersonic Flying Bodies by Ahmed Khadim Hussein, Lap lambert Academic Publishing

______

Supply Chain in Logistics for Port & Shipping-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to SCM & Logistics What is it &Why ?, Increased importance of Logistics, Key attributes of SCM.

 International dimensions of L&SCM Govt. Influences on foreign trade, International Commercial Terms, International trade & supply chain specialists.

 Logistical System Design Designing Distribution Networks, Specialized location characteristics, Cost & other strategy considerations.

 Inventory Decisions Classification & Costs, When to order ?, How much to order?, Inventory flows / Management & Special.

 Transportation Decisions Modes of Transport – Air, Sea, Road, Rail, Pipelines, Intermodal, Transportation Regulations, Commercial aspects – Pricing, carriage etc., Transportation management systems.

 Sourcing & Procurement S&P objectives, Supplier selection & evaluation, Quality issues & Global sourcing, Electronic procurement, Investment recovery

 Supply Chain Strategies for Port and Shipping Sector

 Role of Technology & Information systems in SCM of Port and Shipping Industry Technology & IS innovations in SCM, CRM, Internal supply chain management, Supplier relationship management, Risk management in IT, Future of IT in SCM.

 Performance Evaluation of the SCM of Port and Shipping Industry

232 | P a g e

Need for performance management, Performance measurement system objectives, Logistics performance levels, Logistics Audit & Performance control.

References :

1. Maritime Logistics : A Complete Guide to Effective Shipping & Port Management by Dong-Wook Song, Photis Panayides, Kogan Page Ltd 2. Shipping Management & Logistics Strategy by Faustino Taderera

______

Supply Chain Modeling & Design-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Supply Chain Integrated Planning Fundamentals of SC Concepts, SC Planning and Modeling.

 Role of Information Technology in Supply Chain Management IT and SCM.

 Supply Chain Optimization Fundamentals of Optimisation Models, Properties of Linear Programming Models.

 Application of Modeling Systems to strategic, Operational, Tactical Decision Making Strategic analysis of Logistic supply Chain Modeling, Logistic strategy applications, postponement strategies. Tacticall planning, Modeling system for operational planning, organisational adoption of SC System.

 Demand Forecasting in Supply Chain Various methods of demand forecasting, demand driven supply chain.

233 | P a g e

 Facility routing and scheduling Integrated routing and Scheduling, Routing and Scheduling optimsation

 Spread Sheet Modeling Improving supply chain efficiency through Optimisation, Dynamic sourcing in reverse logistics company, spread sheet applications.

References : 1. Modeling the Supply Chain by Shapiro, Cengage India, ISBN 8131501566 2. Designing and managing the supply chain, ISBN 007298239X 3. Supply Chain Modeling by Michael Wisma, Lap Lambert Academic Publishing, ISBN 3838360125 ______

System Modeling and Simulation-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION: When simulation is the appropriate tool and when it is not appropriate, Advantages and disadvantages of Simulation, Areas of application, Systems and system environment, Components of a system, Discrete and continuous systems, Model of a system, Types of Models, Discrete-Event System Simulation, Steps in a Simulation Study. Simulation examples: Simulation of queuing systems, Simulation of inventory systems, Other examples of simulation.

 GENERAL PRINCIPLES, SIMULATION SOFTWARE: Concepts in Discrete-Event Simulation: The Event-Scheduling / Time-Advance Algorithm, World Views, Manual simulation Using Event Scheduling, List processing. Simulation in Java, Simulation in GPSS.

 STATISTICAL MODELS IN SIMULATION: Review of terminology and concepts, Useful statistical models, Discrete distributions, Continuous distributions, Poisson process, Empirical distributions, Monte Carlo simulations, Random Walk Simulations

234 | P a g e

 QUEUING MODELS: Characteristics of queuing systems, Queuing notation, Long-run measures of performance of queuing systems, Steady-state behavior of M/G/1 queue, Networks of queues.

 RANDOM-NUMBER GENERATION, RANDOM-VARIATE GENERATION: Properties of random numbers, Generation of pseudo-random numbers, Techniques for generating random numbers, Tests for Random Numbers. Random-Variate Generation: Inverse transform technique, Acceptance-Rejection technique, Special properties.

 INPUT MODELING: Data Collection, Identifying the distribution with data, Parameter estimation, Goodness of Fit Tests, Fitting a non-stationary Poisson process, Selecting input models without data, Multivariate and Time-Series input models

 OUTPUT ANALYSIS FOR A SINGLE MODEL: Types of simulations with respect to output analysis, Stochastic nature of output data, Measures of performance and their estimation, Output analysis for terminating simulations, Output analysis for steady-state simulations.

 VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION OF SIMULATION MODELS, OPTIMIZATION: Model building, verification and validation, Verification of simulation models, Calibration and validation of models. Optimization via Simulation.

References : Discrete-Event System Simulation – Jerry Banks, John S. Carson II, Barry L. Nelson, David M. Nicol, 4 th Edition, Pearson Education Discrete – Event Simulation: A First Course – Lawrence M. Leemis, Stephen K. Park, Pearson Education/ Prentice-Hall India, 2006. Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for the Sciences, Angela B. Shiflet & George W. Shiflet. Princeton University Press, 2006.

235 | P a g e

Simulation, Ross, S., Academic Press, 2002, ______Theory of Gas Turbines-SYLLABUS Introduction to Aircraft Propulsion, Jet engine performance parameters, Thrust, SFC, Efficiencies. Simple Turbojet and Reheat engines: Low and High bypass Turbofan engines. Single and Multi- spool Gas Turbine based propulsive devices. Real Cycle Thermodynamic Analysis. Ideal and Real Brayton cycles. Jet engine cycles for aircraft propulsion, Cycle components and component performance: Intake, Compressors & Turbines, Combustion chamber, Afterburner, Nozzle. Analysis of engine real cycles: Turbojet cycle, Reheat engine cycle, Turbofan engine cycle, Turboprop Engines. Advanced jet engine cycles: Variable cycle engines. Thermodynamics of Compressors and Turbines. Development of parameters for compressor and Turbines. Compressors and Turbines. Axial and centrifugal Compressors. 2-D cascade analysis; Loss and Blade performance estimation. Simple Free Vortex theory. Single and Multi-stage Axial compressor characteristics. Elements of centrifugal compressor. Inlet Duct; Impeller; Slip factor and Concept of Rothalpy. Centrifugal Compressor Characteristics: Surging and Choking. Axial and Radial flow turbines, Turbine stage: Turbine Blade 2- D (cascade) analysis; Work Done, Degree of Reaction, Losses and Efficiency. Multi-staging of Turbine. Turbine Cooling Technology. Radial Turbine Aerodynamics and Thermodynamics. Losses in radial turbine and efficiency. Combustion Systems. Introduction: Various types of combustion chambers in aircraft engines. Combustion Mechanism and Important Combustion parameters. Development of a practical combustion system and design parameters. Pressure losses; Combustion efficiency; Combustion intensity. Combustion Stability limits and Instability. Intakes and Propelling Nozzles. Subsonic Intakes, Transonic and Supersonic Intakes. Axi-symmetric and Assymmetric Intakes. Aircraft Intake design considerations. Nozzle design considerations: fixed and variable geometry nozzles. Engine Installed Performance, Sizing & Matching. Single Shaft Engine. Two-Shaft: Turbojet & Turboprop, Turbo- shaft Engines. Aircraft Engine component matching: Intake-Compressor matching; Turbine-Nozzle matching. Compressor -Turbine matching.

References

1. Hill Philip, Peterson Carl, Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion, 1992, Addison Wesly. 2. Roy Bhaskar, Aircraft Propulsion, 2008, Elsevier (India). 3. El-Sayed Ahmed, Aircraft Propulsion and gas Turbine Engines , 2008, Taylor and Francis (CRC press). 4. S. Farokhi. Aircraft Propulsion. John Wiley & Sons, 2009 5. Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H., Rogers G.F.C., Cohen H. Gas Turbine Theory, 2001, Pearson. 6. Oates Gordon C; Aerothermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components, 1985, AIAA Education Series. 7. J L Kererbrock, Aircraft Engine and Gas Turbine, MIT Press, 1991 8. Kerrebrock, J. L. Aircraft Engines and Gas Turbines. 2nd ed. MIT Press, 1992 9. Bathie, W. W., Fundamentals of Gas Turbines, 2nd Ed, John Wiley & Sons, 1992 ______

236 | P a g e

Theory of Structure-SYLLABUS

 Introduction  Rolling Loads  Influence Lines  Influence Lines for Trussed Bridges  Direct and Bending Stresses  Dams and Retaining Walls  Deflection of Cantilevers and Beams  Deflection of Perfect Frames  Cables and Suspension Bridges  Three-hinged Arches  Propped Cantilevers and Beams  Fixed Beams  Theorem of Three Moments  Slope Deflection Method  Moment Distribution Method  Column Analogy Method  Two-hinged Arches  Forces in Redundant Frames  Columns and Struts  Plastic Theory

References : 1. Theory of Structures by RS Khurmi, S. Chand Co. 2. Theory of Structure by Arthur Morley, Rarebooksclub.com

______Thermodynamics & Heat Transfer –SYLLABUS

237 | P a g e

 Thermodynamics First Law of Thermodynamics, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Analysis of Engines and Refrigerators, Third Law of Thermodynamics, Entropy, Reversibility and Irreversibility  Material and Energy Balance Facility as an Energy System, Methods for preparing Process Flow, Material and Energy Balance Diagrams.

 Gas Power Cycles Air standard cycles-Otto-Diesel-Dual-Work output,Efficiency and MEP calculations – comparison of the cycles for same compression ratio and heat addition,same compression ratio and heat rejection,same peak pressure, peak temperature and heat rejection, same peak pressure and heat input,same peak pressure and work output , Brayton cycle with intercooling, reheating and regeneration.  Reciprocating Air Compressors & Refrigeration cycles Single acting and double acting air compressors, work required, effect of clearance volume, volumetric efficiency, isothermal efficiency, free air delivery, multistage compression, condition for minimum work. Fundamentals of refrigeration, C.O.P., reversed carnot cycle, simple vapour compression refrigeration system, T-S, P-H diagrams, simple vapour absorption refrigeration system, desirable properties of an ideal refrigerant.  Conduction Basic Concepts – Mechanism of Heat Transfer – Conduction, Convection and Radiation – General Differential equation of Heat Conduction – Fourier Law of Conduction – Cartesian and Cylindrical Coordinates – One Dimensional Steady State Heat Conduction – Conduction through Plane Wall, Cylinders and Spherical systems – Composite Systems – Conduction with Internal Heat Generation – Extended Surfaces – Unsteady Heat Conduction – Lumped Analysis – Use of Heislers Chart.  Convection Basic Concepts – Convective Heat Transfer Coefficients – Boundary Layer Concept – Types of Convection – Forced Convection – Dimensional Analysis – External Flow – Flow over Plates, Cylinders and Spheres – Internal Flow – Laminar and Turbulent Flow – Combined Laminar

238 | P a g e and Turbulent – Flow over Bank of tubes – Free Convection – Dimensional Analysis – Flow over Vertical Plate, Horizontal Plate, Inclined Plate, Cylinders and Spheres.  Radiation Basic Concepts, Laws of Radiation – Stefan Boltzman Law, Kirchoff Law –Black Body Radiation – Grey body radiation Shape Factor Algebra – Electrical Analogy – Radiation Shields – Introduction to Gas Radiation.

References :

1. R.K.Rajput “Applied Thermodynamics”, Laxmi Publishing Co.,New Delhi,2007 2. J.P. Holman “Heat Transfer”, Tata Mc Graw –Hill, 2003 3. P.K.Nag ”Basic and applied Thermodynamics” Tata McGraw –Hill Publishing Co. Ltd,New Delhi,2004 4 P..K.Nag “ Heat Transfer”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2002 5. C.P Kothandaraman “Fundamentals of Heat “ 6. AHRI Fundamentals of HVAC/R authors : Carter Stanfield and David Skaves; Publisher: Prentice Hall; ISBN-13:978-0-13-222367-6 7. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Technology, sixth edition; Authors: Bill Whitman, Bill Johnson, John Tomczyk, Eugene Silberstein; Publisher: Delmar; ISBN 1-4283-1936-0. 8. Heat and Thermodynamics by Ws. Zemansky, Philip-TMH ______

Transport Phenomena-SYLLABUS

 INTRODUCTION TO TRANSPORT PHENOMENA  FUNDAMENTALS OF FLUID FLOW Constitutive Equations: Newton’s Law of Viscosity, Non-Newtonian Fluids, Shell Momentum Balances and Velocity Distributions in Laminar Flow, Flow of non-Newtonian Fluids

 ENERGY TRANSPORT

239 | P a g e

Fourier’s Law of Heat Conduction, Shell Energy Balances and Temperature Distributions in Solids and in Simple Laminar Flow

 MASS TRANSPORT Fick's Law of Binary Diffusion (Molecular Mass Transport), Temperature and Pressure Dependence of Diffusivities, Mass Transfer Theories, Concentration Distributions in Solids and in Laminar Flow

 FLUID MECHANICS Equation of Continuity and Navier-Stokes (NS) Equation, Flow through Conduits and Flow over Submerged Objects, Boundary Layer Theory, Basics of Turbulence and Turbulent Flows, Reynold’s Averaged NS Equations, Prandtl’s Mixing Length, Universal Distribution Law, Turbulent Flow in Pipes Multiphase Flow, Gas-Liquid Flows, Gas-Solid Flows, Ergun Equation

 ENERGY AND COMPONENT MASS BALANCE EQUATIONS Applications of the Energy and Component Mass Balance Equations, Interphase Transport and Transfer Coefficients

 UNSTEADY-STATE MACROSCOPIC BALANCES For Momentum, Energy and Mass Transfer

 SIMULTANEOUS MOMENTUM, HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER

References: R. B. Bird, W. E. Stewart and E. N. Lightfoot, Transport Phenomena, 2nd Ed., Wiley, New York, 2002. C. J. Geankoplis, Transport Processes and Separation Process Principles, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2003. W. M. Deen, Analysis of Transport Phenomena, Oxford University Press, New York, 1998. ______

240 | P a g e

Turbulent Flows-SYLLABUS

Introduction to turbulence , Equations of fluid motion , Statistical description of turbulent flows , Mean-flow equations , Space and time scales of turbulent motion , Jets, wakes and boundary layers, Coherent structures, Spectral dynamics, Homogeneous and isotropic turbulence , Two- dimensional turbulence , Coherent structures, Vorticity dynamics, Intermittency, Modeling of turbulent flows.

References 1. Tennekes, H. and Lumley, J. L., A First Course in Turbulence, MIT Press (1972). 2. Frisch, U., Turbulence, Cambridge Univ. Press (1996). 3. Davidson, P. A., Turbulence: An Introduction to Scientist and Engineers, Oxford Univ. Press (2004). 4. Pope, S. B., Turbulent Flows, Cambridge Univ. Press (2000). 5. Mathieu, J. and Scott, J., An Introduction to Turbulent Flow, Cambridge Univ. Press (2000). 6. Lesieur, M., Turbulence in Fluids, 2nd ed., Springer (2008). 7. Monin, A. S. and Yaglom, A. M., Statistical Fluid Mechanics, Dover (2007). 8. McComb, W. D., The Physics of Fluid Turbulence, Oxford Univ. Press (1992).

______UNCONVENTIONAL HYDROCARBON RESOURCES-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Unconventional Energy Resources

• What are unconventional resources? • Where do they occur? • Economic significance of each • Technical, economic, political, and environmental constraints on development.  Petroleum Systems (review) • Systematic approaches to resource assessment • Hydrocarbon origin • Hydrocarbon migration • Hydrocarbon entrapment  Natural Fractures (review) • Importance in unconventional reservoirs • Origin, occurrence, and predictability • Fracture effects on HC storage, porosity, and permeability  Permeability anisotropy  Coning  Breakthrough

241 | P a g e

 Boundaries

 Low-permeability (Tight) Sands • Occurrences, resources, reservoir characteristics • Drilling and completion methods • Facilities, reservoir management, limitations on development, present activity  Coalbed Gas

• Occurrences, resources, reservoir characteristics • Drilling and completion methods • Facilities, reservoir management, limitations on development, present activity • Water and environmental issues.

 Shale Reservoirs (Gas and Oil)

• Occurrences, resources, reservoir characteristics • Drilling and completion methods • Facilities, reservoir management, limitations on development, present activity • Water and environmental issues  Heavy Oil • Occurrences, resources, reservoir characteristics • Drilling and completion methods • Facilities, reservoir management, limitations on development, present activity • Environmental issues  Gas Hydrates

• Occurrences, resources, reservoir characteristics • Recovery methods • Limitations on development, present activity • Environmental issues  Gas Storage

• Types and locations of gas storage reservoirs • Technical issues and terminology • Gas storage volumes and economics  Other Unconventional Energy Resources and Issues That May be Addressed • Geothermal Energy • Coal – Conversion to Gas o Coal-to-gas o In-situ gasification.

REFERENCES: •“Geologic Analysis of Naturally Fractured Reservoirs,” 2nd ed., Gulf Publishing Company, Boston, 2001. •“A Guide to Coalbed Methane Operations,” Gas Research Institute, GRI, Chicago, 1992. •“Hydrocarbons from Coal,” American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology, Tulsa, 1993.

242 | P a g e

•“Geology of Tight Gas Reservoirs,” American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology, Tulsa, 1986. •“Gas Hydrate Resources of the United States,” U.S. Geological Survey, Denver. •“Underground Storage of Fluids,” Ulrick Books, Inc., Ann Arbor.

______Understanding Computer Science-SYLLABUS  Theory of Computer Science  Digital Logic  Computer organization & Architecture  Operating Systems  Practical Problem Solving & Programming  Programming & Data structures  Programming Languages  System Design  Theory of Computation  Algorithms  Databases  Information Systems & Software Engineering  Computer Networks  Web Technology  Applied Computer Sciences  Artificial Intelligence  IT Applications in Various Industries  Health, Safety and Environment  Employment & Training opportunities in Computer Sciences  Computer Science in 2030: Future Issues & Challenges

References :

1. Understanding Information and Computation: From Einstein to Web Science ( ) (eBook)

243 | P a g e

By Dr Philip Tetlow , ISBN: 1409461564-BEEPB 2.The Fundamentals of Formal Science: An Understanding of Computer A 3. E- Study Guide for Understanding Operating Systems, Fifth Edition: Computer Science, Software Engineering, ISBN: 1467247049-BEEPB ______

Understanding Earth Sciences-Syllabus

 Origin, Exterior and Interior of the Earth, Geological Work of Wind, River and Ocean., Introduction to Minerals, Introduction to Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, Texture, Structure and Physical Properties of Sedimentary Rocks, Reservoir Rocks  Geological Time Scale and evolution with time, Diagenesis, Sedimentary Environment, Stratigraphic Principles, Litho-Stratigraphy, Bio-Stratigraphy, Chrono-Stratigraphy, Introduction to Paleontology, Fossils, Fossilization and its Importance.  Geometry, Mechanism and Classification of Folds, Faults and Joints, Surface & Subsurface Analysis; Contour Map, Isopach Maps, Facie Maps, Cross – Sections; Structural, Stratigraphic Cross Section.  Organic and Inorganic Theory for Origin of Petroleum, Primary and Secondary Migration, Factors Controlling Accumulation, Fundamental Trapping Mechanism, Structural Trap, Strati-Graphic Trap, Unconformity Traps. Remote Sensing, Geochemical Methods, Geophysical Methods ; Magnetic, Gravity and Seismic.

References: 1. Mukherjee P K , A Textbook of Geology, World Press 2. Mahapatra G B, A Textbook of Geology, CBS Publishers 3. Billings M P, Structural Geology 4. Telford,W.M., Sheriff, Guldart, Applied Geophysics: 5. Lillesand, Kiefer, Chapman, Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation, Wiley publisher 6. Burrough P A and McDonnell, Principles of Geographical Informations Systems, Oxford publisher

244 | P a g e

______

Understanding General Management-Syllabus

 Introduction - Nature, function, definition and importance of management, Definition, nature, purpose and scope of management, Functions of a manager, an overview of planning, organizing, staffing leading and controlling. Is management a science or art?  Development of Management Thought - Scientific management; Contribution of Taylor, Fayol, Mary Follet, Elton Mayo; Hawthorne experiments, Contingency approach, Indian heritage in production and consumption. Management and administration, Management as a profession, Professionalism of management in India, Management ethics and management culture, Skills required of manager, Classification of skills, Methods of skills development  Management Planning - Concept of planning, objectives, Nature, Types of plan, Stages involved in planning, Characteristics of a good plan, Importance, Limitations of planning, Making planning effective, Strategic planning in Indian Industry, MBO. Decision Making - Concept, characteristics of decisions, Types of decisions, Steps Involved in decision making, Importance of decision making, Methods of decision making, Committee Decision Making.  Organisation - Concepts, Principle of organization, Importance, Features of good organization structure, Types of Organisation structure. Authority, Responsibilities and Accountability, Delegation of Authority Barriers to effective delegation, Span of control.  Coordination & Direction Concept - Importance and need for coordination, Principles of coordination, Methods of achieving effective coordination; Meaning of direction, Importance and Principles of direction, Characteristics of good directives.  Control - Concept, planning-control relationship, process of control -setting objectives, establishing standards, measuring performance, correcting deviations. Brief review of Traditional Techniques & Modern Techniques of Control; Human response to control; Dimensions or Types of Control - (a) Feed forward control (b) Concurrent Control (Real Time Information & Control), (c) Feedback Control v) Techniques of Control.

245 | P a g e

References: 1. Essentials of Management, Harold Koontz & Heinz, Weihrich, 5th Tata McGraw Hill 2. Management Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. ,6th ,Prentice Hall 3. Fundamentals of Management, Robins ,3rd Pearson Education Asia ______

Understanding HSE-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE)  OHSA Guidelines  Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Policies in India  Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Management System  Policy Initiatives and Developments in HSE Culture  Human Factor in HSE  Ergonomics  Environment, Health and Safety legislation  Hazard Identification and Preventions  Transportation Hazards  Accident Investigation and Analysis  Occupational Health and Hygiene  Industrial Hazard and Equipment Hazard  Chemical Hazard  Community Hazards  Hazards in Construction and Demolition  First-Aid  Technology Development in HSE and HSE in Future  Risk Analysis and Management  Employment Opportunity, Environment Health, Safety  Awareness and Training

246 | P a g e

References : 1 Osha.gov 2 Effective Environmental, Health, and Safety Management Using the Team Approach, Bill Taylor,John Wiley & Son 3 Environmental Health and Safety, Herman Koren, Pergamon Press 4 Handbook of environmental health and safety: principles and practices, Herman Koren, Lewis Publishers 5 Environmental, Health and Safety Auditing Handbook [Hardcover] , L. Lee Harrison 6 Industrial Safety Health and Environment Management Systems, R K Jain, ISBN 8174092102 7 http://ehs.unc.edu/manuals/ehsmanual/ 8 http://labour.nic.in/content/innerpage/environment-at-work-place.php 9 http://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/@ed_dialogue/@actrav/documents/publication/wcms _111413.pdf 10 Management Information System for Industrial Safety Health & Environment, U K Chakrabarty

______

Understanding Infrastructure -SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Urbanisation  Urban Infrastructure in India  Urban Governance and Legislation  Rural Infrastructure and Governance  Public Investment and Policy Initiatives in Infrastructure  Public Private Partnership in Urban Infrastructure  Resources Mobilization and Service Delivery  Infrastructure Pricing  Structural Infrastructure and analysis of sectoral developments

247 | P a g e

 Road and Rail Infrastructure  Power Infrastructure  Oil & Gas Infrastructure  Water and Sanitation Infrastructure  Communication Infrastructure  Aviation Infrastructure  Environmental Infrastructure  Technology Development and Infrastructure  Employment Opportunities in Infrastructure  Performance Evaluation of Urban and Rural Infrastructure  Infrastructure to 2030

References : 1. Urban Infrastructure in Small & Medium Towns by SS Dhaliwal 2. Urban Infrastructure : An Introduction by Sekhar, ICFAI, ISBN 8178815524 3. Urban Infrastructure by K Wellman, Marcus Spiller, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN 111840162X-BEEPB

______

Understanding Logistics & Supply Chain Management-SYLLABUS

 Introduction to Logistics and Supply Chain Management  Logistics and Supply Chain Management in India  Logistics and Supply Chain Measures  Inventory Planning & Management  Transportation  Warehouse Management  3PLs & 4PLs  Organizational Structure for Global Logistics References :

248 | P a g e

1. Textbook of Logistics & Supply Chain Management by DK Agrawal, MacmIllan, EAN 9781403909954 2. Logistics & Supply Chain Management by Anurag Saxena, Jaico Publishing House, ISBN 8179927288 3. Supply Chain Logistics Management, TATA Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 0070611882

______

Understanding Natural Gas Business-SYLLABUS

 Natural Gas Economics Worldwide Natural Gas Economics, India's Energy Scenario and Natural Gas, Role of Natural Gas in India's Energy Basket, Natural Gas Strategy, Natural Gas Deposits and Technical Development

 Natural Gas Regulatory Framework Drivers of Natural Gas Demand, Regulatory Issues in Pipelines, Regulatory and Legal Issues , NG Tariffs, Exclusivity and Authorizations

 Natural Gas Marketing Introduction to Natural Gas Marketing, LNG Markets, CNG Markets, Structure and Nature of Gas Markets, Inter Fuel Competition and Pricing of Gas

 Natural Gas Trading and Contracts Fundamentals of Natural Gas Trading , Natural Gas Trading

References :

249 | P a g e

1. Understanding Todays Natural Gas Business by Bob Shively, John Ferrare, ISBN 0974174408 2. Handbook of Natural Gas Technology & Business by Parag Diwan, Ashutosh Karnatak, Pentagon Press, ISBN 8182744369 ______

Understanding Oil & Gas Business-SYLLABUS  Basic Concepts  The Micro-System  The Exploration of Oil  Oilfield Processing  Gas Processing  Petroleum Refining  Petrochemical Industry  Transportation of Oil, Gas and Products  Health, Safety and Environment  IT Applications in Hydrocarbon Industry  Economics and Technology Trends

References :

1. Introduction to the Global Oil & Gas Business by Vactor, PW, ISBN 1593702140 2. The Global Oil & Gas Industry by Inkpen, ISBN 1593702396 3. Oil & Gas by Neil Morris, Smart Apple Media, ISBN 1583406328

______

250 | P a g e

Understanding Port & Shipping Business-SYLLABUS  Fundamentals of Maritime, Port & Shipping Sector in India  Economics of Maritime, Port & Shipping  Business Drivers of Maritime Transportation, Ports Viability & Shipping Practices in market  Containerization and Container Management  Supply Chain in the Maritime, Port & Shipping Industry  Environmental concerns, legislation & regulations and Disaster Management  Information Technology in Maritime, Ports & Shipping

References :

1. Maritime India : Ports & Shipping by Animesh Ray, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd, ISBN 8121506913 2. Business of Shipping by Lane Kandell, james Buckley, Tidewater Publications, ISBN 0870334549 3. Shipping & Ports in the 21st Century by Brian Slack, David Pinder, Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN 0203571193-BEPDF 4. Ships in Ports by Lewis Smith, Nabu Press, ISBN 1172204594 5. Shipping Business & Maritime economics by J. McConville, Glenys Rickaby 6. Global Port Business, Roger, Stanislas; Crisell, Michaela[ed.], Euromoney Publications Plc. 7. Maritime Economics; Martin Stopford 8. The Handbook of Maritime Economics & Business; Editor: Professor Costas Th. Grammenos; 978 1 84311 901 2 9. Commercial Shipping Handbook, 2nd Edition; Peter Brodie; 978 1 84311 531 1 10. Shipping and Logistics Management ; Y.H.V. Lun, K.-H. Lai, T.C.E.Cheng 11. Svein Kristiansen, Maritime Transportation: Safety Management & Risk Analysis, Butterworth Heinemann, USA 12. Risk Management in Port Operations, Logistics & Supply Chain Security; Lloyd’s Practical Shipping Guides; Khalid Bichou, Michael G H Bell & Andrew Evans; 978 1 84311 655 4

251 | P a g e

13. Shipping and the Environment, 2nd Edition ; Lloyd’s Shipping Law Library; Colin de la Rue, Charles B Anderson;978 1 84311 323 2

______

Understanding Power Industry-SYLLABUS

 Power Generation Power Scenario in India, Power Demand

 Power Transmission Overview of Power Transmission Structure HVDC

 Power Distribution Distribution Systems Metering, Billing and Revenue Collection

References :

1. Electrical Power Systems for Industrial Plants by Kamalesh Das, Jaico Publishing House, EAN 9788179927212 2. understanding Electric Power Systems by Frank Delea, Jack Casazza, John Wiley & Dons Incl, ISBN 0470588462-BEPDF 3. Electric Power : An Industry at Crossroads by Milton A Chase, Pragear Publishers, ISBN 0275929272

______

Viscous Flows-SYLLABUS

252 | P a g e

 Study of the Navier-Stokes equations; Stokes' problems; creeping flows; internal and external flows; similarity and integral methods in boundary layer flows, stability and transition to turbulence.  Introduction; fluid properties  Velocity and stress fields  Continuity; Euler’s equation; N-S and vorticity equations  Exact solutions; Stokes’ problems  Exact solutions; Poiseuille and Couette flows  More exact solutions; inclined plane, immiscible flows  Creeping flows  Viscous particle motion  Similarity; viscous stagnation flows  Boundary layer theory; flow separation  Integral methods; Karman integral relation  Thwaite’s method, Transition to turbulence; topics in stability analysis  Reynolds’ averaging; closure models; mixing length theories  Introduction to computational methods  Implementation of computational methods (finite volumes/differences)  Boundary Layer Theory by Schlichting and Gersten.  Physics aspects of viscous flows.  Governing viscous flow models and some analytical solutions thereof.  Randtl’s laminar boundary layer equations are then derived, followed by the analysis of the boundary layer over a flat plate. Approximate ,integral, and numerical solutions of the boundary layer equations are discussed.  estimate the laminar flow separation location.  the transition of the boundary layer from laminar to turbulent,  the turbulent boundary equations,  turbulence modeling in boundary layers.

253 | P a g e

References : 1. White, F.M., "Viscous Fluid Flow", McGrawHill, 1991. ______

L T P ELEG 407 VLSI DESIGN 3 0 0

 INTRODUCTION TO MOS TECHNOLOGY SSI, MSI, LSI VLSI, ULSI and GSI, VLSI Design flow, Moore’s Law, Y-Chart, Basic MOS transistors,

Enhancement Mode transistor action, Depletion Mode transistor action, Id- Vds relationship, Transfer characteristics, PMOS, NMOS and CMOS fabrication processes, n-well, p-well, twin tub, BICMOS processes, problems latch up condition and prevention.  BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOS CIRCUITS nMOS inverter, Pull up to Pull-down ratio for a NMOS Inverter and CMOS Inverter (Bn/Bp), MOS transistor circuit Model, Noise Margin, MOS Scaling and parameters.  CMOS LOGIC CIRCUITS RELIZATION Logic realization using NMOS, PMOS and CMOS, (W/L) ration, The inverter, Combinational Logic design, Sequential logic design, Memory latches and registers, Transmission Gate and logic realization, Programmable logic devices, PLDs, PAL, PLA, PROM and logic realization.  LAYOUT DESIGN Micron rules, Lambeda Based design, lay out design of Combinational and Sequential Logic RAM, ROM, PLA Decoder, MUX, 4-bit Adder, Comparator, Combinational and Sequential Logic. Stick diagram.  HDL DESIGN VHDL, Modeling, Combinational and sequential circuits design using VHDL,Test bench.

254 | P a g e

______

WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING-SYLLABUS

 Hydrology : Hydrologic Cycle. Water Budget Equation, Hydrologic system, Precipitation : Types, measurements and analysis, error in estimation, missing data, consistency of rainfall records, Intensity during frequency (IDF) and probabilitic maximum Precipitation (PMP) curves. Evaporation and consumptive use: Process affecting factors, estimation and measurement techniques. Infiltration : Process affecting factors, measurement and estimation, Infiltration Indices.

 Surface Runoff: Components and factors affecting runoff, methods of estimation of runoff volume and peak runoff, rating curve, Rainfall . runoff relationships Hydrograph analysis: components, factors affecting hydrographs, base flow separation, Direct Runoff Hydrograph, Unit Hydrograph: Theory and assumptions. Derivation of Unit Hydrograph, Synthetic Unit Hydrograph Introduction to computer models for rainfall runoff analysis. Irrigation: Developments in India, Necessity and types Advantages & disadvantages of irrigation. Functions of water in plant growth, Methods of Irrigation, Water requirement of crops. Irrigation frequency, Irrigation efficiencies, Principal crops and crop season, crop rotation. Canal irrigation: Classes and alignment, Parts of a canal system, Commanded area, curves in channels, channel losses.

 Sediment Transportation: Suspended and Bed load and its estimation Irrigation channels: Types: lined and unlined, silt theories: Kennedy.s and Lacey.s Design procedure for irrigation channels, Longitudinal cross section, Schedule of area statistics and channel dimensions, use of Garret’s Diagrams in channel design, cross sections of an Irrigation

255 | P a g e

channel, Computer programes for design of channels Lining of Irrigation Canals: Advantages and types, factors for selection of a particular type, design of lined channels, cross section of lined channels, Economics of canal lining, Water Logging: Definition, effects, causes and anti-water logging measures, Drainage of water logged land, Types of drains open and closed, spacing of closed drains.

 Regulation and control of canal system: Purpose, Types of canal regulation works and their functional aspects

 Irrigation Outlets: Requirements, types, non-modular, semi-module and rigid module, selection criterion River Training: Objective and need, classification of rivers, and river training works, meandering, stages, methods of river training, bank protection, Methods for measurement of discharge.

 Ground Water Hydrology: Zones of underground water, Aquifers and their types, important terms, Determination of discharge through unconfined and confined aquifers with steady flow conditions, Interference among wells, determination of aquifer constants, Well loss and specific capacity, efficiency of a well, types of water wells, bored and open wells, specific yield of a well, Relative merits of well and canal irrigation, type of tube wells, well surrounding and well development, Suitable site selection for a tube well, Types of open wells, Methods of lifting water. Infiltration galleries.

References : 1. Irrigation Engg. and Hydraulic Structures by S.K. Garg, Khanna Publishers. 2. Irrigation and water Power engineering by B.C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications. 3. Engineering Hydrology by K. Subramanya, TMH. 4. Irrigation Water Power and Water Resource Engg. by K.R. Arrora. References 5. Water Resources Engg. By Larry W. Mays, John Wiley India

256 | P a g e

6. Water resources Engg. By Wurbs and James, John wiley India 7. Water Resources Engg. By R. K. Linsley, McGraw Hill 8. Irrigation and water Resources Engg. By G L Asawa, New age International Publishers 9. Irrigation Theory and practices by A.M. Michel.

______

Well Log Analysis & Well Testing-SYLLABUS

 Open Hole Logging  Basic Concepts  General Purpose Logging  Resistivity Logs  Porosity Logs  Special Logging Services  Introduction to Advanced Logging Techniques  Well Seismic Techniques  Horizontal Well Evaluation  Processing and Interpretation of Logging Data

References :

1. Well Test Design & Analysis by George Stewart, Pennwell Books, ISBN 1593702310 2. Geological Well Log Analysis by SJ Pirson, Gulf Publishing Co., ISBN 0872019020 3. Advances in Well Test Analysis by Jr Earlougher RC, Society of Petroleum Engineers, ISBN 0895202042

______

257 | P a g e

Wireless Networks-SYLLABUS  PHYSICAL AND WIRELESS MAC LAYER ALTERNATIVES: Wired transmission techniques: design of wireless modems, power efficiency, out of band radiation, applied wireless transmission techniques, short distance base band transmission, VWB pulse transmission, broad Modems for higher speeds, diversity and smart receiving techniques, random access for data oriented networks, integration of voice and data traffic.  WIRELESS NETWORK PLANNING AND OPERATION:

Wireless networks topologies, cellular topology, cell fundamentals signal to interference ratio calculation, capacity expansion techniques, cell splitting, use of directional antennas for cell sectoring, micro cell method, overload cells, channels allocation techniques and capacity expansion FCA, channel borrowing techniques, DCA, mobility management, radio resources and power management securities in wireless networks.

 WIRELESS WAN: Mechanism to support a mobile environment, communication in the infrastructure, IS-95 CDMA forward channel, IS – 95 CDMA reverse channel, pallert and frame formats in IS – 95, IMT – 2000; forward channel in W-CDMA and CDMA 2000, reverse channels in W-CDMA and CDMA-2000, GPRS and higher data rates, short messaging service in GPRS mobile application protocols.

 WIRELESS LAN: Historical overviews of the LAN industry, evolution of the WLAN industry, wireless home networking, IEEE 802.11. The PHY Layer, MAC Layer, wireless ATM, HYPER LAN, HYPER LAN – 2.

 WPAN ANDGEOLOCATION SYSTEMS: IEEE 802.15 WPAN, Home RF, Bluetooth, interface between Bluetooth and 802.11, wireless geolocation technologies for wireless geolocation, geolocation standards for E.911 service.

References :

258 | P a g e

1. Kaveh Pahlavan, Prashant Krishnamoorthy, Principles of Wireless Networks, - A united approach - Pearson Education, 2002. 2.. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Person Education – 2003, 2nd Edn. 3. X.Wang and H.V.Poor, Wireless Communication Systems, Pearson education, 2004. 4. M.Mallick, Mobile and Wireless design essentials, Wiley Publishing Inc. 2003

______

259 | P a g e